|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * edit.c: functions for Insert mode
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
16 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
17 /*
|
|
|
18 * definitions used for CTRL-X submode
|
|
|
19 */
|
|
|
20 #define CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT 0x100
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
22 #define CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET 1
|
|
|
23 #define CTRL_X_SCROLL 2
|
|
|
24 #define CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE 3
|
|
|
25 #define CTRL_X_FILES 4
|
|
|
26 #define CTRL_X_TAGS (5 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
27 #define CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS (6 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
28 #define CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES (7 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
29 #define CTRL_X_FINISHED 8
|
|
|
30 #define CTRL_X_DICTIONARY (9 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
31 #define CTRL_X_THESAURUS (10 + CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
32 #define CTRL_X_CMDLINE 11
|
|
12
|
33 #define CTRL_X_FUNCTION 12
|
|
523
|
34 #define CTRL_X_OMNI 13
|
|
477
|
35 #define CTRL_X_SPELL 14
|
|
|
36 #define CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG 15 /* only used in "ctrl_x_msgs" */
|
|
7
|
37
|
|
|
38 #define CTRL_X_MSG(i) ctrl_x_msgs[(i) & ~CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT]
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
40 static char *ctrl_x_msgs[] =
|
|
|
41 {
|
|
|
42 N_(" Keyword completion (^N^P)"), /* ctrl_x_mode == 0, ^P/^N compl. */
|
|
819
|
43 N_(" ^X mode (^]^D^E^F^I^K^L^N^O^Ps^U^V^Y)"),
|
|
449
|
44 NULL,
|
|
7
|
45 N_(" Whole line completion (^L^N^P)"),
|
|
|
46 N_(" File name completion (^F^N^P)"),
|
|
|
47 N_(" Tag completion (^]^N^P)"),
|
|
|
48 N_(" Path pattern completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
|
49 N_(" Definition completion (^D^N^P)"),
|
|
|
50 NULL,
|
|
|
51 N_(" Dictionary completion (^K^N^P)"),
|
|
|
52 N_(" Thesaurus completion (^T^N^P)"),
|
|
12
|
53 N_(" Command-line completion (^V^N^P)"),
|
|
|
54 N_(" User defined completion (^U^N^P)"),
|
|
523
|
55 N_(" Omni completion (^O^N^P)"),
|
|
819
|
56 N_(" Spelling suggestion (s^N^P)"),
|
|
449
|
57 N_(" Keyword Local completion (^N^P)"),
|
|
7
|
58 };
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
60 static char_u e_hitend[] = N_("Hit end of paragraph");
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
62 /*
|
|
|
63 * Structure used to store one match for insert completion.
|
|
|
64 */
|
|
681
|
65 typedef struct compl_S compl_T;
|
|
|
66 struct compl_S
|
|
7
|
67 {
|
|
464
|
68 compl_T *cp_next;
|
|
|
69 compl_T *cp_prev;
|
|
|
70 char_u *cp_str; /* matched text */
|
|
681
|
71 char cp_icase; /* TRUE or FALSE: ignore case */
|
|
786
|
72 char_u *(cp_text[CPT_COUNT]); /* text for the menu */
|
|
659
|
73 char_u *cp_fname; /* file containing the match, allocated when
|
|
|
74 * cp_flags has FREE_FNAME */
|
|
464
|
75 int cp_flags; /* ORIGINAL_TEXT, CONT_S_IPOS or FREE_FNAME */
|
|
|
76 int cp_number; /* sequence number */
|
|
7
|
77 };
|
|
|
78
|
|
464
|
79 #define ORIGINAL_TEXT (1) /* the original text when the expansion begun */
|
|
7
|
80 #define FREE_FNAME (2)
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
82 /*
|
|
|
83 * All the current matches are stored in a list.
|
|
449
|
84 * "compl_first_match" points to the start of the list.
|
|
|
85 * "compl_curr_match" points to the currently selected entry.
|
|
|
86 * "compl_shown_match" is different from compl_curr_match during
|
|
|
87 * ins_compl_get_exp().
|
|
7
|
88 */
|
|
464
|
89 static compl_T *compl_first_match = NULL;
|
|
|
90 static compl_T *compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
|
91 static compl_T *compl_shown_match = NULL;
|
|
449
|
92
|
|
825
|
93 /* After using a cursor key <Enter> selects a match in the popup menu,
|
|
|
94 * otherwise it inserts a line break. */
|
|
|
95 static int compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
|
96
|
|
657
|
97 /* When "compl_leader" is not NULL only matches that start with this string
|
|
|
98 * are used. */
|
|
|
99 static char_u *compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
|
100
|
|
665
|
101 static int compl_get_longest = FALSE; /* put longest common string
|
|
|
102 in compl_leader */
|
|
|
103
|
|
657
|
104 static int compl_used_match; /* Selected one of the matches. When
|
|
|
105 FALSE the match was edited or using
|
|
|
106 the longest common string. */
|
|
|
107
|
|
874
|
108 static int compl_was_interrupted = FALSE; /* didn't finish finding
|
|
|
109 completions. */
|
|
|
110
|
|
|
111 static int compl_restarting = FALSE; /* don't insert match */
|
|
|
112
|
|
449
|
113 /* When the first completion is done "compl_started" is set. When it's
|
|
|
114 * FALSE the word to be completed must be located. */
|
|
644
|
115 static int compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
116
|
|
464
|
117 static int compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
118 static char_u *compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
119 static int compl_direction = FORWARD;
|
|
|
120 static int compl_shows_dir = FORWARD;
|
|
716
|
121 static int compl_pending = 0; /* > 1 for postponed CTRL-N */
|
|
464
|
122 static pos_T compl_startpos;
|
|
|
123 static colnr_T compl_col = 0; /* column where the text starts
|
|
|
124 * that is being completed */
|
|
|
125 static char_u *compl_orig_text = NULL; /* text as it was before
|
|
|
126 * completion started */
|
|
|
127 static int compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
|
128 static expand_T compl_xp;
|
|
449
|
129
|
|
|
130 static void ins_ctrl_x __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
131 static int has_compl_option __ARGS((int dict_opt));
|
|
1430
|
132 static int ins_compl_accept_char __ARGS((int c));
|
|
944
|
133 static int ins_compl_add __ARGS((char_u *str, int len, int icase, char_u *fname, char_u **cptext, int cdir, int flags, int adup));
|
|
681
|
134 static int ins_compl_equal __ARGS((compl_T *match, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
665
|
135 static void ins_compl_longest_match __ARGS((compl_T *match));
|
|
681
|
136 static void ins_compl_add_matches __ARGS((int num_matches, char_u **matches, int icase));
|
|
7
|
137 static int ins_compl_make_cyclic __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
138 static void ins_compl_upd_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
139 static void ins_compl_del_pum __ARGS((void));
|
|
648
|
140 static int pum_wanted __ARGS((void));
|
|
707
|
141 static int pum_enough_matches __ARGS((void));
|
|
659
|
142 static void ins_compl_dictionaries __ARGS((char_u *dict, char_u *pat, int flags, int thesaurus));
|
|
703
|
143 static void ins_compl_files __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int thesaurus, int flags, regmatch_T *regmatch, char_u *buf, int *dir));
|
|
667
|
144 static char_u *find_line_end __ARGS((char_u *ptr));
|
|
7
|
145 static void ins_compl_free __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
146 static void ins_compl_clear __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
147 static int ins_compl_bs __ARGS((void));
|
|
874
|
148 static void ins_compl_new_leader __ARGS((void));
|
|
657
|
149 static void ins_compl_addleader __ARGS((int c));
|
|
1782
|
150 static int ins_compl_len __ARGS((void));
|
|
874
|
151 static void ins_compl_restart __ARGS((void));
|
|
694
|
152 static void ins_compl_set_original_text __ARGS((char_u *str));
|
|
659
|
153 static void ins_compl_addfrommatch __ARGS((void));
|
|
540
|
154 static int ins_compl_prep __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
155 static buf_T *ins_compl_next_buf __ARGS((buf_T *buf, int flag));
|
|
724
|
156 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
157 static void ins_compl_add_list __ARGS((list_T *list));
|
|
|
158 #endif
|
|
659
|
159 static int ins_compl_get_exp __ARGS((pos_T *ini));
|
|
7
|
160 static void ins_compl_delete __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
161 static void ins_compl_insert __ARGS((void));
|
|
665
|
162 static int ins_compl_next __ARGS((int allow_get_expansion, int count, int insert_match));
|
|
610
|
163 static int ins_compl_key2dir __ARGS((int c));
|
|
644
|
164 static int ins_compl_pum_key __ARGS((int c));
|
|
610
|
165 static int ins_compl_key2count __ARGS((int c));
|
|
681
|
166 static int ins_compl_use_match __ARGS((int c));
|
|
7
|
167 static int ins_complete __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
168 static int quote_meta __ARGS((char_u *dest, char_u *str, int len));
|
|
|
169 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
171 #define BACKSPACE_CHAR 1
|
|
|
172 #define BACKSPACE_WORD 2
|
|
|
173 #define BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE 3
|
|
|
174 #define BACKSPACE_LINE 4
|
|
|
175
|
|
661
|
176 static void ins_redraw __ARGS((int ready));
|
|
7
|
177 static void ins_ctrl_v __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
178 static void undisplay_dollar __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
179 static void insert_special __ARGS((int, int, int));
|
|
667
|
180 static void internal_format __ARGS((int textwidth, int second_indent, int flags, int format_only));
|
|
7
|
181 static void check_auto_format __ARGS((int));
|
|
|
182 static void redo_literal __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
183 static void start_arrow __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos));
|
|
744
|
184 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
185 static void check_spell_redraw __ARGS((void));
|
|
484
|
186 static void spell_back_to_badword __ARGS((void));
|
|
497
|
187 static int spell_bad_len = 0; /* length of located bad word */
|
|
221
|
188 #endif
|
|
7
|
189 static void stop_insert __ARGS((pos_T *end_insert_pos, int esc));
|
|
|
190 static int echeck_abbr __ARGS((int));
|
|
840
|
191 #if 0
|
|
7
|
192 static void replace_push_off __ARGS((int c));
|
|
840
|
193 #endif
|
|
7
|
194 static int replace_pop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
195 static void replace_join __ARGS((int off));
|
|
|
196 static void replace_pop_ins __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
197 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
198 static void mb_replace_pop_ins __ARGS((int cc));
|
|
|
199 #endif
|
|
|
200 static void replace_flush __ARGS((void));
|
|
1782
|
201 static void replace_do_bs __ARGS((int limit_col));
|
|
|
202 static int del_char_after_col __ARGS((int limit_col));
|
|
7
|
203 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
204 static int cindent_on __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
205 #endif
|
|
|
206 static void ins_reg __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
207 static void ins_ctrl_g __ARGS((void));
|
|
449
|
208 static void ins_ctrl_hat __ARGS((void));
|
|
477
|
209 static int ins_esc __ARGS((long *count, int cmdchar, int nomove));
|
|
7
|
210 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
211 static void ins_ctrl_ __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
212 #endif
|
|
|
213 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
214 static int ins_start_select __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
215 #endif
|
|
449
|
216 static void ins_insert __ARGS((int replaceState));
|
|
|
217 static void ins_ctrl_o __ARGS((void));
|
|
7
|
218 static void ins_shift __ARGS((int c, int lastc));
|
|
|
219 static void ins_del __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
220 static int ins_bs __ARGS((int c, int mode, int *inserted_space_p));
|
|
|
221 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
222 static void ins_mouse __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
223 static void ins_mousescroll __ARGS((int up));
|
|
|
224 #endif
|
|
692
|
225 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
226 static void ins_tabline __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
227 #endif
|
|
7
|
228 static void ins_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
229 static void ins_home __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
230 static void ins_end __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
231 static void ins_s_left __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
232 static void ins_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
233 static void ins_s_right __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
234 static void ins_up __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
235 static void ins_pageup __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
236 static void ins_down __ARGS((int startcol));
|
|
|
237 static void ins_pagedown __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
238 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
239 static void ins_drop __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
240 #endif
|
|
|
241 static int ins_tab __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
242 static int ins_eol __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
243 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
244 static int ins_digraph __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
245 #endif
|
|
|
246 static int ins_copychar __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
|
|
449
|
247 static int ins_ctrl_ey __ARGS((int tc));
|
|
7
|
248 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
249 static void ins_try_si __ARGS((int c));
|
|
|
250 #endif
|
|
|
251 static colnr_T get_nolist_virtcol __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
253 static colnr_T Insstart_textlen; /* length of line when insert started */
|
|
|
254 static colnr_T Insstart_blank_vcol; /* vcol for first inserted blank */
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
256 static char_u *last_insert = NULL; /* the text of the previous insert,
|
|
|
257 K_SPECIAL and CSI are escaped */
|
|
|
258 static int last_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of previous insert */
|
|
|
259 static int new_insert_skip; /* nr of chars in front of current insert */
|
|
603
|
260 static int did_restart_edit; /* "restart_edit" when calling edit() */
|
|
7
|
261
|
|
|
262 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
263 static int can_cindent; /* may do cindenting on this line */
|
|
|
264 #endif
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 static int old_indent = 0; /* for ^^D command in insert mode */
|
|
|
267
|
|
|
268 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
298
|
269 static int revins_on; /* reverse insert mode on */
|
|
|
270 static int revins_chars; /* how much to skip after edit */
|
|
|
271 static int revins_legal; /* was the last char 'legal'? */
|
|
|
272 static int revins_scol; /* start column of revins session */
|
|
7
|
273 #endif
|
|
|
274
|
|
|
275 static int ins_need_undo; /* call u_save() before inserting a
|
|
|
276 char. Set when edit() is called.
|
|
|
277 after that arrow_used is used. */
|
|
|
278
|
|
|
279 static int did_add_space = FALSE; /* auto_format() added an extra space
|
|
|
280 under the cursor */
|
|
|
281
|
|
|
282 /*
|
|
|
283 * edit(): Start inserting text.
|
|
|
284 *
|
|
|
285 * "cmdchar" can be:
|
|
|
286 * 'i' normal insert command
|
|
|
287 * 'a' normal append command
|
|
|
288 * 'R' replace command
|
|
|
289 * 'r' "r<CR>" command: insert one <CR>. Note: count can be > 1, for redo,
|
|
|
290 * but still only one <CR> is inserted. The <Esc> is not used for redo.
|
|
|
291 * 'g' "gI" command.
|
|
|
292 * 'V' "gR" command for Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
293 * 'v' "gr" command for single character Virtual Replace mode.
|
|
|
294 *
|
|
|
295 * This function is not called recursively. For CTRL-O commands, it returns
|
|
|
296 * and lets the caller handle the Normal-mode command.
|
|
|
297 *
|
|
|
298 * Return TRUE if a CTRL-O command caused the return (insert mode pending).
|
|
|
299 */
|
|
|
300 int
|
|
|
301 edit(cmdchar, startln, count)
|
|
|
302 int cmdchar;
|
|
|
303 int startln; /* if set, insert at start of line */
|
|
|
304 long count;
|
|
|
305 {
|
|
|
306 int c = 0;
|
|
|
307 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
308 int lastc;
|
|
|
309 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
310 static linenr_T o_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
311 int i;
|
|
|
312 int did_backspace = TRUE; /* previous char was backspace */
|
|
|
313 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
314 int line_is_white = FALSE; /* line is empty before insert */
|
|
|
315 #endif
|
|
|
316 linenr_T old_topline = 0; /* topline before insertion */
|
|
|
317 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
318 int old_topfill = -1;
|
|
|
319 #endif
|
|
|
320 int inserted_space = FALSE; /* just inserted a space */
|
|
|
321 int replaceState = REPLACE;
|
|
477
|
322 int nomove = FALSE; /* don't move cursor on return */
|
|
7
|
323
|
|
603
|
324 /* Remember whether editing was restarted after CTRL-O. */
|
|
|
325 did_restart_edit = restart_edit;
|
|
|
326
|
|
7
|
327 /* sleep before redrawing, needed for "CTRL-O :" that results in an
|
|
|
328 * error message */
|
|
|
329 check_for_delay(TRUE);
|
|
|
330
|
|
|
331 #ifdef HAVE_SANDBOX
|
|
|
332 /* Don't allow inserting in the sandbox. */
|
|
|
333 if (sandbox != 0)
|
|
|
334 {
|
|
|
335 EMSG(_(e_sandbox));
|
|
|
336 return FALSE;
|
|
|
337 }
|
|
|
338 #endif
|
|
632
|
339 /* Don't allow changes in the buffer while editing the cmdline. The
|
|
|
340 * caller of getcmdline() may get confused. */
|
|
634
|
341 if (textlock != 0)
|
|
632
|
342 {
|
|
|
343 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
344 return FALSE;
|
|
|
345 }
|
|
7
|
346
|
|
|
347 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
844
|
348 /* Don't allow recursive insert mode when busy with completion. */
|
|
|
349 if (compl_started || pum_visible())
|
|
|
350 {
|
|
|
351 EMSG(_(e_secure));
|
|
|
352 return FALSE;
|
|
|
353 }
|
|
7
|
354 ins_compl_clear(); /* clear stuff for CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
355 #endif
|
|
|
356
|
|
11
|
357 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
358 /*
|
|
|
359 * Trigger InsertEnter autocommands. Do not do this for "r<CR>" or "grx".
|
|
|
360 */
|
|
|
361 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
362 {
|
|
532
|
363 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
11
|
364 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
365 ptr = (char_u *)"r";
|
|
|
366 else if (cmdchar == 'V')
|
|
|
367 ptr = (char_u *)"v";
|
|
|
368 else
|
|
|
369 ptr = (char_u *)"i";
|
|
|
370 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE, ptr, 1);
|
|
532
|
371 # endif
|
|
11
|
372 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTENTER, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
373 }
|
|
|
374 #endif
|
|
|
375
|
|
7
|
376 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
377 /*
|
|
|
378 * When doing a paste with the middle mouse button, Insstart is set to
|
|
|
379 * where the paste started.
|
|
|
380 */
|
|
|
381 if (where_paste_started.lnum != 0)
|
|
|
382 Insstart = where_paste_started;
|
|
|
383 else
|
|
|
384 #endif
|
|
|
385 {
|
|
|
386 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
387 if (startln)
|
|
|
388 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
389 }
|
|
|
390 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
391 Insstart_blank_vcol = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
392 if (!did_ai)
|
|
|
393 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
395 if (cmdchar != NUL && restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
396 {
|
|
|
397 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
398 AppendNumberToRedobuff(count);
|
|
|
399 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
400 if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
401 {
|
|
|
402 /* "gR" or "gr" command */
|
|
|
403 AppendCharToRedobuff('g');
|
|
|
404 AppendCharToRedobuff((cmdchar == 'v') ? 'r' : 'R');
|
|
|
405 }
|
|
|
406 else
|
|
|
407 #endif
|
|
|
408 {
|
|
|
409 AppendCharToRedobuff(cmdchar);
|
|
|
410 if (cmdchar == 'g') /* "gI" command */
|
|
|
411 AppendCharToRedobuff('I');
|
|
|
412 else if (cmdchar == 'r') /* "r<CR>" command */
|
|
|
413 count = 1; /* insert only one <CR> */
|
|
|
414 }
|
|
|
415 }
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
417 if (cmdchar == 'R')
|
|
|
418 {
|
|
|
419 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
420 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
421 {
|
|
|
422 beep_flush();
|
|
|
423 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
424 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
425 }
|
|
|
426 else
|
|
|
427 #endif
|
|
|
428 State = REPLACE;
|
|
|
429 }
|
|
|
430 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
431 else if (cmdchar == 'V' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
432 {
|
|
|
433 State = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
434 replaceState = VREPLACE;
|
|
|
435 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
436 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
437 }
|
|
|
438 #endif
|
|
|
439 else
|
|
|
440 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
442 stop_insert_mode = FALSE;
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
444 /*
|
|
|
445 * Need to recompute the cursor position, it might move when the cursor is
|
|
|
446 * on a TAB or special character.
|
|
|
447 */
|
|
|
448 curs_columns(TRUE);
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
450 /*
|
|
|
451 * Enable langmap or IME, indicated by 'iminsert'.
|
|
|
452 * Note that IME may enabled/disabled without us noticing here, thus the
|
|
|
453 * 'iminsert' value may not reflect what is actually used. It is updated
|
|
|
454 * when hitting <Esc>.
|
|
|
455 */
|
|
|
456 if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
|
457 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
458 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
459 im_set_active(curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_IM);
|
|
|
460 #endif
|
|
|
461
|
|
|
462 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
463 setmouse();
|
|
|
464 #endif
|
|
|
465 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
466 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
467 #endif
|
|
|
468 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
469 /* there is no reverse replace mode */
|
|
|
470 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
471 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
472 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
473 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
474 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
475 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
476 #endif
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
478 /*
|
|
|
479 * Handle restarting Insert mode.
|
|
|
480 * Don't do this for "CTRL-O ." (repeat an insert): we get here with
|
|
|
481 * restart_edit non-zero, and something in the stuff buffer.
|
|
|
482 */
|
|
|
483 if (restart_edit != 0 && stuff_empty())
|
|
|
484 {
|
|
|
485 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
486 /*
|
|
|
487 * After a paste we consider text typed to be part of the insert for
|
|
|
488 * the pasted text. You can backspace over the pasted text too.
|
|
|
489 */
|
|
|
490 if (where_paste_started.lnum)
|
|
|
491 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
492 else
|
|
|
493 #endif
|
|
|
494 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
495 restart_edit = 0;
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 /*
|
|
|
498 * If the cursor was after the end-of-line before the CTRL-O and it is
|
|
|
499 * now at the end-of-line, put it after the end-of-line (this is not
|
|
|
500 * correct in very rare cases).
|
|
|
501 * Also do this if curswant is greater than the current virtual
|
|
|
502 * column. Eg after "^O$" or "^O80|".
|
|
|
503 */
|
|
|
504 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
505 update_curswant();
|
|
230
|
506 if (((ins_at_eol && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == o_lnum)
|
|
7
|
507 || curwin->w_curswant > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
508 && *(ptr = ml_get_curline() + curwin->w_cursor.col) != NUL)
|
|
|
509 {
|
|
|
510 if (ptr[1] == NUL)
|
|
|
511 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
512 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
513 else if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
514 {
|
|
474
|
515 i = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
516 if (ptr[i] == NUL)
|
|
|
517 curwin->w_cursor.col += i;
|
|
|
518 }
|
|
|
519 #endif
|
|
|
520 }
|
|
230
|
521 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
522 }
|
|
|
523 else
|
|
|
524 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
526 /* we are in insert mode now, don't need to start it anymore */
|
|
|
527 need_start_insertmode = FALSE;
|
|
|
528
|
|
|
529 /* Need to save the line for undo before inserting the first char. */
|
|
|
530 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
532 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
533 where_paste_started.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
534 #endif
|
|
|
535 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
536 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
537 #endif
|
|
|
538 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
539 /* The cursor line is not in a closed fold, unless 'insertmode' is set or
|
|
|
540 * restarting. */
|
|
|
541 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
|
542 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
543 #endif
|
|
|
544
|
|
|
545 /*
|
|
|
546 * If 'showmode' is set, show the current (insert/replace/..) mode.
|
|
|
547 * A warning message for changing a readonly file is given here, before
|
|
|
548 * actually changing anything. It's put after the mode, if any.
|
|
|
549 */
|
|
|
550 i = 0;
|
|
644
|
551 if (p_smd && msg_silent == 0)
|
|
7
|
552 i = showmode();
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
554 if (!p_im && did_restart_edit == 0)
|
|
1473
|
555 change_warning(i == 0 ? 0 : i + 1);
|
|
7
|
556
|
|
|
557 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
558 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
559 #endif
|
|
|
560 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
561 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
562 #endif
|
|
|
563
|
|
603
|
564 /*
|
|
|
565 * Get the current length of the redo buffer, those characters have to be
|
|
|
566 * skipped if we want to get to the inserted characters.
|
|
|
567 */
|
|
7
|
568 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
|
569 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
570 new_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
571 else
|
|
|
572 {
|
|
|
573 new_insert_skip = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
574 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
575 }
|
|
|
576
|
|
|
577 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
579 /*
|
|
|
580 * Main loop in Insert mode: repeat until Insert mode is left.
|
|
|
581 */
|
|
|
582 for (;;)
|
|
|
583 {
|
|
|
584 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
585 if (!revins_legal)
|
|
|
586 revins_scol = -1; /* reset on illegal motions */
|
|
|
587 else
|
|
|
588 revins_legal = 0;
|
|
|
589 #endif
|
|
|
590 if (arrow_used) /* don't repeat insert when arrow key used */
|
|
|
591 count = 0;
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
593 if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
594 {
|
|
|
595 /* ":stopinsert" used or 'insertmode' reset */
|
|
|
596 count = 0;
|
|
|
597 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
598 }
|
|
|
599
|
|
|
600 /* set curwin->w_curswant for next K_DOWN or K_UP */
|
|
|
601 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
602 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
603
|
|
|
604 /* If there is no typeahead may check for timestamps (e.g., for when a
|
|
|
605 * menu invoked a shell command). */
|
|
|
606 if (stuff_empty())
|
|
|
607 {
|
|
|
608 did_check_timestamps = FALSE;
|
|
|
609 if (need_check_timestamps)
|
|
|
610 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
611 }
|
|
|
612
|
|
|
613 /*
|
|
|
614 * When emsg() was called msg_scroll will have been set.
|
|
|
615 */
|
|
|
616 msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
|
617
|
|
|
618 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
619 /* When 'mousefocus' is set a mouse movement may have taken us to
|
|
|
620 * another window. "need_mouse_correct" may then be set because of an
|
|
|
621 * autocommand. */
|
|
|
622 if (need_mouse_correct)
|
|
|
623 gui_mouse_correct();
|
|
|
624 #endif
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
626 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
627 /* Open fold at the cursor line, according to 'foldopen'. */
|
|
|
628 if (fdo_flags & FDO_INSERT)
|
|
|
629 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
630 /* Close folds where the cursor isn't, according to 'foldclose' */
|
|
|
631 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
632 foldCheckClose();
|
|
|
633 #endif
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 /*
|
|
|
636 * If we inserted a character at the last position of the last line in
|
|
|
637 * the window, scroll the window one line up. This avoids an extra
|
|
|
638 * redraw.
|
|
|
639 * This is detected when the cursor column is smaller after inserting
|
|
|
640 * something.
|
|
|
641 * Don't do this when the topline changed already, it has
|
|
|
642 * already been adjusted (by insertchar() calling open_line())).
|
|
|
643 */
|
|
|
644 if (curbuf->b_mod_set
|
|
|
645 && curwin->w_p_wrap
|
|
|
646 && !did_backspace
|
|
|
647 && curwin->w_topline == old_topline
|
|
|
648 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
649 && curwin->w_topfill == old_topfill
|
|
|
650 #endif
|
|
|
651 )
|
|
|
652 {
|
|
|
653 mincol = curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
654 validate_cursor_col();
|
|
|
655
|
|
|
656 if ((int)curwin->w_wcol < (int)mincol - curbuf->b_p_ts
|
|
|
657 && curwin->w_wrow == W_WINROW(curwin)
|
|
|
658 + curwin->w_height - 1 - p_so
|
|
|
659 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
660 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
661 || curwin->w_topfill > 0
|
|
|
662 #endif
|
|
|
663 ))
|
|
|
664 {
|
|
|
665 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
666 if (curwin->w_topfill > 0)
|
|
|
667 --curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
668 else
|
|
|
669 #endif
|
|
|
670 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
671 if (hasFolding(curwin->w_topline, NULL, &old_topline))
|
|
|
672 set_topline(curwin, old_topline + 1);
|
|
|
673 else
|
|
|
674 #endif
|
|
|
675 set_topline(curwin, curwin->w_topline + 1);
|
|
|
676 }
|
|
|
677 }
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
679 /* May need to adjust w_topline to show the cursor. */
|
|
|
680 update_topline();
|
|
|
681
|
|
|
682 did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
683
|
|
|
684 validate_cursor(); /* may set must_redraw */
|
|
|
685
|
|
|
686 /*
|
|
|
687 * Redraw the display when no characters are waiting.
|
|
|
688 * Also shows mode, ruler and positions cursor.
|
|
|
689 */
|
|
661
|
690 ins_redraw(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
691
|
|
|
692 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
693 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
694 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
695 #endif
|
|
|
696
|
|
|
697 update_curswant();
|
|
|
698 old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
699 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
700 old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
701 #endif
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
703 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
704 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
705 #endif
|
|
|
706
|
|
|
707 /*
|
|
1526
|
708 * Get a character for Insert mode. Ignore K_IGNORE.
|
|
7
|
709 */
|
|
|
710 lastc = c; /* remember previous char for CTRL-D */
|
|
1526
|
711 do
|
|
|
712 {
|
|
|
713 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
|
714 } while (c == K_IGNORE);
|
|
7
|
715
|
|
978
|
716 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
717 /* Don't want K_CURSORHOLD for the second key, e.g., after CTRL-V. */
|
|
|
718 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
719 #endif
|
|
|
720
|
|
7
|
721 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
722 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
723 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
724 #endif
|
|
|
725 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
726 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
727 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
728 #endif
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
730 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
659
|
731 /*
|
|
|
732 * Special handling of keys while the popup menu is visible or wanted
|
|
897
|
733 * and the cursor is still in the completed word. Only when there is
|
|
|
734 * a match, skip this when no matches were found.
|
|
659
|
735 */
|
|
897
|
736 if (compl_started
|
|
|
737 && pum_wanted()
|
|
|
738 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= compl_col
|
|
|
739 && (compl_shown_match == NULL
|
|
|
740 || compl_shown_match != compl_shown_match->cp_next))
|
|
659
|
741 {
|
|
|
742 /* BS: Delete one character from "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
743 if ((c == K_BS || c == Ctrl_H)
|
|
836
|
744 && curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col
|
|
|
745 && (c = ins_compl_bs()) == NUL)
|
|
657
|
746 continue;
|
|
|
747
|
|
659
|
748 /* When no match was selected or it was edited. */
|
|
|
749 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
657
|
750 {
|
|
659
|
751 /* CTRL-L: Add one character from the current match to
|
|
836
|
752 * "compl_leader". Except when at the original match and
|
|
|
753 * there is nothing to add, CTRL-L works like CTRL-P then. */
|
|
|
754 if (c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
755 && (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
|
756 || STRLEN(compl_shown_match->cp_str)
|
|
|
757 > curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col))
|
|
659
|
758 {
|
|
|
759 ins_compl_addfrommatch();
|
|
|
760 continue;
|
|
|
761 }
|
|
|
762
|
|
1430
|
763 /* A non-white character that fits in with the current
|
|
|
764 * completion: Add to "compl_leader". */
|
|
|
765 if (ins_compl_accept_char(c))
|
|
659
|
766 {
|
|
|
767 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
768 continue;
|
|
|
769 }
|
|
665
|
770
|
|
887
|
771 /* Pressing CTRL-Y selects the current match. When
|
|
825
|
772 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
|
|
|
773 if (c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
|
774 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
|
665
|
775 {
|
|
|
776 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
777 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
778 }
|
|
657
|
779 }
|
|
|
780 }
|
|
|
781
|
|
7
|
782 /* Prepare for or stop CTRL-X mode. This doesn't do completion, but
|
|
|
783 * it does fix up the text when finishing completion. */
|
|
665
|
784 compl_get_longest = FALSE;
|
|
1526
|
785 if (ins_compl_prep(c))
|
|
657
|
786 continue;
|
|
7
|
787 #endif
|
|
|
788
|
|
477
|
789 /* CTRL-\ CTRL-N goes to Normal mode,
|
|
|
790 * CTRL-\ CTRL-G goes to mode selected with 'insertmode',
|
|
|
791 * CTRL-\ CTRL-O is like CTRL-O but without moving the cursor. */
|
|
7
|
792 if (c == Ctrl_BSL)
|
|
|
793 {
|
|
|
794 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
795 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
796 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
797 ++allow_keys;
|
|
1389
|
798 c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
799 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
800 --allow_keys;
|
|
477
|
801 if (c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_G && c != Ctrl_O)
|
|
7
|
802 {
|
|
477
|
803 /* it's something else */
|
|
7
|
804 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
805 c = Ctrl_BSL;
|
|
|
806 }
|
|
|
807 else if (c == Ctrl_G && p_im)
|
|
|
808 continue;
|
|
|
809 else
|
|
|
810 {
|
|
477
|
811 if (c == Ctrl_O)
|
|
|
812 {
|
|
|
813 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
|
814 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor keeps its column */
|
|
|
815 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
816 }
|
|
7
|
817 count = 0;
|
|
|
818 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
819 }
|
|
|
820 }
|
|
|
821
|
|
|
822 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
823 c = do_digraph(c);
|
|
|
824 #endif
|
|
|
825
|
|
|
826 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
827 if ((c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q) && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
828 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
829 #endif
|
|
|
830 if (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q)
|
|
|
831 {
|
|
|
832 ins_ctrl_v();
|
|
|
833 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last typed character */
|
|
|
834 continue;
|
|
|
835 }
|
|
|
836
|
|
|
837 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
838 if (cindent_on()
|
|
|
839 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
840 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
841 # endif
|
|
|
842 )
|
|
|
843 {
|
|
|
844 /* A key name preceded by a bang means this key is not to be
|
|
|
845 * inserted. Skip ahead to the re-indenting below.
|
|
|
846 * A key name preceded by a star means that indenting has to be
|
|
|
847 * done before inserting the key. */
|
|
|
848 line_is_white = inindent(0);
|
|
|
849 if (in_cinkeys(c, '!', line_is_white))
|
|
|
850 goto force_cindent;
|
|
|
851 if (can_cindent && in_cinkeys(c, '*', line_is_white)
|
|
|
852 && stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
853 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
854 }
|
|
|
855 #endif
|
|
|
856
|
|
|
857 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
858 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
859 switch (c)
|
|
|
860 {
|
|
|
861 case K_LEFT: c = K_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
862 case K_S_LEFT: c = K_S_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
863 case K_C_LEFT: c = K_C_RIGHT; break;
|
|
|
864 case K_RIGHT: c = K_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
865 case K_S_RIGHT: c = K_S_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
866 case K_C_RIGHT: c = K_C_LEFT; break;
|
|
|
867 }
|
|
|
868 #endif
|
|
|
869
|
|
|
870 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
871 /*
|
|
|
872 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection. If it
|
|
|
873 * does, a CTRL-O and c will be stuffed, we need to get these
|
|
|
874 * characters.
|
|
|
875 */
|
|
|
876 if (ins_start_select(c))
|
|
|
877 continue;
|
|
|
878 #endif
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
880 /*
|
|
|
881 * The big switch to handle a character in insert mode.
|
|
|
882 */
|
|
|
883 switch (c)
|
|
|
884 {
|
|
449
|
885 case ESC: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
886 if (echeck_abbr(ESC + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
887 break;
|
|
|
888 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
889
|
|
449
|
890 case Ctrl_C: /* End input mode */
|
|
7
|
891 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
892 if (c == Ctrl_C && cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
893 {
|
|
|
894 /* Close the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
895 cmdwin_result = K_IGNORE;
|
|
|
896 got_int = FALSE; /* don't stop executing autocommands et al. */
|
|
929
|
897 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
898 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
899 }
|
|
|
900 #endif
|
|
|
901
|
|
|
902 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
903 do_intr:
|
|
|
904 #endif
|
|
|
905 /* when 'insertmode' set, and not halfway a mapping, don't leave
|
|
|
906 * Insert mode */
|
|
|
907 if (goto_im())
|
|
|
908 {
|
|
|
909 if (got_int)
|
|
|
910 {
|
|
|
911 (void)vgetc(); /* flush all buffers */
|
|
|
912 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
913 }
|
|
|
914 else
|
|
|
915 vim_beep();
|
|
|
916 break;
|
|
|
917 }
|
|
|
918 doESCkey:
|
|
|
919 /*
|
|
|
920 * This is the ONLY return from edit()!
|
|
|
921 */
|
|
|
922 /* Always update o_lnum, so that a "CTRL-O ." that adds a line
|
|
|
923 * still puts the cursor back after the inserted text. */
|
|
230
|
924 if (ins_at_eol && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
7
|
925 o_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
926
|
|
477
|
927 if (ins_esc(&count, cmdchar, nomove))
|
|
11
|
928 {
|
|
|
929 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
930 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
|
931 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTLEAVE, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
932 FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
993
|
933 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
|
|
11
|
934 #endif
|
|
7
|
935 return (c == Ctrl_O);
|
|
11
|
936 }
|
|
7
|
937 continue;
|
|
|
938
|
|
449
|
939 case Ctrl_Z: /* suspend when 'insertmode' set */
|
|
|
940 if (!p_im)
|
|
|
941 goto normalchar; /* insert CTRL-Z as normal char */
|
|
|
942 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)":st\r");
|
|
|
943 c = Ctrl_O;
|
|
|
944 /*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
945
|
|
|
946 case Ctrl_O: /* execute one command */
|
|
502
|
947 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
523
|
948 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
449
|
949 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
950 #endif
|
|
|
951 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_O + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
952 break;
|
|
|
953 ins_ctrl_o();
|
|
853
|
954
|
|
|
955 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
956 /* don't move the cursor left when 'virtualedit' has "onemore". */
|
|
|
957 if (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE)
|
|
|
958 {
|
|
|
959 ins_at_eol = FALSE;
|
|
|
960 nomove = TRUE;
|
|
|
961 }
|
|
|
962 #endif
|
|
449
|
963 count = 0;
|
|
|
964 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
965
|
|
464
|
966 case K_INS: /* toggle insert/replace mode */
|
|
|
967 case K_KINS:
|
|
|
968 ins_insert(replaceState);
|
|
|
969 break;
|
|
|
970
|
|
|
971 case K_SELECT: /* end of Select mode mapping - ignore */
|
|
|
972 break;
|
|
|
973
|
|
449
|
974 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
975 case K_SNIFF: /* Sniff command received */
|
|
|
976 stuffcharReadbuff(K_SNIFF);
|
|
|
977 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
978 #endif
|
|
|
979
|
|
|
980 case K_HELP: /* Help key works like <ESC> <Help> */
|
|
|
981 case K_F1:
|
|
|
982 case K_XF1:
|
|
|
983 stuffcharReadbuff(K_HELP);
|
|
|
984 if (p_im)
|
|
|
985 need_start_insertmode = TRUE;
|
|
|
986 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
987
|
|
|
988 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
989 case K_F21: /* NetBeans command */
|
|
|
990 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
1389
|
991 i = plain_vgetc();
|
|
449
|
992 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
993 netbeans_keycommand(i);
|
|
|
994 break;
|
|
|
995 #endif
|
|
|
996
|
|
|
997 case K_ZERO: /* Insert the previously inserted text. */
|
|
7
|
998 case NUL:
|
|
|
999 case Ctrl_A:
|
|
449
|
1000 /* For ^@ the trailing ESC will end the insert, unless there is an
|
|
|
1001 * error. */
|
|
7
|
1002 if (stuff_inserted(NUL, 1L, (c == Ctrl_A)) == FAIL
|
|
|
1003 && c != Ctrl_A && !p_im)
|
|
|
1004 goto doESCkey; /* quit insert mode */
|
|
|
1005 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1006 break;
|
|
|
1007
|
|
449
|
1008 case Ctrl_R: /* insert the contents of a register */
|
|
7
|
1009 ins_reg();
|
|
|
1010 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1011 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1012 break;
|
|
|
1013
|
|
449
|
1014 case Ctrl_G: /* commands starting with CTRL-G */
|
|
7
|
1015 ins_ctrl_g();
|
|
|
1016 break;
|
|
|
1017
|
|
449
|
1018 case Ctrl_HAT: /* switch input mode and/or langmap */
|
|
|
1019 ins_ctrl_hat();
|
|
7
|
1020 break;
|
|
|
1021
|
|
|
1022 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
449
|
1023 case Ctrl__: /* switch between languages */
|
|
7
|
1024 if (!p_ari)
|
|
|
1025 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1026 ins_ctrl_();
|
|
|
1027 break;
|
|
|
1028 #endif
|
|
|
1029
|
|
449
|
1030 case Ctrl_D: /* Make indent one shiftwidth smaller. */
|
|
7
|
1031 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1032 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
1033 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1034 #endif
|
|
|
1035 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1036
|
|
449
|
1037 case Ctrl_T: /* Make indent one shiftwidth greater. */
|
|
7
|
1038 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1039 if (c == Ctrl_T && ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
1040 {
|
|
449
|
1041 if (has_compl_option(FALSE))
|
|
|
1042 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1043 break;
|
|
7
|
1044 }
|
|
|
1045 # endif
|
|
|
1046 ins_shift(c, lastc);
|
|
|
1047 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1048 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1049 break;
|
|
|
1050
|
|
449
|
1051 case K_DEL: /* delete character under the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1052 case K_KDEL:
|
|
|
1053 ins_del();
|
|
|
1054 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1055 break;
|
|
|
1056
|
|
449
|
1057 case K_BS: /* delete character before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1058 case Ctrl_H:
|
|
|
1059 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_CHAR, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1060 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1061 break;
|
|
|
1062
|
|
449
|
1063 case Ctrl_W: /* delete word before the cursor */
|
|
7
|
1064 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_WORD, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1065 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1066 break;
|
|
|
1067
|
|
449
|
1068 case Ctrl_U: /* delete all inserted text in current line */
|
|
12
|
1069 # ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
1070 /* CTRL-X CTRL-U completes with 'completefunc'. */
|
|
449
|
1071 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION)
|
|
12
|
1072 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1073 # endif
|
|
7
|
1074 did_backspace = ins_bs(c, BACKSPACE_LINE, &inserted_space);
|
|
|
1075 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1076 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1077 break;
|
|
|
1078
|
|
|
1079 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
449
|
1080 case K_LEFTMOUSE: /* mouse keys */
|
|
7
|
1081 case K_LEFTMOUSE_NM:
|
|
|
1082 case K_LEFTDRAG:
|
|
|
1083 case K_LEFTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1084 case K_LEFTRELEASE_NM:
|
|
|
1085 case K_MIDDLEMOUSE:
|
|
|
1086 case K_MIDDLEDRAG:
|
|
|
1087 case K_MIDDLERELEASE:
|
|
|
1088 case K_RIGHTMOUSE:
|
|
|
1089 case K_RIGHTDRAG:
|
|
|
1090 case K_RIGHTRELEASE:
|
|
|
1091 case K_X1MOUSE:
|
|
|
1092 case K_X1DRAG:
|
|
|
1093 case K_X1RELEASE:
|
|
|
1094 case K_X2MOUSE:
|
|
|
1095 case K_X2DRAG:
|
|
|
1096 case K_X2RELEASE:
|
|
|
1097 ins_mouse(c);
|
|
|
1098 break;
|
|
|
1099
|
|
449
|
1100 case K_MOUSEDOWN: /* Default action for scroll wheel up: scroll up */
|
|
7
|
1101 ins_mousescroll(FALSE);
|
|
|
1102 break;
|
|
|
1103
|
|
449
|
1104 case K_MOUSEUP: /* Default action for scroll wheel down: scroll down */
|
|
7
|
1105 ins_mousescroll(TRUE);
|
|
|
1106 break;
|
|
|
1107 #endif
|
|
692
|
1108 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
1109 case K_TABLINE:
|
|
|
1110 case K_TABMENU:
|
|
|
1111 ins_tabline(c);
|
|
|
1112 break;
|
|
|
1113 #endif
|
|
7
|
1114
|
|
449
|
1115 case K_IGNORE: /* Something mapped to nothing */
|
|
7
|
1116 break;
|
|
|
1117
|
|
661
|
1118 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1119 case K_CURSORHOLD: /* Didn't type something for a while. */
|
|
|
1120 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORHOLDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1121 did_cursorhold = TRUE;
|
|
|
1122 break;
|
|
|
1123 #endif
|
|
|
1124
|
|
625
|
1125 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_W32
|
|
|
1126 /* On Win32 ignore <M-F4>, we get it when closing the window was
|
|
|
1127 * cancelled. */
|
|
|
1128 case K_F4:
|
|
|
1129 if (mod_mask != MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
|
1130 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1131 break;
|
|
|
1132 #endif
|
|
|
1133
|
|
7
|
1134 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1135 case K_VER_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1136 ins_scroll();
|
|
|
1137 break;
|
|
|
1138
|
|
|
1139 case K_HOR_SCROLLBAR:
|
|
|
1140 ins_horscroll();
|
|
|
1141 break;
|
|
|
1142 #endif
|
|
|
1143
|
|
449
|
1144 case K_HOME: /* <Home> */
|
|
7
|
1145 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
1146 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
1147 case K_C_HOME:
|
|
|
1148 ins_home(c);
|
|
|
1149 break;
|
|
|
1150
|
|
449
|
1151 case K_END: /* <End> */
|
|
7
|
1152 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
1153 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
1154 case K_C_END:
|
|
|
1155 ins_end(c);
|
|
|
1156 break;
|
|
|
1157
|
|
449
|
1158 case K_LEFT: /* <Left> */
|
|
180
|
1159 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1160 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1161 else
|
|
|
1162 ins_left();
|
|
7
|
1163 break;
|
|
|
1164
|
|
449
|
1165 case K_S_LEFT: /* <S-Left> */
|
|
7
|
1166 case K_C_LEFT:
|
|
|
1167 ins_s_left();
|
|
|
1168 break;
|
|
|
1169
|
|
449
|
1170 case K_RIGHT: /* <Right> */
|
|
180
|
1171 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT|MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
1172 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1173 else
|
|
|
1174 ins_right();
|
|
7
|
1175 break;
|
|
|
1176
|
|
449
|
1177 case K_S_RIGHT: /* <S-Right> */
|
|
7
|
1178 case K_C_RIGHT:
|
|
|
1179 ins_s_right();
|
|
|
1180 break;
|
|
|
1181
|
|
449
|
1182 case K_UP: /* <Up> */
|
|
665
|
1183 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1184 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1185 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1186 #endif
|
|
180
|
1187 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1188 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1189 else
|
|
|
1190 ins_up(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1191 break;
|
|
|
1192
|
|
449
|
1193 case K_S_UP: /* <S-Up> */
|
|
7
|
1194 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
1195 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
613
|
1196 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1197 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1198 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1199 #endif
|
|
7
|
1200 ins_pageup();
|
|
|
1201 break;
|
|
|
1202
|
|
449
|
1203 case K_DOWN: /* <Down> */
|
|
665
|
1204 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1205 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1206 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1207 #endif
|
|
180
|
1208 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
1209 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1210 else
|
|
|
1211 ins_down(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1212 break;
|
|
|
1213
|
|
449
|
1214 case K_S_DOWN: /* <S-Down> */
|
|
7
|
1215 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
1216 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
613
|
1217 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
610
|
1218 if (pum_visible())
|
|
|
1219 goto docomplete;
|
|
613
|
1220 #endif
|
|
7
|
1221 ins_pagedown();
|
|
|
1222 break;
|
|
|
1223
|
|
|
1224 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
449
|
1225 case K_DROP: /* drag-n-drop event */
|
|
7
|
1226 ins_drop();
|
|
|
1227 break;
|
|
|
1228 #endif
|
|
|
1229
|
|
449
|
1230 case K_S_TAB: /* When not mapped, use like a normal TAB */
|
|
7
|
1231 c = TAB;
|
|
|
1232 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1233
|
|
449
|
1234 case TAB: /* TAB or Complete patterns along path */
|
|
7
|
1235 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) && defined(FEAT_FIND_ID)
|
|
|
1236 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
1237 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1238 #endif
|
|
|
1239 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1240 if (ins_tab())
|
|
|
1241 goto normalchar; /* insert TAB as a normal char */
|
|
|
1242 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1243 break;
|
|
|
1244
|
|
449
|
1245 case K_KENTER: /* <Enter> */
|
|
7
|
1246 c = CAR;
|
|
|
1247 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1248 case CAR:
|
|
|
1249 case NL:
|
|
|
1250 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_QUICKFIX)
|
|
|
1251 /* In a quickfix window a <CR> jumps to the error under the
|
|
|
1252 * cursor. */
|
|
|
1253 if (bt_quickfix(curbuf) && c == CAR)
|
|
|
1254 {
|
|
644
|
1255 if (curwin->w_llist_ref == NULL) /* quickfix window */
|
|
|
1256 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".cc");
|
|
|
1257 else /* location list window */
|
|
|
1258 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)".ll");
|
|
7
|
1259 break;
|
|
|
1260 }
|
|
|
1261 #endif
|
|
|
1262 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
1263 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
1264 {
|
|
|
1265 /* Execute the command in the cmdline window. */
|
|
|
1266 cmdwin_result = CAR;
|
|
|
1267 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1268 }
|
|
|
1269 #endif
|
|
|
1270 if (ins_eol(c) && !p_im)
|
|
|
1271 goto doESCkey; /* out of memory */
|
|
|
1272 auto_format(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1273 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1274 break;
|
|
|
1275
|
|
|
1276 #if defined(FEAT_DIGRAPHS) || defined (FEAT_INS_EXPAND)
|
|
449
|
1277 case Ctrl_K: /* digraph or keyword completion */
|
|
7
|
1278 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1279 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY)
|
|
|
1280 {
|
|
449
|
1281 if (has_compl_option(TRUE))
|
|
|
1282 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1283 break;
|
|
7
|
1284 }
|
|
|
1285 # endif
|
|
|
1286 # ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
1287 c = ins_digraph();
|
|
|
1288 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
1289 break;
|
|
|
1290 # endif
|
|
|
1291 goto normalchar;
|
|
449
|
1292 #endif
|
|
7
|
1293
|
|
|
1294 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
464
|
1295 case Ctrl_X: /* Enter CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
1296 ins_ctrl_x();
|
|
|
1297 break;
|
|
|
1298
|
|
449
|
1299 case Ctrl_RSB: /* Tag name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1300 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_TAGS)
|
|
|
1301 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1302 goto docomplete;
|
|
|
1303
|
|
449
|
1304 case Ctrl_F: /* File name completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1305 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
1306 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1307 goto docomplete;
|
|
477
|
1308
|
|
|
1309 case 's': /* Spelling completion after ^X */
|
|
|
1310 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
1311 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
1312 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1313 goto docomplete;
|
|
7
|
1314 #endif
|
|
|
1315
|
|
449
|
1316 case Ctrl_L: /* Whole line completion after ^X */
|
|
7
|
1317 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1318 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
1319 #endif
|
|
|
1320 {
|
|
|
1321 /* CTRL-L with 'insertmode' set: Leave Insert mode */
|
|
|
1322 if (p_im)
|
|
|
1323 {
|
|
|
1324 if (echeck_abbr(Ctrl_L + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
1325 break;
|
|
|
1326 goto doESCkey;
|
|
|
1327 }
|
|
|
1328 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1329 }
|
|
|
1330 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1331 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
1332
|
|
449
|
1333 case Ctrl_P: /* Do previous/next pattern completion */
|
|
7
|
1334 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
1335 /* if 'complete' is empty then plain ^P is no longer special,
|
|
|
1336 * but it is under other ^X modes */
|
|
|
1337 if (*curbuf->b_p_cpt == NUL
|
|
|
1338 && ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
449
|
1339 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL))
|
|
7
|
1340 goto normalchar;
|
|
|
1341
|
|
|
1342 docomplete:
|
|
|
1343 if (ins_complete(c) == FAIL)
|
|
449
|
1344 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
1345 break;
|
|
|
1346 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
1347
|
|
449
|
1348 case Ctrl_Y: /* copy from previous line or scroll down */
|
|
|
1349 case Ctrl_E: /* copy from next line or scroll up */
|
|
|
1350 c = ins_ctrl_ey(c);
|
|
7
|
1351 break;
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 default:
|
|
|
1354 #ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
1355 if (c == intr_char) /* special interrupt char */
|
|
|
1356 goto do_intr;
|
|
|
1357 #endif
|
|
|
1358
|
|
|
1359 /*
|
|
|
1360 * Insert a nomal character.
|
|
|
1361 */
|
|
|
1362 normalchar:
|
|
|
1363 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
1364 /* Try to perform smart-indenting. */
|
|
|
1365 ins_try_si(c);
|
|
|
1366 #endif
|
|
|
1367
|
|
|
1368 if (c == ' ')
|
|
|
1369 {
|
|
|
1370 inserted_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
1371 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1372 if (inindent(0))
|
|
|
1373 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
1374 #endif
|
|
|
1375 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL
|
|
|
1376 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
1377 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
1378 }
|
|
|
1379
|
|
|
1380 if (vim_iswordc(c) || !echeck_abbr(
|
|
|
1381 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1382 /* Add ABBR_OFF for characters above 0x100, this is
|
|
|
1383 * what check_abbr() expects. */
|
|
|
1384 (has_mbyte && c >= 0x100) ? (c + ABBR_OFF) :
|
|
|
1385 #endif
|
|
|
1386 c))
|
|
|
1387 {
|
|
|
1388 insert_special(c, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1389 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1390 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1391 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1392 #endif
|
|
|
1393 }
|
|
|
1394
|
|
|
1395 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1396
|
|
|
1397 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
1398 /* When inserting a character the cursor line must never be in a
|
|
|
1399 * closed fold. */
|
|
|
1400 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
1401 #endif
|
|
|
1402 break;
|
|
|
1403 } /* end of switch (c) */
|
|
|
1404
|
|
978
|
1405 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
1406 /* If typed something may trigger CursorHoldI again. */
|
|
|
1407 if (c != K_CURSORHOLD)
|
|
|
1408 did_cursorhold = FALSE;
|
|
|
1409 #endif
|
|
|
1410
|
|
7
|
1411 /* If the cursor was moved we didn't just insert a space */
|
|
|
1412 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
1413 inserted_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
1414
|
|
|
1415 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
1416 if (can_cindent && cindent_on()
|
|
|
1417 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1418 && ctrl_x_mode == 0
|
|
|
1419 # endif
|
|
|
1420 )
|
|
|
1421 {
|
|
|
1422 force_cindent:
|
|
|
1423 /*
|
|
|
1424 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
1425 */
|
|
|
1426 if (in_cinkeys(c, ' ', line_is_white))
|
|
|
1427 {
|
|
|
1428 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
1429 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
1430 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
1431 }
|
|
|
1432 }
|
|
|
1433 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
1434
|
|
|
1435 } /* for (;;) */
|
|
|
1436 /* NOTREACHED */
|
|
|
1437 }
|
|
|
1438
|
|
|
1439 /*
|
|
|
1440 * Redraw for Insert mode.
|
|
|
1441 * This is postponed until getting the next character to make '$' in the 'cpo'
|
|
|
1442 * option work correctly.
|
|
|
1443 * Only redraw when there are no characters available. This speeds up
|
|
|
1444 * inserting sequences of characters (e.g., for CTRL-R).
|
|
|
1445 */
|
|
661
|
1446 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
7
|
1447 static void
|
|
661
|
1448 ins_redraw(ready)
|
|
|
1449 int ready; /* not busy with something */
|
|
7
|
1450 {
|
|
|
1451 if (!char_avail())
|
|
|
1452 {
|
|
661
|
1453 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
794
|
1454 /* Trigger CursorMoved if the cursor moved. Not when the popup menu is
|
|
|
1455 * visible, the command might delete it. */
|
|
661
|
1456 if (ready && has_cursormovedI()
|
|
794
|
1457 && !equalpos(last_cursormoved, curwin->w_cursor)
|
|
|
1458 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
1459 && !pum_visible()
|
|
|
1460 # endif
|
|
|
1461 )
|
|
661
|
1462 {
|
|
1506
|
1463 # ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
1464 /* Need to update the screen first, to make sure syntax
|
|
|
1465 * highlighting is correct after making a change (e.g., inserting
|
|
|
1466 * a "(". The autocommand may also require a redraw, so it's done
|
|
|
1467 * again below, unfortunately. */
|
|
|
1468 if (syntax_present(curbuf) && must_redraw)
|
|
|
1469 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1470 # endif
|
|
661
|
1471 apply_autocmds(EVENT_CURSORMOVEDI, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1472 last_cursormoved = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1473 }
|
|
|
1474 #endif
|
|
7
|
1475 if (must_redraw)
|
|
|
1476 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
1477 else if (clear_cmdline || redraw_cmdline)
|
|
|
1478 showmode(); /* clear cmdline and show mode */
|
|
|
1479 showruler(FALSE);
|
|
|
1480 setcursor();
|
|
|
1481 emsg_on_display = FALSE; /* may remove error message now */
|
|
|
1482 }
|
|
|
1483 }
|
|
|
1484
|
|
|
1485 /*
|
|
|
1486 * Handle a CTRL-V or CTRL-Q typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1487 */
|
|
|
1488 static void
|
|
|
1489 ins_ctrl_v()
|
|
|
1490 {
|
|
|
1491 int c;
|
|
|
1492
|
|
|
1493 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
1494 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
1495
|
|
|
1496 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
1497 edit_putchar('^', TRUE);
|
|
|
1498 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
1499
|
|
|
1500 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1501 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_V);
|
|
|
1502 #endif
|
|
|
1503
|
|
|
1504 c = get_literal();
|
|
|
1505 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
1506 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
1507 #endif
|
|
|
1508 insert_special(c, FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1509 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1510 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
1511 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
1512 #endif
|
|
|
1513 }
|
|
|
1514
|
|
|
1515 /*
|
|
|
1516 * Put a character directly onto the screen. It's not stored in a buffer.
|
|
|
1517 * Used while handling CTRL-K, CTRL-V, etc. in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1518 */
|
|
|
1519 static int pc_status;
|
|
|
1520 #define PC_STATUS_UNSET 0 /* pc_bytes was not set */
|
|
|
1521 #define PC_STATUS_RIGHT 1 /* right halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1522 #define PC_STATUS_LEFT 2 /* left halve of double-wide char */
|
|
|
1523 #define PC_STATUS_SET 3 /* pc_bytes was filled */
|
|
|
1524 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1525 static char_u pc_bytes[MB_MAXBYTES + 1]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1526 #else
|
|
|
1527 static char_u pc_bytes[2]; /* saved bytes */
|
|
|
1528 #endif
|
|
|
1529 static int pc_attr;
|
|
|
1530 static int pc_row;
|
|
|
1531 static int pc_col;
|
|
|
1532
|
|
|
1533 void
|
|
|
1534 edit_putchar(c, highlight)
|
|
|
1535 int c;
|
|
|
1536 int highlight;
|
|
|
1537 {
|
|
|
1538 int attr;
|
|
|
1539
|
|
|
1540 if (ScreenLines != NULL)
|
|
|
1541 {
|
|
|
1542 update_topline(); /* just in case w_topline isn't valid */
|
|
|
1543 validate_cursor();
|
|
|
1544 if (highlight)
|
|
|
1545 attr = hl_attr(HLF_8);
|
|
|
1546 else
|
|
|
1547 attr = 0;
|
|
|
1548 pc_row = W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow;
|
|
|
1549 pc_col = W_WINCOL(curwin);
|
|
|
1550 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1551 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
1552 #endif
|
|
|
1553 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
1554 if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
|
1555 {
|
|
|
1556 pc_col += W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1 - curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1557 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1558 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1559 {
|
|
|
1560 int fix_col = mb_fix_col(pc_col, pc_row);
|
|
|
1561
|
|
|
1562 if (fix_col != pc_col)
|
|
|
1563 {
|
|
|
1564 screen_putchar(' ', pc_row, fix_col, attr);
|
|
|
1565 --curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1566 pc_status = PC_STATUS_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1567 }
|
|
|
1568 }
|
|
|
1569 # endif
|
|
|
1570 }
|
|
|
1571 else
|
|
|
1572 #endif
|
|
|
1573 {
|
|
|
1574 pc_col += curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1575 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1576 if (mb_lefthalve(pc_row, pc_col))
|
|
|
1577 pc_status = PC_STATUS_LEFT;
|
|
|
1578 #endif
|
|
|
1579 }
|
|
|
1580
|
|
|
1581 /* save the character to be able to put it back */
|
|
|
1582 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1583 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_UNSET)
|
|
|
1584 #endif
|
|
|
1585 {
|
|
|
1586 screen_getbytes(pc_row, pc_col, pc_bytes, &pc_attr);
|
|
|
1587 pc_status = PC_STATUS_SET;
|
|
|
1588 }
|
|
|
1589 screen_putchar(c, pc_row, pc_col, attr);
|
|
|
1590 }
|
|
|
1591 }
|
|
|
1592
|
|
|
1593 /*
|
|
|
1594 * Undo the previous edit_putchar().
|
|
|
1595 */
|
|
|
1596 void
|
|
|
1597 edit_unputchar()
|
|
|
1598 {
|
|
|
1599 if (pc_status != PC_STATUS_UNSET && pc_row >= msg_scrolled)
|
|
|
1600 {
|
|
|
1601 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
|
1602 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT)
|
|
|
1603 ++curwin->w_wcol;
|
|
|
1604 if (pc_status == PC_STATUS_RIGHT || pc_status == PC_STATUS_LEFT)
|
|
|
1605 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1606 else
|
|
|
1607 #endif
|
|
|
1608 screen_puts(pc_bytes, pc_row - msg_scrolled, pc_col, pc_attr);
|
|
|
1609 }
|
|
|
1610 }
|
|
|
1611
|
|
|
1612 /*
|
|
|
1613 * Called when p_dollar is set: display a '$' at the end of the changed text
|
|
|
1614 * Only works when cursor is in the line that changes.
|
|
|
1615 */
|
|
|
1616 void
|
|
|
1617 display_dollar(col)
|
|
|
1618 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
1619 {
|
|
|
1620 colnr_T save_col;
|
|
|
1621
|
|
|
1622 if (!redrawing())
|
|
|
1623 return;
|
|
|
1624
|
|
|
1625 cursor_off();
|
|
|
1626 save_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1627 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
1628 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1629 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
1630 {
|
|
|
1631 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1632
|
|
|
1633 /* If on the last byte of a multi-byte move to the first byte. */
|
|
|
1634 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1635 curwin->w_cursor.col -= (*mb_head_off)(p, p + col);
|
|
|
1636 }
|
|
|
1637 #endif
|
|
|
1638 curs_columns(FALSE); /* recompute w_wrow and w_wcol */
|
|
|
1639 if (curwin->w_wcol < W_WIDTH(curwin))
|
|
|
1640 {
|
|
|
1641 edit_putchar('$', FALSE);
|
|
|
1642 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
1643 }
|
|
|
1644 curwin->w_cursor.col = save_col;
|
|
|
1645 }
|
|
|
1646
|
|
|
1647 /*
|
|
|
1648 * Call this function before moving the cursor from the normal insert position
|
|
|
1649 * in insert mode.
|
|
|
1650 */
|
|
|
1651 static void
|
|
|
1652 undisplay_dollar()
|
|
|
1653 {
|
|
|
1654 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
1655 {
|
|
|
1656 dollar_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1657 redrawWinline(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
1658 }
|
|
|
1659 }
|
|
|
1660
|
|
|
1661 /*
|
|
|
1662 * Insert an indent (for <Tab> or CTRL-T) or delete an indent (for CTRL-D).
|
|
|
1663 * Keep the cursor on the same character.
|
|
|
1664 * type == INDENT_INC increase indent (for CTRL-T or <Tab>)
|
|
|
1665 * type == INDENT_DEC decrease indent (for CTRL-D)
|
|
|
1666 * type == INDENT_SET set indent to "amount"
|
|
|
1667 * if round is TRUE, round the indent to 'shiftwidth' (only with _INC and _Dec).
|
|
|
1668 */
|
|
|
1669 void
|
|
1516
|
1670 change_indent(type, amount, round, replaced, call_changed_bytes)
|
|
7
|
1671 int type;
|
|
|
1672 int amount;
|
|
|
1673 int round;
|
|
|
1674 int replaced; /* replaced character, put on replace stack */
|
|
1516
|
1675 int call_changed_bytes; /* call changed_bytes() */
|
|
7
|
1676 {
|
|
|
1677 int vcol;
|
|
|
1678 int last_vcol;
|
|
|
1679 int insstart_less; /* reduction for Insstart.col */
|
|
|
1680 int new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1681 int i;
|
|
|
1682 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
1683 int save_p_list;
|
|
|
1684 int start_col;
|
|
|
1685 colnr_T vc;
|
|
|
1686 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1687 colnr_T orig_col = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1688 char_u *new_line, *orig_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
1689
|
|
|
1690 /* VREPLACE mode needs to know what the line was like before changing */
|
|
|
1691 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1692 {
|
|
|
1693 orig_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline()); /* Deal with NULL below */
|
|
|
1694 orig_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1695 }
|
|
|
1696 #endif
|
|
|
1697
|
|
|
1698 /* for the following tricks we don't want list mode */
|
|
|
1699 save_p_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
1700 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
1701 vc = getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
1702 vcol = vc;
|
|
|
1703
|
|
|
1704 /*
|
|
|
1705 * For Replace mode we need to fix the replace stack later, which is only
|
|
|
1706 * possible when the cursor is in the indent. Remember the number of
|
|
|
1707 * characters before the cursor if it's possible.
|
|
|
1708 */
|
|
|
1709 start_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1710
|
|
|
1711 /* determine offset from first non-blank */
|
|
|
1712 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1713 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
1714 new_cursor_col -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1715
|
|
|
1716 insstart_less = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1717
|
|
|
1718 /*
|
|
|
1719 * If the cursor is in the indent, compute how many screen columns the
|
|
|
1720 * cursor is to the left of the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1721 */
|
|
|
1722 if (new_cursor_col < 0)
|
|
|
1723 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1724
|
|
|
1725 if (new_cursor_col > 0) /* can't fix replace stack */
|
|
|
1726 start_col = -1;
|
|
|
1727
|
|
|
1728 /*
|
|
|
1729 * Set the new indent. The cursor will be put on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1730 */
|
|
|
1731 if (type == INDENT_SET)
|
|
1516
|
1732 (void)set_indent(amount, call_changed_bytes ? SIN_CHANGED : 0);
|
|
7
|
1733 else
|
|
|
1734 {
|
|
|
1735 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1736 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 /* Avoid being called recursively. */
|
|
|
1739 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1740 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
1741 #endif
|
|
1516
|
1742 shift_line(type == INDENT_DEC, round, 1, call_changed_bytes);
|
|
7
|
1743 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1744 State = save_State;
|
|
|
1745 #endif
|
|
|
1746 }
|
|
|
1747 insstart_less -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1748
|
|
|
1749 /*
|
|
|
1750 * Try to put cursor on same character.
|
|
|
1751 * If the cursor is at or after the first non-blank in the line,
|
|
|
1752 * compute the cursor column relative to the column of the first
|
|
|
1753 * non-blank character.
|
|
|
1754 * If we are not in insert mode, leave the cursor on the first non-blank.
|
|
|
1755 * If the cursor is before the first non-blank, position it relative
|
|
|
1756 * to the first non-blank, counted in screen columns.
|
|
|
1757 */
|
|
|
1758 if (new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1759 {
|
|
|
1760 /*
|
|
|
1761 * When changing the indent while the cursor is touching it, reset
|
|
|
1762 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1763 */
|
|
|
1764 if (new_cursor_col == 0)
|
|
|
1765 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1766 new_cursor_col += curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1767 }
|
|
|
1768 else if (!(State & INSERT))
|
|
|
1769 new_cursor_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
1770 else
|
|
|
1771 {
|
|
|
1772 /*
|
|
|
1773 * Compute the screen column where the cursor should be.
|
|
|
1774 */
|
|
|
1775 vcol = get_indent() - vcol;
|
|
|
1776 curwin->w_virtcol = (vcol < 0) ? 0 : vcol;
|
|
|
1777
|
|
|
1778 /*
|
|
|
1779 * Advance the cursor until we reach the right screen column.
|
|
|
1780 */
|
|
|
1781 vcol = last_vcol = 0;
|
|
|
1782 new_cursor_col = -1;
|
|
|
1783 ptr = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
1784 while (vcol <= (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1785 {
|
|
|
1786 last_vcol = vcol;
|
|
|
1787 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1788 if (has_mbyte && new_cursor_col >= 0)
|
|
474
|
1789 new_cursor_col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr + new_cursor_col);
|
|
7
|
1790 else
|
|
|
1791 #endif
|
|
|
1792 ++new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1793 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr + new_cursor_col, (colnr_T)vcol);
|
|
|
1794 }
|
|
|
1795 vcol = last_vcol;
|
|
|
1796
|
|
|
1797 /*
|
|
|
1798 * May need to insert spaces to be able to position the cursor on
|
|
|
1799 * the right screen column.
|
|
|
1800 */
|
|
|
1801 if (vcol != (int)curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
1802 {
|
|
|
1803 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1804 i = (int)curwin->w_virtcol - vcol;
|
|
|
1805 ptr = alloc(i + 1);
|
|
|
1806 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
1807 {
|
|
|
1808 new_cursor_col += i;
|
|
|
1809 ptr[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
1810 while (--i >= 0)
|
|
|
1811 ptr[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
1812 ins_str(ptr);
|
|
|
1813 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
1814 }
|
|
|
1815 }
|
|
|
1816
|
|
|
1817 /*
|
|
|
1818 * When changing the indent while the cursor is in it, reset
|
|
|
1819 * Insstart_col to 0.
|
|
|
1820 */
|
|
|
1821 insstart_less = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
1822 }
|
|
|
1823
|
|
|
1824 curwin->w_p_list = save_p_list;
|
|
|
1825
|
|
|
1826 if (new_cursor_col <= 0)
|
|
|
1827 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
1828 else
|
|
|
1829 curwin->w_cursor.col = new_cursor_col;
|
|
|
1830 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
1831 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
1832
|
|
|
1833 /*
|
|
|
1834 * May have to adjust the start of the insert.
|
|
|
1835 */
|
|
|
1836 if (State & INSERT)
|
|
|
1837 {
|
|
|
1838 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum && Insstart.col != 0)
|
|
|
1839 {
|
|
|
1840 if ((int)Insstart.col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1841 Insstart.col = 0;
|
|
|
1842 else
|
|
|
1843 Insstart.col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1844 }
|
|
|
1845 if ((int)ai_col <= insstart_less)
|
|
|
1846 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
1847 else
|
|
|
1848 ai_col -= insstart_less;
|
|
|
1849 }
|
|
|
1850
|
|
|
1851 /*
|
|
|
1852 * For REPLACE mode, may have to fix the replace stack, if it's possible.
|
|
|
1853 * If the number of characters before the cursor decreased, need to pop a
|
|
|
1854 * few characters from the replace stack.
|
|
|
1855 * If the number of characters before the cursor increased, need to push a
|
|
|
1856 * few NULs onto the replace stack.
|
|
|
1857 */
|
|
|
1858 if (REPLACE_NORMAL(State) && start_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1859 {
|
|
|
1860 while (start_col > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
1861 {
|
|
|
1862 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1863 --start_col;
|
|
|
1864 }
|
|
|
1865 while (start_col < (int)curwin->w_cursor.col || replaced)
|
|
|
1866 {
|
|
|
1867 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
1868 if (replaced)
|
|
|
1869 {
|
|
|
1870 replace_push(replaced);
|
|
|
1871 replaced = NUL;
|
|
|
1872 }
|
|
|
1873 ++start_col;
|
|
|
1874 }
|
|
|
1875 }
|
|
|
1876
|
|
|
1877 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
1878 /*
|
|
|
1879 * For VREPLACE mode, we also have to fix the replace stack. In this case
|
|
|
1880 * it is always possible because we backspace over the whole line and then
|
|
|
1881 * put it back again the way we wanted it.
|
|
|
1882 */
|
|
|
1883 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1884 {
|
|
|
1885 /* If orig_line didn't allocate, just return. At least we did the job,
|
|
|
1886 * even if you can't backspace. */
|
|
|
1887 if (orig_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1888 return;
|
|
|
1889
|
|
|
1890 /* Save new line */
|
|
|
1891 new_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
1892 if (new_line == NULL)
|
|
|
1893 return;
|
|
|
1894
|
|
|
1895 /* We only put back the new line up to the cursor */
|
|
|
1896 new_line[curwin->w_cursor.col] = NUL;
|
|
|
1897
|
|
|
1898 /* Put back original line */
|
|
|
1899 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, orig_line, FALSE);
|
|
|
1900 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
1901
|
|
|
1902 /* Backspace from cursor to start of line */
|
|
|
1903 backspace_until_column(0);
|
|
|
1904
|
|
|
1905 /* Insert new stuff into line again */
|
|
|
1906 ins_bytes(new_line);
|
|
|
1907
|
|
|
1908 vim_free(new_line);
|
|
|
1909 }
|
|
|
1910 #endif
|
|
|
1911 }
|
|
|
1912
|
|
|
1913 /*
|
|
|
1914 * Truncate the space at the end of a line. This is to be used only in an
|
|
|
1915 * insert mode. It handles fixing the replace stack for REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1916 * modes.
|
|
|
1917 */
|
|
|
1918 void
|
|
|
1919 truncate_spaces(line)
|
|
|
1920 char_u *line;
|
|
|
1921 {
|
|
|
1922 int i;
|
|
|
1923
|
|
|
1924 /* find start of trailing white space */
|
|
|
1925 for (i = (int)STRLEN(line) - 1; i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]); i--)
|
|
|
1926 {
|
|
|
1927 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
1928 replace_join(0); /* remove a NUL from the replace stack */
|
|
|
1929 }
|
|
|
1930 line[i + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
1931 }
|
|
|
1932
|
|
|
1933 #if defined(FEAT_VREPLACE) || defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) \
|
|
|
1934 || defined(FEAT_COMMENTS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1935 /*
|
|
|
1936 * Backspace the cursor until the given column. Handles REPLACE and VREPLACE
|
|
|
1937 * modes correctly. May also be used when not in insert mode at all.
|
|
1782
|
1938 * Will attempt not to go before "col" even when there is a composing
|
|
|
1939 * character.
|
|
7
|
1940 */
|
|
|
1941 void
|
|
|
1942 backspace_until_column(col)
|
|
|
1943 int col;
|
|
|
1944 {
|
|
|
1945 while ((int)curwin->w_cursor.col > col)
|
|
|
1946 {
|
|
|
1947 curwin->w_cursor.col--;
|
|
|
1948 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1782
|
1949 replace_do_bs(col);
|
|
|
1950 else if (!del_char_after_col(col))
|
|
|
1951 break;
|
|
|
1952 }
|
|
|
1953 }
|
|
|
1954 #endif
|
|
|
1955
|
|
|
1956 /*
|
|
|
1957 * Like del_char(), but make sure not to go before column "limit_col".
|
|
|
1958 * Only matters when there are composing characters.
|
|
|
1959 * Return TRUE when something was deleted.
|
|
|
1960 */
|
|
1796
|
1961 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
1782
|
1962 static int
|
|
|
1963 del_char_after_col(limit_col)
|
|
|
1964 int limit_col;
|
|
|
1965 {
|
|
|
1966 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
1967 if (enc_utf8 && limit_col >= 0)
|
|
|
1968 {
|
|
|
1969 int ecol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
1970
|
|
|
1971 /* Make sure the cursor is at the start of a character, but
|
|
|
1972 * skip forward again when going too far back because of a
|
|
|
1973 * composing character. */
|
|
|
1974 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
1796
|
1975 while (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)limit_col)
|
|
1782
|
1976 {
|
|
|
1977 int l = utf_ptr2len(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
1978
|
|
|
1979 if (l == 0) /* end of line */
|
|
|
1980 break;
|
|
|
1981 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
|
1982 }
|
|
|
1983 if (*ml_get_cursor() == NUL || curwin->w_cursor.col == ecol)
|
|
|
1984 return FALSE;
|
|
|
1985 del_bytes((long)(ecol - curwin->w_cursor.col), FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
1986 }
|
|
|
1987 else
|
|
|
1988 #endif
|
|
|
1989 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
1990 return TRUE;
|
|
|
1991 }
|
|
7
|
1992
|
|
|
1993 #if defined(FEAT_INS_EXPAND) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1994 /*
|
|
449
|
1995 * CTRL-X pressed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
1996 */
|
|
|
1997 static void
|
|
|
1998 ins_ctrl_x()
|
|
|
1999 {
|
|
|
2000 /* CTRL-X after CTRL-X CTRL-V doesn't do anything, so that CTRL-X
|
|
|
2001 * CTRL-V works like CTRL-N */
|
|
|
2002 if (ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
2003 {
|
|
|
2004 /* if the next ^X<> won't ADD nothing, then reset
|
|
|
2005 * compl_cont_status */
|
|
|
2006 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_N_ADDS)
|
|
665
|
2007 compl_cont_status |= CONT_INTRPT;
|
|
449
|
2008 else
|
|
|
2009 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
2010 /* We're not sure which CTRL-X mode it will be yet */
|
|
|
2011 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
|
2012 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
2013 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
2014 showmode();
|
|
|
2015 }
|
|
|
2016 }
|
|
|
2017
|
|
|
2018 /*
|
|
|
2019 * Return TRUE if the 'dict' or 'tsr' option can be used.
|
|
|
2020 */
|
|
|
2021 static int
|
|
|
2022 has_compl_option(dict_opt)
|
|
|
2023 int dict_opt;
|
|
|
2024 {
|
|
703
|
2025 if (dict_opt ? (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL && *p_dict == NUL
|
|
744
|
2026 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
|
2027 && !curwin->w_p_spell
|
|
|
2028 # endif
|
|
|
2029 )
|
|
449
|
2030 : (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL && *p_tsr == NUL))
|
|
|
2031 {
|
|
|
2032 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
2033 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
2034 msg_attr(dict_opt ? (char_u *)_("'dictionary' option is empty")
|
|
|
2035 : (char_u *)_("'thesaurus' option is empty"),
|
|
|
2036 hl_attr(HLF_E));
|
|
|
2037 if (emsg_silent == 0)
|
|
|
2038 {
|
|
|
2039 vim_beep();
|
|
|
2040 setcursor();
|
|
|
2041 out_flush();
|
|
|
2042 ui_delay(2000L, FALSE);
|
|
|
2043 }
|
|
|
2044 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2045 }
|
|
|
2046 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2047 }
|
|
|
2048
|
|
|
2049 /*
|
|
7
|
2050 * Is the character 'c' a valid key to go to or keep us in CTRL-X mode?
|
|
|
2051 * This depends on the current mode.
|
|
|
2052 */
|
|
|
2053 int
|
|
|
2054 vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c)
|
|
|
2055 int c;
|
|
|
2056 {
|
|
|
2057 /* Always allow ^R - let it's results then be checked */
|
|
|
2058 if (c == Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
2059 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2060
|
|
610
|
2061 /* Accept <PageUp> and <PageDown> if the popup menu is visible. */
|
|
644
|
2062 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
610
|
2063 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2064
|
|
7
|
2065 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
2066 {
|
|
|
2067 case 0: /* Not in any CTRL-X mode */
|
|
|
2068 return (c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
|
2069 case CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET:
|
|
449
|
2070 return ( c == Ctrl_X || c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E
|
|
7
|
2071 || c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_RSB
|
|
|
2072 || c == Ctrl_I || c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P
|
|
|
2073 || c == Ctrl_N || c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_V
|
|
477
|
2074 || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_O
|
|
|
2075 || c == Ctrl_S || c == 's');
|
|
7
|
2076 case CTRL_X_SCROLL:
|
|
|
2077 return (c == Ctrl_Y || c == Ctrl_E);
|
|
|
2078 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
2079 return (c == Ctrl_L || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2080 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2081 return (c == Ctrl_F || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2082 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
2083 return (c == Ctrl_K || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2084 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
2085 return (c == Ctrl_T || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2086 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
2087 return (c == Ctrl_RSB || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2088 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
2089 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
2090 return (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2091 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
|
2092 return (c == Ctrl_D || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2093 #endif
|
|
|
2094 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2095 return (c == Ctrl_V || c == Ctrl_Q || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N
|
|
|
2096 || c == Ctrl_X);
|
|
12
|
2097 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
2098 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
449
|
2099 return (c == Ctrl_U || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
523
|
2100 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
449
|
2101 return (c == Ctrl_O || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
502
|
2102 #endif
|
|
477
|
2103 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
|
2104 return (c == Ctrl_S || c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_N);
|
|
7
|
2105 }
|
|
|
2106 EMSG(_(e_internal));
|
|
|
2107 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2108 }
|
|
|
2109
|
|
|
2110 /*
|
|
1430
|
2111 * Return TRUE when character "c" is part of the item currently being
|
|
|
2112 * completed. Used to decide whether to abandon complete mode when the menu
|
|
|
2113 * is visible.
|
|
|
2114 */
|
|
|
2115 static int
|
|
|
2116 ins_compl_accept_char(c)
|
|
|
2117 int c;
|
|
|
2118 {
|
|
|
2119 if (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT)
|
|
|
2120 /* When expanding an identifier only accept identifier chars. */
|
|
|
2121 return vim_isIDc(c);
|
|
|
2122
|
|
|
2123 switch (ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
|
2124 {
|
|
|
2125 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
|
2126 /* When expanding file name only accept file name chars. But not
|
|
|
2127 * path separators, so that "proto/<Tab>" expands files in
|
|
|
2128 * "proto", not "proto/" as a whole */
|
|
|
2129 return vim_isfilec(c) && !vim_ispathsep(c);
|
|
|
2130
|
|
|
2131 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
|
2132 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
|
2133 /* Command line and Omni completion can work with just about any
|
|
|
2134 * printable character, but do stop at white space. */
|
|
|
2135 return vim_isprintc(c) && !vim_iswhite(c);
|
|
|
2136
|
|
|
2137 case CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE:
|
|
|
2138 /* For while line completion a space can be part of the line. */
|
|
|
2139 return vim_isprintc(c);
|
|
|
2140 }
|
|
|
2141 return vim_iswordc(c);
|
|
|
2142 }
|
|
|
2143
|
|
|
2144 /*
|
|
659
|
2145 * This is like ins_compl_add(), but if 'ic' and 'inf' are set, then the
|
|
7
|
2146 * case of the originally typed text is used, and the case of the completed
|
|
1219
|
2147 * text is inferred, ie this tries to work out what case you probably wanted
|
|
7
|
2148 * the rest of the word to be in -- webb
|
|
|
2149 */
|
|
|
2150 int
|
|
681
|
2151 ins_compl_add_infercase(str, len, icase, fname, dir, flags)
|
|
7
|
2152 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2153 int len;
|
|
681
|
2154 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2155 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2156 int dir;
|
|
464
|
2157 int flags;
|
|
7
|
2158 {
|
|
1353
|
2159 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2160 int i, c;
|
|
|
2161 int actual_len; /* Take multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
2162 int actual_compl_length; /* into account. */
|
|
|
2163 int *wca; /* Wide character array. */
|
|
7
|
2164 int has_lower = FALSE;
|
|
|
2165 int was_letter = FALSE;
|
|
1353
|
2166
|
|
1436
|
2167 if (p_ic && curbuf->b_p_inf && len > 0)
|
|
1353
|
2168 {
|
|
|
2169 /* Infer case of completed part. */
|
|
|
2170
|
|
|
2171 /* Find actual length of completion. */
|
|
|
2172 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2173 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2174 {
|
|
|
2175 p = str;
|
|
|
2176 actual_len = 0;
|
|
|
2177 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2178 {
|
|
|
2179 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2180 ++actual_len;
|
|
|
2181 }
|
|
|
2182 }
|
|
|
2183 else
|
|
|
2184 #endif
|
|
|
2185 actual_len = len;
|
|
|
2186
|
|
|
2187 /* Find actual length of original text. */
|
|
|
2188 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2189 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2190 {
|
|
|
2191 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2192 actual_compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
2193 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
7
|
2194 {
|
|
1353
|
2195 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2196 ++actual_compl_length;
|
|
|
2197 }
|
|
|
2198 }
|
|
|
2199 else
|
|
|
2200 #endif
|
|
|
2201 actual_compl_length = compl_length;
|
|
|
2202
|
|
|
2203 /* Allocate wide character array for the completion and fill it. */
|
|
|
2204 wca = (int *)alloc(actual_len * sizeof(int));
|
|
|
2205 if (wca != NULL)
|
|
|
2206 {
|
|
|
2207 p = str;
|
|
|
2208 for (i = 0; i < actual_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2209 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2210 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2211 wca[i] = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2212 else
|
|
|
2213 #endif
|
|
|
2214 wca[i] = *(p++);
|
|
|
2215
|
|
|
2216 /* Rule 1: Were any chars converted to lower? */
|
|
|
2217 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2218 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
|
|
|
2219 {
|
|
|
2220 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2221 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2222 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2223 else
|
|
|
2224 #endif
|
|
|
2225 c = *(p++);
|
|
|
2226 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
|
|
7
|
2227 {
|
|
1353
|
2228 has_lower = TRUE;
|
|
|
2229 if (MB_ISUPPER(wca[i]))
|
|
|
2230 {
|
|
|
2231 /* Rule 1 is satisfied. */
|
|
|
2232 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2233 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
|
|
|
2234 break;
|
|
|
2235 }
|
|
7
|
2236 }
|
|
|
2237 }
|
|
1353
|
2238
|
|
|
2239 /*
|
|
|
2240 * Rule 2: No lower case, 2nd consecutive letter converted to
|
|
|
2241 * upper case.
|
|
|
2242 */
|
|
|
2243 if (!has_lower)
|
|
|
2244 {
|
|
|
2245 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2246 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
|
|
|
2247 {
|
|
|
2248 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2249 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2250 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2251 else
|
|
|
2252 #endif
|
|
|
2253 c = *(p++);
|
|
|
2254 if (was_letter && MB_ISUPPER(c) && MB_ISLOWER(wca[i]))
|
|
|
2255 {
|
|
|
2256 /* Rule 2 is satisfied. */
|
|
|
2257 for (i = actual_compl_length; i < actual_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2258 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
|
|
|
2259 break;
|
|
|
2260 }
|
|
|
2261 was_letter = MB_ISLOWER(c) || MB_ISUPPER(c);
|
|
|
2262 }
|
|
|
2263 }
|
|
|
2264
|
|
|
2265 /* Copy the original case of the part we typed. */
|
|
|
2266 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
2267 for (i = 0; i < actual_compl_length; ++i)
|
|
7
|
2268 {
|
|
1353
|
2269 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2270 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2271 c = mb_ptr2char_adv(&p);
|
|
|
2272 else
|
|
|
2273 #endif
|
|
|
2274 c = *(p++);
|
|
|
2275 if (MB_ISLOWER(c))
|
|
|
2276 wca[i] = MB_TOLOWER(wca[i]);
|
|
|
2277 else if (MB_ISUPPER(c))
|
|
|
2278 wca[i] = MB_TOUPPER(wca[i]);
|
|
7
|
2279 }
|
|
1353
|
2280
|
|
1436
|
2281 /*
|
|
1353
|
2282 * Generate encoding specific output from wide character array.
|
|
|
2283 * Multi-byte characters can occupy up to five bytes more than
|
|
|
2284 * ASCII characters, and we also need one byte for NUL, so stay
|
|
|
2285 * six bytes away from the edge of IObuff.
|
|
|
2286 */
|
|
|
2287 p = IObuff;
|
|
|
2288 i = 0;
|
|
|
2289 while (i < actual_len && (p - IObuff + 6) < IOSIZE)
|
|
|
2290 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2291 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
1446
|
2292 p += (*mb_char2bytes)(wca[i++], p);
|
|
1353
|
2293 else
|
|
|
2294 #endif
|
|
|
2295 *(p++) = wca[i++];
|
|
|
2296 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2297
|
|
|
2298 vim_free(wca);
|
|
|
2299 }
|
|
7
|
2300
|
|
841
|
2301 return ins_compl_add(IObuff, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir,
|
|
|
2302 flags, FALSE);
|
|
|
2303 }
|
|
|
2304 return ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, NULL, dir, flags, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
2305 }
|
|
|
2306
|
|
|
2307 /*
|
|
|
2308 * Add a match to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2309 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
464
|
2310 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
681
|
2311 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
7
|
2312 */
|
|
841
|
2313 static int
|
|
944
|
2314 ins_compl_add(str, len, icase, fname, cptext, cdir, flags, adup)
|
|
7
|
2315 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2316 int len;
|
|
681
|
2317 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2318 char_u *fname;
|
|
841
|
2319 char_u **cptext; /* extra text for popup menu or NULL */
|
|
659
|
2320 int cdir;
|
|
464
|
2321 int flags;
|
|
944
|
2322 int adup; /* accept duplicate match */
|
|
7
|
2323 {
|
|
464
|
2324 compl_T *match;
|
|
659
|
2325 int dir = (cdir == 0 ? compl_direction : cdir);
|
|
7
|
2326
|
|
|
2327 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2328 if (got_int)
|
|
464
|
2329 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2330 if (len < 0)
|
|
|
2331 len = (int)STRLEN(str);
|
|
|
2332
|
|
|
2333 /*
|
|
|
2334 * If the same match is already present, don't add it.
|
|
|
2335 */
|
|
944
|
2336 if (compl_first_match != NULL && !adup)
|
|
449
|
2337 {
|
|
|
2338 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
2339 do
|
|
|
2340 {
|
|
464
|
2341 if ( !(match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
989
|
2342 && STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, len) == 0
|
|
464
|
2343 && match->cp_str[len] == NUL)
|
|
|
2344 return NOTDONE;
|
|
|
2345 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
449
|
2346 } while (match != NULL && match != compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
2347 }
|
|
|
2348
|
|
540
|
2349 /* Remove any popup menu before changing the list of matches. */
|
|
|
2350 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2351
|
|
7
|
2352 /*
|
|
|
2353 * Allocate a new match structure.
|
|
|
2354 * Copy the values to the new match structure.
|
|
|
2355 */
|
|
659
|
2356 match = (compl_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(compl_T));
|
|
7
|
2357 if (match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2358 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2359 match->cp_number = -1;
|
|
|
2360 if (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2361 match->cp_number = 0;
|
|
694
|
2362 if ((match->cp_str = vim_strnsave(str, len)) == NULL)
|
|
7
|
2363 {
|
|
|
2364 vim_free(match);
|
|
464
|
2365 return FAIL;
|
|
7
|
2366 }
|
|
681
|
2367 match->cp_icase = icase;
|
|
659
|
2368
|
|
7
|
2369 /* match-fname is:
|
|
464
|
2370 * - compl_curr_match->cp_fname if it is a string equal to fname.
|
|
7
|
2371 * - a copy of fname, FREE_FNAME is set to free later THE allocated mem.
|
|
|
2372 * - NULL otherwise. --Acevedo */
|
|
659
|
2373 if (fname != NULL
|
|
829
|
2374 && compl_curr_match != NULL
|
|
659
|
2375 && compl_curr_match->cp_fname != NULL
|
|
|
2376 && STRCMP(fname, compl_curr_match->cp_fname) == 0)
|
|
464
|
2377 match->cp_fname = compl_curr_match->cp_fname;
|
|
659
|
2378 else if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
2379 {
|
|
|
2380 match->cp_fname = vim_strsave(fname);
|
|
464
|
2381 flags |= FREE_FNAME;
|
|
659
|
2382 }
|
|
7
|
2383 else
|
|
464
|
2384 match->cp_fname = NULL;
|
|
|
2385 match->cp_flags = flags;
|
|
786
|
2386
|
|
|
2387 if (cptext != NULL)
|
|
|
2388 {
|
|
|
2389 int i;
|
|
|
2390
|
|
|
2391 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
2392 if (cptext[i] != NULL && *cptext[i] != NUL)
|
|
|
2393 match->cp_text[i] = vim_strsave(cptext[i]);
|
|
|
2394 }
|
|
7
|
2395
|
|
|
2396 /*
|
|
|
2397 * Link the new match structure in the list of matches.
|
|
|
2398 */
|
|
449
|
2399 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
464
|
2400 match->cp_next = match->cp_prev = NULL;
|
|
7
|
2401 else if (dir == FORWARD)
|
|
|
2402 {
|
|
464
|
2403 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
2404 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match;
|
|
7
|
2405 }
|
|
|
2406 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
2407 {
|
|
464
|
2408 match->cp_next = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
2409 match->cp_prev = compl_curr_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
2410 }
|
|
|
2411 if (match->cp_next)
|
|
|
2412 match->cp_next->cp_prev = match;
|
|
|
2413 if (match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
2414 match->cp_prev->cp_next = match;
|
|
7
|
2415 else /* if there's nothing before, it is the first match */
|
|
449
|
2416 compl_first_match = match;
|
|
|
2417 compl_curr_match = match;
|
|
7
|
2418
|
|
665
|
2419 /*
|
|
|
2420 * Find the longest common string if still doing that.
|
|
|
2421 */
|
|
|
2422 if (compl_get_longest && (flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
2423 ins_compl_longest_match(match);
|
|
|
2424
|
|
7
|
2425 return OK;
|
|
|
2426 }
|
|
|
2427
|
|
|
2428 /*
|
|
681
|
2429 * Return TRUE if "str[len]" matches with match->cp_str, considering
|
|
|
2430 * match->cp_icase.
|
|
|
2431 */
|
|
|
2432 static int
|
|
|
2433 ins_compl_equal(match, str, len)
|
|
|
2434 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2435 char_u *str;
|
|
|
2436 int len;
|
|
|
2437 {
|
|
|
2438 if (match->cp_icase)
|
|
|
2439 return STRNICMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2440 return STRNCMP(match->cp_str, str, (size_t)len) == 0;
|
|
|
2441 }
|
|
|
2442
|
|
|
2443 /*
|
|
665
|
2444 * Reduce the longest common string for match "match".
|
|
|
2445 */
|
|
|
2446 static void
|
|
|
2447 ins_compl_longest_match(match)
|
|
|
2448 compl_T *match;
|
|
|
2449 {
|
|
|
2450 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
681
|
2451 int c1, c2;
|
|
665
|
2452 int had_match;
|
|
|
2453
|
|
|
2454 if (compl_leader == NULL)
|
|
842
|
2455 {
|
|
665
|
2456 /* First match, use it as a whole. */
|
|
|
2457 compl_leader = vim_strsave(match->cp_str);
|
|
842
|
2458 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
2459 {
|
|
|
2460 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2461 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
1782
|
2462 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
842
|
2463 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2464
|
|
|
2465 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2466 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2467 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2468 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2469 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2470 }
|
|
|
2471 }
|
|
665
|
2472 else
|
|
|
2473 {
|
|
|
2474 /* Reduce the text if this match differs from compl_leader. */
|
|
681
|
2475 p = compl_leader;
|
|
|
2476 s = match->cp_str;
|
|
|
2477 while (*p != NUL)
|
|
665
|
2478 {
|
|
|
2479 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2480 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2481 {
|
|
681
|
2482 c1 = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
2483 c2 = mb_ptr2char(s);
|
|
665
|
2484 }
|
|
|
2485 else
|
|
|
2486 #endif
|
|
|
2487 {
|
|
681
|
2488 c1 = *p;
|
|
|
2489 c2 = *s;
|
|
|
2490 }
|
|
|
2491 if (match->cp_icase ? (MB_TOLOWER(c1) != MB_TOLOWER(c2))
|
|
|
2492 : (c1 != c2))
|
|
|
2493 break;
|
|
|
2494 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2495 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
2496 {
|
|
|
2497 mb_ptr_adv(p);
|
|
|
2498 mb_ptr_adv(s);
|
|
|
2499 }
|
|
|
2500 else
|
|
|
2501 #endif
|
|
|
2502 {
|
|
|
2503 ++p;
|
|
|
2504 ++s;
|
|
665
|
2505 }
|
|
|
2506 }
|
|
|
2507
|
|
|
2508 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
2509 {
|
|
|
2510 /* Leader was shortened, need to change the inserted text. */
|
|
|
2511 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
2512 had_match = (curwin->w_cursor.col > compl_col);
|
|
|
2513 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
1782
|
2514 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
665
|
2515 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
|
2516
|
|
|
2517 /* When the match isn't there (to avoid matching itself) remove it
|
|
|
2518 * again after redrawing. */
|
|
|
2519 if (!had_match)
|
|
|
2520 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
2521 }
|
|
|
2522
|
|
|
2523 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2524 }
|
|
|
2525 }
|
|
|
2526
|
|
|
2527 /*
|
|
7
|
2528 * Add an array of matches to the list of matches.
|
|
|
2529 * Frees matches[].
|
|
|
2530 */
|
|
|
2531 static void
|
|
681
|
2532 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, icase)
|
|
7
|
2533 int num_matches;
|
|
|
2534 char_u **matches;
|
|
681
|
2535 int icase;
|
|
7
|
2536 {
|
|
|
2537 int i;
|
|
|
2538 int add_r = OK;
|
|
659
|
2539 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2540
|
|
464
|
2541 for (i = 0; i < num_matches && add_r != FAIL; i++)
|
|
681
|
2542 if ((add_r = ins_compl_add(matches[i], -1, icase,
|
|
841
|
2543 NULL, NULL, dir, 0, FALSE)) == OK)
|
|
7
|
2544 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
659
|
2545 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
7
|
2546 FreeWild(num_matches, matches);
|
|
|
2547 }
|
|
|
2548
|
|
|
2549 /* Make the completion list cyclic.
|
|
|
2550 * Return the number of matches (excluding the original).
|
|
|
2551 */
|
|
|
2552 static int
|
|
|
2553 ins_compl_make_cyclic()
|
|
|
2554 {
|
|
464
|
2555 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
2556 int count = 0;
|
|
|
2557
|
|
449
|
2558 if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
7
|
2559 {
|
|
|
2560 /*
|
|
|
2561 * Find the end of the list.
|
|
|
2562 */
|
|
449
|
2563 match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2564 /* there's always an entry for the compl_orig_text, it doesn't count. */
|
|
464
|
2565 while (match->cp_next != NULL && match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
2566 {
|
|
|
2567 match = match->cp_next;
|
|
7
|
2568 ++count;
|
|
|
2569 }
|
|
464
|
2570 match->cp_next = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2571 compl_first_match->cp_prev = match;
|
|
7
|
2572 }
|
|
|
2573 return count;
|
|
|
2574 }
|
|
|
2575
|
|
724
|
2576 /*
|
|
|
2577 * Start completion for the complete() function.
|
|
|
2578 * "startcol" is where the matched text starts (1 is first column).
|
|
|
2579 * "list" is the list of matches.
|
|
|
2580 */
|
|
|
2581 void
|
|
|
2582 set_completion(startcol, list)
|
|
|
2583 int startcol;
|
|
|
2584 list_T *list;
|
|
|
2585 {
|
|
|
2586 /* If already doing completions stop it. */
|
|
|
2587 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
2588 ins_compl_prep(' ');
|
|
|
2589 ins_compl_clear();
|
|
|
2590
|
|
|
2591 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
2592 return;
|
|
|
2593
|
|
744
|
2594 if (startcol > (int)curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
724
|
2595 startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2596 compl_col = startcol;
|
|
|
2597 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - startcol;
|
|
|
2598 /* compl_pattern doesn't need to be set */
|
|
|
2599 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
2600 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
942
|
2601 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
|
|
724
|
2602 return;
|
|
|
2603
|
|
|
2604 /* Handle like dictionary completion. */
|
|
|
2605 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
2606
|
|
|
2607 ins_compl_add_list(list);
|
|
|
2608 compl_matches = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
2609 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
2610 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
929
|
2611 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
724
|
2612
|
|
|
2613 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2614 ins_complete(Ctrl_N);
|
|
|
2615 out_flush();
|
|
|
2616 }
|
|
|
2617
|
|
|
2618
|
|
574
|
2619 /* "compl_match_array" points the currently displayed list of entries in the
|
|
|
2620 * popup menu. It is NULL when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
659
|
2621 static pumitem_T *compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
540
|
2622 static int compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2623
|
|
|
2624 /*
|
|
|
2625 * Update the screen and when there is any scrolling remove the popup menu.
|
|
|
2626 */
|
|
|
2627 static void
|
|
|
2628 ins_compl_upd_pum()
|
|
|
2629 {
|
|
|
2630 int h;
|
|
|
2631
|
|
|
2632 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2633 {
|
|
|
2634 h = curwin->w_cline_height;
|
|
|
2635 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2636 if (h != curwin->w_cline_height)
|
|
|
2637 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
2638 }
|
|
|
2639 }
|
|
|
2640
|
|
|
2641 /*
|
|
|
2642 * Remove any popup menu.
|
|
|
2643 */
|
|
|
2644 static void
|
|
|
2645 ins_compl_del_pum()
|
|
|
2646 {
|
|
|
2647 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2648 {
|
|
|
2649 pum_undisplay();
|
|
|
2650 vim_free(compl_match_array);
|
|
|
2651 compl_match_array = NULL;
|
|
|
2652 }
|
|
|
2653 }
|
|
|
2654
|
|
|
2655 /*
|
|
|
2656 * Return TRUE if the popup menu should be displayed.
|
|
|
2657 */
|
|
|
2658 static int
|
|
|
2659 pum_wanted()
|
|
|
2660 {
|
|
707
|
2661 /* 'completeopt' must contain "menu" or "menuone" */
|
|
665
|
2662 if (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'm') == NULL)
|
|
540
|
2663 return FALSE;
|
|
|
2664
|
|
|
2665 /* The display looks bad on a B&W display. */
|
|
|
2666 if (t_colors < 8
|
|
|
2667 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
2668 && !gui.in_use
|
|
|
2669 #endif
|
|
|
2670 )
|
|
|
2671 return FALSE;
|
|
657
|
2672 return TRUE;
|
|
|
2673 }
|
|
|
2674
|
|
|
2675 /*
|
|
|
2676 * Return TRUE if there are two or more matches to be shown in the popup menu.
|
|
707
|
2677 * One if 'completopt' contains "menuone".
|
|
657
|
2678 */
|
|
|
2679 static int
|
|
707
|
2680 pum_enough_matches()
|
|
657
|
2681 {
|
|
|
2682 compl_T *compl;
|
|
|
2683 int i;
|
|
540
|
2684
|
|
|
2685 /* Don't display the popup menu if there are no matches or there is only
|
|
|
2686 * one (ignoring the original text). */
|
|
|
2687 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2688 i = 0;
|
|
|
2689 do
|
|
|
2690 {
|
|
|
2691 if (compl == NULL
|
|
|
2692 || ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0 && ++i == 2))
|
|
|
2693 break;
|
|
|
2694 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2695 } while (compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
2696
|
|
707
|
2697 if (strstr((char *)p_cot, "menuone") != NULL)
|
|
|
2698 return (i >= 1);
|
|
540
|
2699 return (i >= 2);
|
|
|
2700 }
|
|
|
2701
|
|
|
2702 /*
|
|
|
2703 * Show the popup menu for the list of matches.
|
|
659
|
2704 * Also adjusts "compl_shown_match" to an entry that is actually displayed.
|
|
540
|
2705 */
|
|
648
|
2706 void
|
|
540
|
2707 ins_compl_show_pum()
|
|
|
2708 {
|
|
|
2709 compl_T *compl;
|
|
659
|
2710 compl_T *shown_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
2711 int did_find_shown_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
2712 int shown_match_ok = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
2713 int i;
|
|
|
2714 int cur = -1;
|
|
|
2715 colnr_T col;
|
|
657
|
2716 int lead_len = 0;
|
|
|
2717
|
|
707
|
2718 if (!pum_wanted() || !pum_enough_matches())
|
|
540
|
2719 return;
|
|
|
2720
|
|
794
|
2721 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
|
2722 /* Dirty hard-coded hack: remove any matchparen highlighting. */
|
|
|
2723 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"if exists('g:loaded_matchparen')|3match none|endif");
|
|
|
2724 #endif
|
|
|
2725
|
|
540
|
2726 /* Update the screen before drawing the popup menu over it. */
|
|
|
2727 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
2728
|
|
|
2729 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
2730 {
|
|
|
2731 /* Need to build the popup menu list. */
|
|
|
2732 compl_match_arraysize = 0;
|
|
|
2733 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
657
|
2734 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
835
|
2735 lead_len = (int)STRLEN(compl_leader);
|
|
540
|
2736 do
|
|
|
2737 {
|
|
657
|
2738 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2739 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2740 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2741 ++compl_match_arraysize;
|
|
|
2742 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2743 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
657
|
2744 if (compl_match_arraysize == 0)
|
|
|
2745 return;
|
|
659
|
2746 compl_match_array = (pumitem_T *)alloc_clear(
|
|
|
2747 (unsigned)(sizeof(pumitem_T)
|
|
540
|
2748 * compl_match_arraysize));
|
|
|
2749 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2750 {
|
|
829
|
2751 /* If the current match is the original text don't find the first
|
|
|
2752 * match after it, don't highlight anything. */
|
|
|
2753 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2754 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2755
|
|
540
|
2756 i = 0;
|
|
|
2757 compl = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
2758 do
|
|
|
2759 {
|
|
657
|
2760 if ((compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
2761 && (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
681
|
2762 || ins_compl_equal(compl, compl_leader, lead_len)))
|
|
540
|
2763 {
|
|
659
|
2764 if (!shown_match_ok)
|
|
|
2765 {
|
|
|
2766 if (compl == compl_shown_match || did_find_shown_match)
|
|
|
2767 {
|
|
|
2768 /* This item is the shown match or this is the
|
|
|
2769 * first displayed item after the shown match. */
|
|
|
2770 compl_shown_match = compl;
|
|
|
2771 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
2772 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2773 }
|
|
|
2774 else
|
|
|
2775 /* Remember this displayed match for when the
|
|
|
2776 * shown match is just below it. */
|
|
|
2777 shown_compl = compl;
|
|
540
|
2778 cur = i;
|
|
659
|
2779 }
|
|
786
|
2780
|
|
|
2781 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR] != NULL)
|
|
|
2782 compl_match_array[i].pum_text =
|
|
|
2783 compl->cp_text[CPT_ABBR];
|
|
|
2784 else
|
|
|
2785 compl_match_array[i].pum_text = compl->cp_str;
|
|
|
2786 compl_match_array[i].pum_kind = compl->cp_text[CPT_KIND];
|
|
|
2787 compl_match_array[i].pum_info = compl->cp_text[CPT_INFO];
|
|
|
2788 if (compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU] != NULL)
|
|
|
2789 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra =
|
|
|
2790 compl->cp_text[CPT_MENU];
|
|
659
|
2791 else
|
|
|
2792 compl_match_array[i++].pum_extra = compl->cp_fname;
|
|
|
2793 }
|
|
|
2794
|
|
|
2795 if (compl == compl_shown_match)
|
|
|
2796 {
|
|
|
2797 did_find_shown_match = TRUE;
|
|
716
|
2798
|
|
|
2799 /* When the original text is the shown match don't set
|
|
|
2800 * compl_shown_match. */
|
|
|
2801 if (compl->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
2802 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2803
|
|
659
|
2804 if (!shown_match_ok && shown_compl != NULL)
|
|
|
2805 {
|
|
|
2806 /* The shown match isn't displayed, set it to the
|
|
|
2807 * previously displayed match. */
|
|
|
2808 compl_shown_match = shown_compl;
|
|
|
2809 shown_match_ok = TRUE;
|
|
|
2810 }
|
|
540
|
2811 }
|
|
|
2812 compl = compl->cp_next;
|
|
|
2813 } while (compl != NULL && compl != compl_first_match);
|
|
659
|
2814
|
|
|
2815 if (!shown_match_ok) /* no displayed match at all */
|
|
|
2816 cur = -1;
|
|
540
|
2817 }
|
|
|
2818 }
|
|
|
2819 else
|
|
|
2820 {
|
|
|
2821 /* popup menu already exists, only need to find the current item.*/
|
|
657
|
2822 for (i = 0; i < compl_match_arraysize; ++i)
|
|
786
|
2823 if (compl_match_array[i].pum_text == compl_shown_match->cp_str
|
|
|
2824 || compl_match_array[i].pum_text
|
|
|
2825 == compl_shown_match->cp_text[CPT_ABBR])
|
|
829
|
2826 {
|
|
|
2827 cur = i;
|
|
657
|
2828 break;
|
|
829
|
2829 }
|
|
540
|
2830 }
|
|
|
2831
|
|
|
2832 if (compl_match_array != NULL)
|
|
|
2833 {
|
|
|
2834 /* Compute the screen column of the start of the completed text.
|
|
|
2835 * Use the cursor to get all wrapping and other settings right. */
|
|
|
2836 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
2837 curwin->w_cursor.col = compl_col;
|
|
732
|
2838 pum_display(compl_match_array, compl_match_arraysize, cur);
|
|
540
|
2839 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
2840 }
|
|
|
2841 }
|
|
|
2842
|
|
7
|
2843 #define DICT_FIRST (1) /* use just first element in "dict" */
|
|
|
2844 #define DICT_EXACT (2) /* "dict" is the exact name of a file */
|
|
648
|
2845
|
|
7
|
2846 /*
|
|
703
|
2847 * Add any identifiers that match the given pattern in the list of dictionary
|
|
|
2848 * files "dict_start" to the list of completions.
|
|
7
|
2849 */
|
|
|
2850 static void
|
|
703
|
2851 ins_compl_dictionaries(dict_start, pat, flags, thesaurus)
|
|
|
2852 char_u *dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2853 char_u *pat;
|
|
667
|
2854 int flags; /* DICT_FIRST and/or DICT_EXACT */
|
|
703
|
2855 int thesaurus; /* Thesaurus completion */
|
|
|
2856 {
|
|
|
2857 char_u *dict = dict_start;
|
|
7
|
2858 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2859 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2860 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
2861 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2862 int count;
|
|
|
2863 int i;
|
|
|
2864 int save_p_scs;
|
|
659
|
2865 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
2866
|
|
703
|
2867 if (*dict == NUL)
|
|
|
2868 {
|
|
744
|
2869 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2870 /* When 'dictionary' is empty and spell checking is enabled use
|
|
|
2871 * "spell". */
|
|
|
2872 if (!thesaurus && curwin->w_p_spell)
|
|
|
2873 dict = (char_u *)"spell";
|
|
|
2874 else
|
|
|
2875 #endif
|
|
|
2876 return;
|
|
|
2877 }
|
|
|
2878
|
|
7
|
2879 buf = alloc(LSIZE);
|
|
703
|
2880 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
2881 return;
|
|
1074
|
2882 regmatch.regprog = NULL; /* so that we can goto theend */
|
|
703
|
2883
|
|
7
|
2884 /* If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here */
|
|
|
2885 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
2886 if (curbuf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
2887 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
667
|
2888
|
|
|
2889 /* When invoked to match whole lines for CTRL-X CTRL-L adjust the pattern
|
|
|
2890 * to only match at the start of a line. Otherwise just match the
|
|
842
|
2891 * pattern. Also need to double backslashes. */
|
|
667
|
2892 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
2893 {
|
|
842
|
2894 char_u *pat_esc = vim_strsave_escaped(pat, (char_u *)"\\");
|
|
|
2895
|
|
|
2896 if (pat_esc == NULL)
|
|
1159
|
2897 goto theend;
|
|
842
|
2898 i = (int)STRLEN(pat_esc) + 10;
|
|
667
|
2899 ptr = alloc(i);
|
|
|
2900 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
842
|
2901 {
|
|
|
2902 vim_free(pat_esc);
|
|
1074
|
2903 goto theend;
|
|
842
|
2904 }
|
|
|
2905 vim_snprintf((char *)ptr, i, "^\\s*\\zs\\V%s", pat_esc);
|
|
|
2906 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(ptr, RE_MAGIC);
|
|
|
2907 vim_free(pat_esc);
|
|
667
|
2908 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
|
2909 }
|
|
|
2910 else
|
|
703
|
2911 {
|
|
667
|
2912 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(pat, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
703
|
2913 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
2914 goto theend;
|
|
|
2915 }
|
|
667
|
2916
|
|
7
|
2917 /* ignore case depends on 'ignorecase', 'smartcase' and "pat" */
|
|
|
2918 regmatch.rm_ic = ignorecase(pat);
|
|
703
|
2919 while (*dict != NUL && !got_int && !compl_interrupted)
|
|
7
|
2920 {
|
|
|
2921 /* copy one dictionary file name into buf */
|
|
|
2922 if (flags == DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2923 {
|
|
|
2924 count = 1;
|
|
|
2925 files = &dict;
|
|
|
2926 }
|
|
|
2927 else
|
|
|
2928 {
|
|
|
2929 /* Expand wildcards in the dictionary name, but do not allow
|
|
|
2930 * backticks (for security, the 'dict' option may have been set in
|
|
|
2931 * a modeline). */
|
|
|
2932 copy_option_part(&dict, buf, LSIZE, ",");
|
|
744
|
2933 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2934 if (!thesaurus && STRCMP(buf, "spell") == 0)
|
|
|
2935 count = -1;
|
|
744
|
2936 else
|
|
|
2937 # endif
|
|
|
2938 if (vim_strchr(buf, '`') != NULL
|
|
7
|
2939 || expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &count, &files,
|
|
|
2940 EW_FILE|EW_SILENT) != OK)
|
|
|
2941 count = 0;
|
|
|
2942 }
|
|
|
2943
|
|
744
|
2944 # ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
703
|
2945 if (count == -1)
|
|
|
2946 {
|
|
712
|
2947 /* Complete from active spelling. Skip "\<" in the pattern, we
|
|
|
2948 * don't use it as a RE. */
|
|
703
|
2949 if (pat[0] == '\\' && pat[1] == '<')
|
|
|
2950 ptr = pat + 2;
|
|
|
2951 else
|
|
|
2952 ptr = pat;
|
|
|
2953 spell_dump_compl(curbuf, ptr, regmatch.rm_ic, &dir, 0);
|
|
|
2954 }
|
|
|
2955 else
|
|
744
|
2956 # endif
|
|
938
|
2957 if (count > 0) /* avoid warning for using "files" uninit */
|
|
703
|
2958 {
|
|
|
2959 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags,
|
|
|
2960 ®match, buf, &dir);
|
|
7
|
2961 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
703
|
2962 FreeWild(count, files);
|
|
|
2963 }
|
|
|
2964 if (flags != 0)
|
|
7
|
2965 break;
|
|
|
2966 }
|
|
703
|
2967
|
|
|
2968 theend:
|
|
7
|
2969 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
2970 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
2971 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
2972 }
|
|
|
2973
|
|
703
|
2974 static void
|
|
|
2975 ins_compl_files(count, files, thesaurus, flags, regmatch, buf, dir)
|
|
|
2976 int count;
|
|
|
2977 char_u **files;
|
|
|
2978 int thesaurus;
|
|
|
2979 int flags;
|
|
|
2980 regmatch_T *regmatch;
|
|
|
2981 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2982 int *dir;
|
|
|
2983 {
|
|
|
2984 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
2985 int i;
|
|
|
2986 FILE *fp;
|
|
|
2987 int add_r;
|
|
|
2988
|
|
|
2989 for (i = 0; i < count && !got_int && !compl_interrupted; i++)
|
|
|
2990 {
|
|
|
2991 fp = mch_fopen((char *)files[i], "r"); /* open dictionary file */
|
|
|
2992 if (flags != DICT_EXACT)
|
|
|
2993 {
|
|
|
2994 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE,
|
|
|
2995 _("Scanning dictionary: %s"), (char *)files[i]);
|
|
|
2996 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
2997 }
|
|
|
2998
|
|
|
2999 if (fp != NULL)
|
|
|
3000 {
|
|
|
3001 /*
|
|
|
3002 * Read dictionary file line by line.
|
|
|
3003 * Check each line for a match.
|
|
|
3004 */
|
|
|
3005 while (!got_int && !compl_interrupted
|
|
|
3006 && !vim_fgets(buf, LSIZE, fp))
|
|
|
3007 {
|
|
|
3008 ptr = buf;
|
|
|
3009 while (vim_regexec(regmatch, buf, (colnr_T)(ptr - buf)))
|
|
|
3010 {
|
|
|
3011 ptr = regmatch->startp[0];
|
|
|
3012 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3013 ptr = find_line_end(ptr);
|
|
|
3014 else
|
|
|
3015 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
|
3016 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(regmatch->startp[0],
|
|
|
3017 (int)(ptr - regmatch->startp[0]),
|
|
942
|
3018 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
703
|
3019 if (thesaurus)
|
|
|
3020 {
|
|
|
3021 char_u *wstart;
|
|
|
3022
|
|
|
3023 /*
|
|
|
3024 * Add the other matches on the line
|
|
|
3025 */
|
|
1353
|
3026 ptr = buf;
|
|
703
|
3027 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
3028 {
|
|
|
3029 /* Find start of the next word. Skip white
|
|
|
3030 * space and punctuation. */
|
|
|
3031 ptr = find_word_start(ptr);
|
|
|
3032 if (*ptr == NUL || *ptr == NL)
|
|
|
3033 break;
|
|
|
3034 wstart = ptr;
|
|
|
3035
|
|
1353
|
3036 /* Find end of the word. */
|
|
703
|
3037 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3038 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3039 /* Japanese words may have characters in
|
|
|
3040 * different classes, only separate words
|
|
|
3041 * with single-byte non-word characters. */
|
|
|
3042 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
3043 {
|
|
|
3044 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
|
3045
|
|
|
3046 if (l < 2 && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
3047 break;
|
|
|
3048 ptr += l;
|
|
|
3049 }
|
|
|
3050 else
|
|
|
3051 #endif
|
|
|
3052 ptr = find_word_end(ptr);
|
|
1353
|
3053
|
|
|
3054 /* Add the word. Skip the regexp match. */
|
|
|
3055 if (wstart != regmatch->startp[0])
|
|
|
3056 add_r = ins_compl_add_infercase(wstart,
|
|
|
3057 (int)(ptr - wstart),
|
|
|
3058 p_ic, files[i], *dir, 0);
|
|
703
|
3059 }
|
|
|
3060 }
|
|
|
3061 if (add_r == OK)
|
|
|
3062 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3063 *dir = FORWARD;
|
|
|
3064 else if (add_r == FAIL)
|
|
|
3065 break;
|
|
|
3066 /* avoid expensive call to vim_regexec() when at end
|
|
|
3067 * of line */
|
|
|
3068 if (*ptr == '\n' || got_int)
|
|
|
3069 break;
|
|
|
3070 }
|
|
|
3071 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
3072 ins_compl_check_keys(50);
|
|
|
3073 }
|
|
|
3074 fclose(fp);
|
|
|
3075 }
|
|
|
3076 }
|
|
|
3077 }
|
|
|
3078
|
|
7
|
3079 /*
|
|
|
3080 * Find the start of the next word.
|
|
|
3081 * Returns a pointer to the first char of the word. Also stops at a NUL.
|
|
|
3082 */
|
|
|
3083 char_u *
|
|
|
3084 find_word_start(ptr)
|
|
|
3085 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3086 {
|
|
|
3087 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3088 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3089 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && mb_get_class(ptr) <= 1)
|
|
474
|
3090 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
3091 else
|
|
|
3092 #endif
|
|
|
3093 while (*ptr != NUL && *ptr != '\n' && !vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
3094 ++ptr;
|
|
|
3095 return ptr;
|
|
|
3096 }
|
|
|
3097
|
|
|
3098 /*
|
|
|
3099 * Find the end of the word. Assumes it starts inside a word.
|
|
|
3100 * Returns a pointer to just after the word.
|
|
|
3101 */
|
|
|
3102 char_u *
|
|
|
3103 find_word_end(ptr)
|
|
|
3104 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3105 {
|
|
|
3106 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3107 int start_class;
|
|
|
3108
|
|
|
3109 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3110 {
|
|
|
3111 start_class = mb_get_class(ptr);
|
|
|
3112 if (start_class > 1)
|
|
|
3113 while (*ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
3114 {
|
|
474
|
3115 ptr += (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
3116 if (mb_get_class(ptr) != start_class)
|
|
|
3117 break;
|
|
|
3118 }
|
|
|
3119 }
|
|
|
3120 else
|
|
|
3121 #endif
|
|
|
3122 while (vim_iswordc(*ptr))
|
|
|
3123 ++ptr;
|
|
|
3124 return ptr;
|
|
|
3125 }
|
|
|
3126
|
|
|
3127 /*
|
|
667
|
3128 * Find the end of the line, omitting CR and NL at the end.
|
|
|
3129 * Returns a pointer to just after the line.
|
|
|
3130 */
|
|
|
3131 static char_u *
|
|
|
3132 find_line_end(ptr)
|
|
|
3133 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3134 {
|
|
|
3135 char_u *s;
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 s = ptr + STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
3138 while (s > ptr && (s[-1] == CAR || s[-1] == NL))
|
|
|
3139 --s;
|
|
|
3140 return s;
|
|
|
3141 }
|
|
|
3142
|
|
|
3143 /*
|
|
7
|
3144 * Free the list of completions
|
|
|
3145 */
|
|
|
3146 static void
|
|
|
3147 ins_compl_free()
|
|
|
3148 {
|
|
464
|
3149 compl_T *match;
|
|
786
|
3150 int i;
|
|
7
|
3151
|
|
449
|
3152 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3153 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
3154 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3155 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
449
|
3156
|
|
|
3157 if (compl_first_match == NULL)
|
|
7
|
3158 return;
|
|
540
|
3159
|
|
|
3160 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
3161 pum_clear();
|
|
|
3162
|
|
449
|
3163 compl_curr_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
7
|
3164 do
|
|
|
3165 {
|
|
449
|
3166 match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
464
|
3167 compl_curr_match = compl_curr_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
3168 vim_free(match->cp_str);
|
|
7
|
3169 /* several entries may use the same fname, free it just once. */
|
|
464
|
3170 if (match->cp_flags & FREE_FNAME)
|
|
|
3171 vim_free(match->cp_fname);
|
|
786
|
3172 for (i = 0; i < CPT_COUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
3173 vim_free(match->cp_text[i]);
|
|
7
|
3174 vim_free(match);
|
|
449
|
3175 } while (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_curr_match != compl_first_match);
|
|
|
3176 compl_first_match = compl_curr_match = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3177 }
|
|
|
3178
|
|
|
3179 static void
|
|
|
3180 ins_compl_clear()
|
|
|
3181 {
|
|
449
|
3182 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3183 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3184 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
3185 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
3186 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
657
|
3187 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3188 compl_leader = NULL;
|
|
7
|
3189 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
724
|
3190 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
3191 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
825
|
3192 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3193 }
|
|
|
3194
|
|
|
3195 /*
|
|
674
|
3196 * Return TRUE when Insert completion is active.
|
|
|
3197 */
|
|
|
3198 int
|
|
|
3199 ins_compl_active()
|
|
|
3200 {
|
|
|
3201 return compl_started;
|
|
|
3202 }
|
|
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 /*
|
|
659
|
3205 * Delete one character before the cursor and show the subset of the matches
|
|
|
3206 * that match the word that is now before the cursor.
|
|
836
|
3207 * Returns the character to be used, NUL if the work is done and another char
|
|
|
3208 * to be got from the user.
|
|
657
|
3209 */
|
|
|
3210 static int
|
|
|
3211 ins_compl_bs()
|
|
|
3212 {
|
|
|
3213 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3214 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3215
|
|
836
|
3216 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
3217 p = line + curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3218 mb_ptr_back(line, p);
|
|
|
3219
|
|
1430
|
3220 /* Stop completion when the whole word was deleted. For Omni completion
|
|
|
3221 * allow the word to be deleted, we won't match everything. */
|
|
|
3222 if ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col < 0
|
|
|
3223 || ((int)(p - line) - (int)compl_col == 0
|
|
|
3224 && (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_OMNI) == 0))
|
|
836
|
3225 return K_BS;
|
|
|
3226
|
|
874
|
3227 /* Deleted more than what was used to find matches or didn't finish
|
|
|
3228 * finding all matches: need to look for matches all over again. */
|
|
|
3229 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= compl_col + compl_length
|
|
|
3230 || compl_was_interrupted)
|
|
|
3231 ins_compl_restart();
|
|
657
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
835
|
3234 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, (int)(p - line) - compl_col);
|
|
657
|
3235 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
3236 {
|
|
874
|
3237 ins_compl_new_leader();
|
|
|
3238 return NUL;
|
|
|
3239 }
|
|
|
3240 return K_BS;
|
|
|
3241 }
|
|
|
3242
|
|
|
3243 /*
|
|
|
3244 * Called after changing "compl_leader".
|
|
|
3245 * Show the popup menu with a different set of matches.
|
|
|
3246 * May also search for matches again if the previous search was interrupted.
|
|
|
3247 */
|
|
|
3248 static void
|
|
|
3249 ins_compl_new_leader()
|
|
|
3250 {
|
|
|
3251 ins_compl_del_pum();
|
|
|
3252 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
1782
|
3253 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
874
|
3254 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
3255
|
|
|
3256 if (compl_started)
|
|
|
3257 ins_compl_set_original_text(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3258 else
|
|
|
3259 {
|
|
826
|
3260 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
874
|
3261 spell_bad_len = 0; /* need to redetect bad word */
|
|
|
3262 #endif
|
|
|
3263 /*
|
|
|
3264 * Matches were cleared, need to search for them now. First display
|
|
|
3265 * the changed text before the cursor. Set "compl_restarting" to
|
|
|
3266 * avoid that the first match is inserted.
|
|
|
3267 */
|
|
|
3268 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
3269 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3270 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3271 {
|
|
|
3272 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
|
|
|
3273 setcursor();
|
|
|
3274 out_flush();
|
|
|
3275 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3276 }
|
|
|
3277 #endif
|
|
|
3278 compl_restarting = TRUE;
|
|
|
3279 if (ins_complete(Ctrl_N) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3280 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3281 compl_restarting = FALSE;
|
|
|
3282 }
|
|
|
3283
|
|
887
|
3284 #if 0 /* disabled, made CTRL-L, BS and typing char jump to original text. */
|
|
874
|
3285 if (!compl_used_match)
|
|
|
3286 {
|
|
829
|
3287 /* Go to the original text, since none of the matches is inserted. */
|
|
|
3288 if (compl_first_match->cp_prev != NULL
|
|
|
3289 && (compl_first_match->cp_prev->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT))
|
|
|
3290 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
3291 else
|
|
|
3292 compl_shown_match = compl_first_match;
|
|
|
3293 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
3294 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
874
|
3295 }
|
|
887
|
3296 #endif
|
|
|
3297 compl_enter_selects = !compl_used_match;
|
|
874
|
3298
|
|
|
3299 /* Show the popup menu with a different set of matches. */
|
|
|
3300 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
947
|
3301
|
|
|
3302 /* Don't let Enter select the original text when there is no popup menu. */
|
|
|
3303 if (compl_match_array == NULL)
|
|
|
3304 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
657
|
3305 }
|
|
|
3306
|
|
|
3307 /*
|
|
1782
|
3308 * Return the length of the completion, from the completion start column to
|
|
|
3309 * the cursor column. Making sure it never goes below zero.
|
|
|
3310 */
|
|
|
3311 static int
|
|
|
3312 ins_compl_len()
|
|
|
3313 {
|
|
|
3314 int off = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
|
3315
|
|
|
3316 if (off < 0)
|
|
|
3317 return 0;
|
|
|
3318 return off;
|
|
|
3319 }
|
|
|
3320
|
|
|
3321 /*
|
|
657
|
3322 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
3323 * matches.
|
|
|
3324 */
|
|
|
3325 static void
|
|
|
3326 ins_compl_addleader(c)
|
|
|
3327 int c;
|
|
|
3328 {
|
|
|
3329 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3330 int cc;
|
|
|
3331
|
|
|
3332 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
3333 {
|
|
|
3334 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
3335
|
|
|
3336 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
3337 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
3338 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
3339 }
|
|
|
3340 else
|
|
|
3341 #endif
|
|
|
3342 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
3343
|
|
874
|
3344 /* If we didn't complete finding matches we must search again. */
|
|
|
3345 if (compl_was_interrupted)
|
|
|
3346 ins_compl_restart();
|
|
|
3347
|
|
657
|
3348 vim_free(compl_leader);
|
|
|
3349 compl_leader = vim_strnsave(ml_get_curline() + compl_col,
|
|
|
3350 curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col);
|
|
|
3351 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
874
|
3352 ins_compl_new_leader();
|
|
|
3353 }
|
|
|
3354
|
|
|
3355 /*
|
|
|
3356 * Setup for finding completions again without leaving CTRL-X mode. Used when
|
|
|
3357 * BS or a key was typed while still searching for matches.
|
|
|
3358 */
|
|
|
3359 static void
|
|
|
3360 ins_compl_restart()
|
|
|
3361 {
|
|
|
3362 ins_compl_free();
|
|
|
3363 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3364 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
|
3365 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3366 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
694
|
3367 }
|
|
|
3368
|
|
|
3369 /*
|
|
|
3370 * Set the first match, the original text.
|
|
|
3371 */
|
|
|
3372 static void
|
|
|
3373 ins_compl_set_original_text(str)
|
|
|
3374 char_u *str;
|
|
|
3375 {
|
|
|
3376 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3377
|
|
|
3378 /* Replace the original text entry. */
|
|
|
3379 if (compl_first_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) /* safety check */
|
|
|
3380 {
|
|
|
3381 p = vim_strsave(str);
|
|
|
3382 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
3383 {
|
|
|
3384 vim_free(compl_first_match->cp_str);
|
|
|
3385 compl_first_match->cp_str = p;
|
|
|
3386 }
|
|
657
|
3387 }
|
|
|
3388 }
|
|
|
3389
|
|
|
3390 /*
|
|
659
|
3391 * Append one character to the match leader. May reduce the number of
|
|
|
3392 * matches.
|
|
|
3393 */
|
|
|
3394 static void
|
|
|
3395 ins_compl_addfrommatch()
|
|
|
3396 {
|
|
|
3397 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3398 int len = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_col;
|
|
|
3399 int c;
|
|
887
|
3400 compl_T *cp;
|
|
659
|
3401
|
|
|
3402 p = compl_shown_match->cp_str;
|
|
677
|
3403 if ((int)STRLEN(p) <= len) /* the match is too short */
|
|
887
|
3404 {
|
|
|
3405 /* When still at the original match use the first entry that matches
|
|
|
3406 * the leader. */
|
|
|
3407 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
3408 {
|
|
|
3409 p = NULL;
|
|
|
3410 for (cp = compl_shown_match->cp_next; cp != NULL
|
|
|
3411 && cp != compl_first_match; cp = cp->cp_next)
|
|
|
3412 {
|
|
987
|
3413 if (compl_leader == NULL
|
|
|
3414 || ins_compl_equal(cp, compl_leader,
|
|
887
|
3415 (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
|
|
3416 {
|
|
|
3417 p = cp->cp_str;
|
|
|
3418 break;
|
|
|
3419 }
|
|
|
3420 }
|
|
|
3421 if (p == NULL || (int)STRLEN(p) <= len)
|
|
|
3422 return;
|
|
|
3423 }
|
|
|
3424 else
|
|
|
3425 return;
|
|
|
3426 }
|
|
659
|
3427 p += len;
|
|
|
3428 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3429 c = mb_ptr2char(p);
|
|
|
3430 #else
|
|
|
3431 c = *p;
|
|
|
3432 #endif
|
|
|
3433 ins_compl_addleader(c);
|
|
|
3434 }
|
|
|
3435
|
|
|
3436 /*
|
|
7
|
3437 * Prepare for Insert mode completion, or stop it.
|
|
464
|
3438 * Called just after typing a character in Insert mode.
|
|
540
|
3439 * Returns TRUE when the character is not to be inserted;
|
|
7
|
3440 */
|
|
540
|
3441 static int
|
|
7
|
3442 ins_compl_prep(c)
|
|
|
3443 int c;
|
|
|
3444 {
|
|
|
3445 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3446 int want_cindent;
|
|
540
|
3447 int retval = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3448
|
|
|
3449 /* Forget any previous 'special' messages if this is actually
|
|
|
3450 * a ^X mode key - bar ^R, in which case we wait to see what it gives us.
|
|
|
3451 */
|
|
|
3452 if (c != Ctrl_R && vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3453 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
3454
|
|
1434
|
3455 /* Ignore end of Select mode mapping and mouse scroll buttons. */
|
|
|
3456 if (c == K_SELECT || c == K_MOUSEDOWN || c == K_MOUSEUP)
|
|
540
|
3457 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3458
|
|
665
|
3459 /* Set "compl_get_longest" when finding the first matches. */
|
|
|
3460 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET
|
|
|
3461 || (ctrl_x_mode == 0 && !compl_started))
|
|
|
3462 {
|
|
|
3463 compl_get_longest = (vim_strchr(p_cot, 'l') != NULL);
|
|
|
3464 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
|
3465 }
|
|
|
3466
|
|
7
|
3467 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET)
|
|
|
3468 {
|
|
|
3469 /*
|
|
|
3470 * We have just typed CTRL-X and aren't quite sure which CTRL-X mode
|
|
|
3471 * it will be yet. Now we decide.
|
|
|
3472 */
|
|
|
3473 switch (c)
|
|
|
3474 {
|
|
|
3475 case Ctrl_E:
|
|
|
3476 case Ctrl_Y:
|
|
|
3477 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SCROLL;
|
|
|
3478 if (!(State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
3479 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (insert) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3480 else
|
|
|
3481 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(" (replace) Scroll (^E/^Y)");
|
|
|
3482 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
|
3483 showmode();
|
|
|
3484 break;
|
|
|
3485 case Ctrl_L:
|
|
|
3486 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE;
|
|
|
3487 break;
|
|
|
3488 case Ctrl_F:
|
|
|
3489 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FILES;
|
|
|
3490 break;
|
|
|
3491 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
3492 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3493 break;
|
|
|
3494 case Ctrl_R:
|
|
|
3495 /* Simply allow ^R to happen without affecting ^X mode */
|
|
|
3496 break;
|
|
|
3497 case Ctrl_T:
|
|
|
3498 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3499 break;
|
|
12
|
3500 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
3501 case Ctrl_U:
|
|
|
3502 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FUNCTION;
|
|
|
3503 break;
|
|
449
|
3504 case Ctrl_O:
|
|
523
|
3505 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_OMNI;
|
|
449
|
3506 break;
|
|
502
|
3507 #endif
|
|
477
|
3508 case 's':
|
|
|
3509 case Ctrl_S:
|
|
|
3510 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_SPELL;
|
|
744
|
3511 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
819
|
3512 ++emsg_off; /* Avoid getting the E756 error twice. */
|
|
484
|
3513 spell_back_to_badword();
|
|
819
|
3514 --emsg_off;
|
|
484
|
3515 #endif
|
|
477
|
3516 break;
|
|
7
|
3517 case Ctrl_RSB:
|
|
|
3518 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3519 break;
|
|
|
3520 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3521 case Ctrl_I:
|
|
|
3522 case K_S_TAB:
|
|
|
3523 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3524 break;
|
|
|
3525 case Ctrl_D:
|
|
|
3526 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3527 break;
|
|
|
3528 #endif
|
|
|
3529 case Ctrl_V:
|
|
|
3530 case Ctrl_Q:
|
|
|
3531 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_CMDLINE;
|
|
|
3532 break;
|
|
|
3533 case Ctrl_P:
|
|
|
3534 case Ctrl_N:
|
|
|
3535 /* ^X^P means LOCAL expansion if nothing interrupted (eg we
|
|
|
3536 * just started ^X mode, or there were enough ^X's to cancel
|
|
|
3537 * the previous mode, say ^X^F^X^X^P or ^P^X^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3538 * do normal expansion when interrupting a different mode (say
|
|
|
3539 * ^X^F^X^P or ^P^X^X^P, see below)
|
|
|
3540 * nothing changes if interrupting mode 0, (eg, the flag
|
|
|
3541 * doesn't change when going to ADDING mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
3542 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT))
|
|
|
3543 compl_cont_status |= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
3544 else if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3545 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
3546 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
3547 default:
|
|
449
|
3548 /* If we have typed at least 2 ^X's... for modes != 0, we set
|
|
|
3549 * compl_cont_status = 0 (eg, as if we had just started ^X
|
|
|
3550 * mode).
|
|
|
3551 * For mode 0, we set "compl_cont_mode" to an impossible
|
|
|
3552 * value, in both cases ^X^X can be used to restart the same
|
|
|
3553 * mode (avoiding ADDING mode).
|
|
|
3554 * Undocumented feature: In a mode != 0 ^X^P and ^X^X^P start
|
|
|
3555 * 'complete' and local ^P expansions respectively.
|
|
|
3556 * In mode 0 an extra ^X is needed since ^X^P goes to ADDING
|
|
|
3557 * mode -- Acevedo */
|
|
7
|
3558 if (c == Ctrl_X)
|
|
|
3559 {
|
|
449
|
3560 if (compl_cont_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3561 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
3562 else
|
|
449
|
3563 compl_cont_mode = CTRL_X_NOT_DEFINED_YET;
|
|
7
|
3564 }
|
|
|
3565 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3566 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3567 showmode();
|
|
|
3568 break;
|
|
|
3569 }
|
|
|
3570 }
|
|
|
3571 else if (ctrl_x_mode != 0)
|
|
|
3572 {
|
|
|
3573 /* We're already in CTRL-X mode, do we stay in it? */
|
|
|
3574 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3575 {
|
|
|
3576 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
3577 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
|
3578 else
|
|
|
3579 ctrl_x_mode = CTRL_X_FINISHED;
|
|
|
3580 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3581 }
|
|
|
3582 showmode();
|
|
|
3583 }
|
|
|
3584
|
|
449
|
3585 if (compl_started || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
7
|
3586 {
|
|
|
3587 /* Show error message from attempted keyword completion (probably
|
|
|
3588 * 'Pattern not found') until another key is hit, then go back to
|
|
449
|
3589 * showing what mode we are in. */
|
|
7
|
3590 showmode();
|
|
644
|
3591 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 && c != Ctrl_N && c != Ctrl_P && c != Ctrl_R
|
|
|
3592 && !ins_compl_pum_key(c))
|
|
7
|
3593 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FINISHED)
|
|
|
3594 {
|
|
|
3595 /* Get here when we have finished typing a sequence of ^N and
|
|
|
3596 * ^P or other completion characters in CTRL-X mode. Free up
|
|
449
|
3597 * memory that was used, and make sure we can redo the insert. */
|
|
836
|
3598 if (compl_curr_match != NULL || compl_leader != NULL || c == Ctrl_E)
|
|
7
|
3599 {
|
|
449
|
3600 char_u *p;
|
|
938
|
3601 int temp = 0;
|
|
449
|
3602
|
|
7
|
3603 /*
|
|
836
|
3604 * If any of the original typed text has been changed, eg when
|
|
|
3605 * ignorecase is set, we must add back-spaces to the redo
|
|
|
3606 * buffer. We add as few as necessary to delete just the part
|
|
|
3607 * of the original text that has changed.
|
|
|
3608 * When using the longest match, edited the match or used
|
|
|
3609 * CTRL-E then don't use the current match.
|
|
7
|
3610 */
|
|
836
|
3611 if (compl_curr_match != NULL && compl_used_match && c != Ctrl_E)
|
|
|
3612 ptr = compl_curr_match->cp_str;
|
|
|
3613 else if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
|
3614 ptr = compl_leader;
|
|
|
3615 else
|
|
|
3616 ptr = compl_orig_text;
|
|
897
|
3617 if (compl_orig_text != NULL)
|
|
|
3618 {
|
|
|
3619 p = compl_orig_text;
|
|
|
3620 for (temp = 0; p[temp] != NUL && p[temp] == ptr[temp];
|
|
|
3621 ++temp)
|
|
|
3622 ;
|
|
836
|
3623 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
897
|
3624 if (temp > 0)
|
|
|
3625 temp -= (*mb_head_off)(compl_orig_text, p + temp);
|
|
|
3626 #endif
|
|
|
3627 for (p += temp; *p != NUL; mb_ptr_adv(p))
|
|
|
3628 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_BS);
|
|
|
3629 }
|
|
|
3630 if (ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
3631 AppendToRedobuffLit(ptr + temp, -1);
|
|
7
|
3632 }
|
|
|
3633
|
|
|
3634 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3635 want_cindent = (can_cindent && cindent_on());
|
|
|
3636 #endif
|
|
|
3637 /*
|
|
|
3638 * When completing whole lines: fix indent for 'cindent'.
|
|
|
3639 * Otherwise, break line if it's too long.
|
|
|
3640 */
|
|
449
|
3641 if (compl_cont_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
7
|
3642 {
|
|
|
3643 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3644 /* re-indent the current line */
|
|
|
3645 if (want_cindent)
|
|
|
3646 {
|
|
|
3647 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3648 want_cindent = FALSE; /* don't do it again */
|
|
|
3649 }
|
|
|
3650 #endif
|
|
|
3651 }
|
|
|
3652 else
|
|
|
3653 {
|
|
1073
|
3654 int prev_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
3655
|
|
7
|
3656 /* put the cursor on the last char, for 'tw' formatting */
|
|
1073
|
3657 if (prev_col > 0)
|
|
|
3658 dec_cursor();
|
|
7
|
3659 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
3660 insertchar(NUL, 0, -1);
|
|
1073
|
3661 if (prev_col > 0
|
|
|
3662 && ml_get_curline()[curwin->w_cursor.col] != NUL)
|
|
|
3663 inc_cursor();
|
|
7
|
3664 }
|
|
|
3665
|
|
816
|
3666 /* If the popup menu is displayed pressing CTRL-Y means accepting
|
|
825
|
3667 * the selection without inserting anything. When
|
|
|
3668 * compl_enter_selects is set the Enter key does the same. */
|
|
|
3669 if ((c == Ctrl_Y || (compl_enter_selects
|
|
|
3670 && (c == CAR || c == K_KENTER || c == NL)))
|
|
|
3671 && pum_visible())
|
|
540
|
3672 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3673
|
|
816
|
3674 /* CTRL-E means completion is Ended, go back to the typed text. */
|
|
|
3675 if (c == Ctrl_E)
|
|
|
3676 {
|
|
|
3677 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
3678 if (compl_leader != NULL)
|
|
1782
|
3679 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
816
|
3680 else if (compl_first_match != NULL)
|
|
1782
|
3681 ins_bytes(compl_orig_text + ins_compl_len());
|
|
816
|
3682 retval = TRUE;
|
|
|
3683 }
|
|
|
3684
|
|
1698
|
3685 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
3686
|
|
7
|
3687 ins_compl_free();
|
|
449
|
3688 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
3689 compl_matches = 0;
|
|
7
|
3690 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
3691 ctrl_x_mode = 0;
|
|
825
|
3692 compl_enter_selects = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
3693 if (edit_submode != NULL)
|
|
|
3694 {
|
|
|
3695 edit_submode = NULL;
|
|
|
3696 showmode();
|
|
|
3697 }
|
|
|
3698
|
|
|
3699 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
3700 /*
|
|
|
3701 * Indent now if a key was typed that is in 'cinkeys'.
|
|
|
3702 */
|
|
|
3703 if (want_cindent && in_cinkeys(KEY_COMPLETE, ' ', inindent(0)))
|
|
|
3704 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
3705 #endif
|
|
|
3706 }
|
|
|
3707 }
|
|
|
3708
|
|
|
3709 /* reset continue_* if we left expansion-mode, if we stay they'll be
|
|
|
3710 * (re)set properly in ins_complete() */
|
|
|
3711 if (!vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c))
|
|
|
3712 {
|
|
449
|
3713 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
3714 compl_cont_mode = 0;
|
|
7
|
3715 }
|
|
540
|
3716
|
|
|
3717 return retval;
|
|
7
|
3718 }
|
|
|
3719
|
|
|
3720 /*
|
|
|
3721 * Loops through the list of windows, loaded-buffers or non-loaded-buffers
|
|
|
3722 * (depending on flag) starting from buf and looking for a non-scanned
|
|
|
3723 * buffer (other than curbuf). curbuf is special, if it is called with
|
|
|
3724 * buf=curbuf then it has to be the first call for a given flag/expansion.
|
|
|
3725 *
|
|
|
3726 * Returns the buffer to scan, if any, otherwise returns curbuf -- Acevedo
|
|
|
3727 */
|
|
|
3728 static buf_T *
|
|
|
3729 ins_compl_next_buf(buf, flag)
|
|
|
3730 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
3731 int flag;
|
|
|
3732 {
|
|
|
3733 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3734 static win_T *wp;
|
|
|
3735 #endif
|
|
|
3736
|
|
|
3737 if (flag == 'w') /* just windows */
|
|
|
3738 {
|
|
|
3739 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
3740 if (buf == curbuf) /* first call for this flag/expansion */
|
|
|
3741 wp = curwin;
|
|
383
|
3742 while ((wp = (wp->w_next != NULL ? wp->w_next : firstwin)) != curwin
|
|
7
|
3743 && wp->w_buffer->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3744 ;
|
|
|
3745 buf = wp->w_buffer;
|
|
|
3746 #else
|
|
|
3747 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3748 #endif
|
|
|
3749 }
|
|
|
3750 else
|
|
|
3751 /* 'b' (just loaded buffers), 'u' (just non-loaded buffers) or 'U'
|
|
|
3752 * (unlisted buffers)
|
|
|
3753 * When completing whole lines skip unloaded buffers. */
|
|
383
|
3754 while ((buf = (buf->b_next != NULL ? buf->b_next : firstbuf)) != curbuf
|
|
7
|
3755 && ((flag == 'U'
|
|
|
3756 ? buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3757 : (!buf->b_p_bl
|
|
|
3758 || (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp == NULL) != (flag == 'u')))
|
|
667
|
3759 || buf->b_scanned))
|
|
7
|
3760 ;
|
|
|
3761 return buf;
|
|
|
3762 }
|
|
|
3763
|
|
12
|
3764 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
659
|
3765 static void expand_by_function __ARGS((int type, char_u *base));
|
|
12
|
3766
|
|
|
3767 /*
|
|
523
|
3768 * Execute user defined complete function 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc', and
|
|
502
|
3769 * get matches in "matches".
|
|
12
|
3770 */
|
|
659
|
3771 static void
|
|
|
3772 expand_by_function(type, base)
|
|
523
|
3773 int type; /* CTRL_X_OMNI or CTRL_X_FUNCTION */
|
|
12
|
3774 char_u *base;
|
|
|
3775 {
|
|
452
|
3776 list_T *matchlist;
|
|
502
|
3777 char_u *args[2];
|
|
|
3778 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
3779 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
3780
|
|
|
3781 funcname = (type == CTRL_X_FUNCTION) ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
3782 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
659
|
3783 return;
|
|
452
|
3784
|
|
|
3785 /* Call 'completefunc' to obtain the list of matches. */
|
|
|
3786 args[0] = (char_u *)"0";
|
|
502
|
3787 args[1] = base;
|
|
|
3788
|
|
|
3789 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
3790 matchlist = call_func_retlist(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
3791 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
452
|
3792 if (matchlist == NULL)
|
|
659
|
3793 return;
|
|
|
3794
|
|
724
|
3795 ins_compl_add_list(matchlist);
|
|
|
3796 list_unref(matchlist);
|
|
|
3797 }
|
|
|
3798 #endif /* FEAT_COMPL_FUNC */
|
|
|
3799
|
|
786
|
3800 #if defined(FEAT_COMPL_FUNC) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
724
|
3801 /*
|
|
|
3802 * Add completions from a list.
|
|
|
3803 */
|
|
|
3804 static void
|
|
|
3805 ins_compl_add_list(list)
|
|
|
3806 list_T *list;
|
|
|
3807 {
|
|
|
3808 listitem_T *li;
|
|
|
3809 int dir = compl_direction;
|
|
|
3810
|
|
659
|
3811 /* Go through the List with matches and add each of them. */
|
|
724
|
3812 for (li = list->lv_first; li != NULL; li = li->li_next)
|
|
452
|
3813 {
|
|
786
|
3814 if (ins_compl_add_tv(&li->li_tv, dir) == OK)
|
|
|
3815 /* if dir was BACKWARD then honor it just once */
|
|
|
3816 dir = FORWARD;
|
|
648
|
3817 else if (did_emsg)
|
|
|
3818 break;
|
|
452
|
3819 }
|
|
724
|
3820 }
|
|
786
|
3821
|
|
|
3822 /*
|
|
|
3823 * Add a match to the list of matches from a typeval_T.
|
|
|
3824 * If the given string is already in the list of completions, then return
|
|
|
3825 * NOTDONE, otherwise add it to the list and return OK. If there is an error,
|
|
|
3826 * maybe because alloc() returns NULL, then FAIL is returned.
|
|
|
3827 */
|
|
|
3828 int
|
|
|
3829 ins_compl_add_tv(tv, dir)
|
|
|
3830 typval_T *tv;
|
|
|
3831 int dir;
|
|
|
3832 {
|
|
|
3833 char_u *word;
|
|
867
|
3834 int icase = FALSE;
|
|
944
|
3835 int adup = FALSE;
|
|
786
|
3836 char_u *(cptext[CPT_COUNT]);
|
|
|
3837
|
|
|
3838 if (tv->v_type == VAR_DICT && tv->vval.v_dict != NULL)
|
|
|
3839 {
|
|
|
3840 word = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"word", FALSE);
|
|
|
3841 cptext[CPT_ABBR] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3842 (char_u *)"abbr", FALSE);
|
|
|
3843 cptext[CPT_MENU] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3844 (char_u *)"menu", FALSE);
|
|
|
3845 cptext[CPT_KIND] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3846 (char_u *)"kind", FALSE);
|
|
|
3847 cptext[CPT_INFO] = get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict,
|
|
|
3848 (char_u *)"info", FALSE);
|
|
|
3849 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase", FALSE) != NULL)
|
|
|
3850 icase = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"icase");
|
|
841
|
3851 if (get_dict_string(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup", FALSE) != NULL)
|
|
944
|
3852 adup = get_dict_number(tv->vval.v_dict, (char_u *)"dup");
|
|
786
|
3853 }
|
|
|
3854 else
|
|
|
3855 {
|
|
|
3856 word = get_tv_string_chk(tv);
|
|
|
3857 vim_memset(cptext, 0, sizeof(cptext));
|
|
|
3858 }
|
|
|
3859 if (word == NULL || *word == NUL)
|
|
|
3860 return FAIL;
|
|
944
|
3861 return ins_compl_add(word, -1, icase, NULL, cptext, dir, 0, adup);
|
|
786
|
3862 }
|
|
724
|
3863 #endif
|
|
12
|
3864
|
|
449
|
3865 /*
|
|
|
3866 * Get the next expansion(s), using "compl_pattern".
|
|
659
|
3867 * The search starts at position "ini" in curbuf and in the direction
|
|
|
3868 * compl_direction.
|
|
667
|
3869 * When "compl_started" is FALSE start at that position, otherwise continue
|
|
|
3870 * where we stopped searching before.
|
|
449
|
3871 * This may return before finding all the matches.
|
|
|
3872 * Return the total number of matches or -1 if still unknown -- Acevedo
|
|
7
|
3873 */
|
|
|
3874 static int
|
|
659
|
3875 ins_compl_get_exp(ini)
|
|
7
|
3876 pos_T *ini;
|
|
|
3877 {
|
|
|
3878 static pos_T first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3879 static pos_T last_match_pos;
|
|
|
3880 static char_u *e_cpt = (char_u *)""; /* curr. entry in 'complete' */
|
|
449
|
3881 static int found_all = FALSE; /* Found all matches of a
|
|
|
3882 certain type. */
|
|
|
3883 static buf_T *ins_buf = NULL; /* buffer being scanned */
|
|
7
|
3884
|
|
464
|
3885 pos_T *pos;
|
|
|
3886 char_u **matches;
|
|
|
3887 int save_p_scs;
|
|
|
3888 int save_p_ws;
|
|
|
3889 int save_p_ic;
|
|
|
3890 int i;
|
|
|
3891 int num_matches;
|
|
|
3892 int len;
|
|
|
3893 int found_new_match;
|
|
|
3894 int type = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
|
3895 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
3896 char_u *dict = NULL;
|
|
|
3897 int dict_f = 0;
|
|
|
3898 compl_T *old_match;
|
|
7
|
3899
|
|
449
|
3900 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
3901 {
|
|
|
3902 for (ins_buf = firstbuf; ins_buf != NULL; ins_buf = ins_buf->b_next)
|
|
|
3903 ins_buf->b_scanned = 0;
|
|
|
3904 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3905 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
449
|
3906 e_cpt = (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
12
|
3907 ? (char_u *)"." : curbuf->b_p_cpt;
|
|
7
|
3908 last_match_pos = first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3909 }
|
|
|
3910
|
|
449
|
3911 old_match = compl_curr_match; /* remember the last current match */
|
|
659
|
3912 pos = (compl_direction == FORWARD) ? &last_match_pos : &first_match_pos;
|
|
7
|
3913 /* For ^N/^P loop over all the flags/windows/buffers in 'complete' */
|
|
|
3914 for (;;)
|
|
|
3915 {
|
|
|
3916 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
3917
|
|
449
|
3918 /* For ^N/^P pick a new entry from e_cpt if compl_started is off,
|
|
7
|
3919 * or if found_all says this entry is done. For ^X^L only use the
|
|
|
3920 * entries from 'complete' that look in loaded buffers. */
|
|
|
3921 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
3922 && (!compl_started || found_all))
|
|
7
|
3923 {
|
|
|
3924 found_all = FALSE;
|
|
|
3925 while (*e_cpt == ',' || *e_cpt == ' ')
|
|
|
3926 e_cpt++;
|
|
|
3927 if (*e_cpt == '.' && !curbuf->b_scanned)
|
|
|
3928 {
|
|
|
3929 ins_buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
3930 first_match_pos = *ini;
|
|
|
3931 /* So that ^N can match word immediately after cursor */
|
|
|
3932 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0)
|
|
|
3933 dec(&first_match_pos);
|
|
|
3934 last_match_pos = first_match_pos;
|
|
|
3935 type = 0;
|
|
|
3936 }
|
|
|
3937 else if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"buwU", *e_cpt) != NULL
|
|
|
3938 && (ins_buf = ins_compl_next_buf(ins_buf, *e_cpt)) != curbuf)
|
|
|
3939 {
|
|
|
3940 /* Scan a buffer, but not the current one. */
|
|
|
3941 if (ins_buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) /* loaded buffer */
|
|
|
3942 {
|
|
449
|
3943 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
3944 first_match_pos.col = last_match_pos.col = 0;
|
|
|
3945 first_match_pos.lnum = ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count + 1;
|
|
|
3946 last_match_pos.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
3947 type = 0;
|
|
|
3948 }
|
|
|
3949 else /* unloaded buffer, scan like dictionary */
|
|
|
3950 {
|
|
|
3951 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
3952 if (ins_buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3953 continue;
|
|
|
3954 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3955 dict = ins_buf->b_fname;
|
|
|
3956 dict_f = DICT_EXACT;
|
|
|
3957 }
|
|
274
|
3958 vim_snprintf((char *)IObuff, IOSIZE, _("Scanning: %s"),
|
|
7
|
3959 ins_buf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3960 ? buf_spname(ins_buf)
|
|
|
3961 : ins_buf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3962 ? (char *)ins_buf->b_fname
|
|
|
3963 : (char *)ins_buf->b_sfname);
|
|
|
3964 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3965 }
|
|
|
3966 else if (*e_cpt == NUL)
|
|
|
3967 break;
|
|
|
3968 else
|
|
|
3969 {
|
|
|
3970 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
3971 type = -1;
|
|
|
3972 else if (*e_cpt == 'k' || *e_cpt == 's')
|
|
|
3973 {
|
|
|
3974 if (*e_cpt == 'k')
|
|
|
3975 type = CTRL_X_DICTIONARY;
|
|
|
3976 else
|
|
|
3977 type = CTRL_X_THESAURUS;
|
|
|
3978 if (*++e_cpt != ',' && *e_cpt != NUL)
|
|
|
3979 {
|
|
|
3980 dict = e_cpt;
|
|
|
3981 dict_f = DICT_FIRST;
|
|
|
3982 }
|
|
|
3983 }
|
|
|
3984 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
3985 else if (*e_cpt == 'i')
|
|
|
3986 type = CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS;
|
|
|
3987 else if (*e_cpt == 'd')
|
|
|
3988 type = CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES;
|
|
|
3989 #endif
|
|
|
3990 else if (*e_cpt == ']' || *e_cpt == 't')
|
|
|
3991 {
|
|
|
3992 type = CTRL_X_TAGS;
|
|
|
3993 sprintf((char*)IObuff, _("Scanning tags."));
|
|
|
3994 msg_trunc_attr(IObuff, TRUE, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3995 }
|
|
|
3996 else
|
|
|
3997 type = -1;
|
|
|
3998
|
|
|
3999 /* in any case e_cpt is advanced to the next entry */
|
|
|
4000 (void)copy_option_part(&e_cpt, IObuff, IOSIZE, ",");
|
|
|
4001
|
|
|
4002 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
4003 if (type == -1)
|
|
|
4004 continue;
|
|
|
4005 }
|
|
|
4006 }
|
|
|
4007
|
|
|
4008 switch (type)
|
|
|
4009 {
|
|
|
4010 case -1:
|
|
|
4011 break;
|
|
|
4012 #ifdef FEAT_FIND_ID
|
|
|
4013 case CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS:
|
|
|
4014 case CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES:
|
|
659
|
4015 find_pattern_in_path(compl_pattern, compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
4016 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), FALSE, FALSE,
|
|
7
|
4017 (type == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES
|
|
449
|
4018 && !(compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
4019 ? FIND_DEFINE : FIND_ANY, 1L, ACTION_EXPAND,
|
|
|
4020 (linenr_T)1, (linenr_T)MAXLNUM);
|
|
|
4021 break;
|
|
|
4022 #endif
|
|
|
4023
|
|
|
4024 case CTRL_X_DICTIONARY:
|
|
|
4025 case CTRL_X_THESAURUS:
|
|
|
4026 ins_compl_dictionaries(
|
|
703
|
4027 dict != NULL ? dict
|
|
7
|
4028 : (type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS
|
|
|
4029 ? (*curbuf->b_p_tsr == NUL
|
|
|
4030 ? p_tsr
|
|
|
4031 : curbuf->b_p_tsr)
|
|
|
4032 : (*curbuf->b_p_dict == NUL
|
|
|
4033 ? p_dict
|
|
|
4034 : curbuf->b_p_dict)),
|
|
659
|
4035 compl_pattern,
|
|
703
|
4036 dict != NULL ? dict_f
|
|
|
4037 : 0, type == CTRL_X_THESAURUS);
|
|
7
|
4038 dict = NULL;
|
|
|
4039 break;
|
|
|
4040
|
|
|
4041 case CTRL_X_TAGS:
|
|
|
4042 /* set p_ic according to p_ic, p_scs and pat for find_tags(). */
|
|
|
4043 save_p_ic = p_ic;
|
|
449
|
4044 p_ic = ignorecase(compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
4045
|
|
|
4046 /* Find up to TAG_MANY matches. Avoids that an enourmous number
|
|
449
|
4047 * of matches is found when compl_pattern is empty */
|
|
|
4048 if (find_tags(compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
4049 TAG_REGEXP | TAG_NAMES | TAG_NOIC |
|
|
|
4050 TAG_INS_COMP | (ctrl_x_mode ? TAG_VERBOSE : 0),
|
|
|
4051 TAG_MANY, curbuf->b_ffname) == OK && num_matches > 0)
|
|
|
4052 {
|
|
942
|
4053 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
7
|
4054 }
|
|
|
4055 p_ic = save_p_ic;
|
|
|
4056 break;
|
|
|
4057
|
|
|
4058 case CTRL_X_FILES:
|
|
449
|
4059 if (expand_wildcards(1, &compl_pattern, &num_matches, &matches,
|
|
7
|
4060 EW_FILE|EW_DIR|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_SILENT) == OK)
|
|
|
4061 {
|
|
|
4062
|
|
|
4063 /* May change home directory back to "~". */
|
|
449
|
4064 tilde_replace(compl_pattern, num_matches, matches);
|
|
681
|
4065 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches,
|
|
|
4066 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
4067 TRUE
|
|
|
4068 #else
|
|
|
4069 FALSE
|
|
|
4070 #endif
|
|
|
4071 );
|
|
7
|
4072 }
|
|
|
4073 break;
|
|
|
4074
|
|
|
4075 case CTRL_X_CMDLINE:
|
|
449
|
4076 if (expand_cmdline(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4077 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern),
|
|
7
|
4078 &num_matches, &matches) == EXPAND_OK)
|
|
681
|
4079 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
4080 break;
|
|
|
4081
|
|
12
|
4082 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4083 case CTRL_X_FUNCTION:
|
|
523
|
4084 case CTRL_X_OMNI:
|
|
659
|
4085 expand_by_function(type, compl_pattern);
|
|
12
|
4086 break;
|
|
|
4087 #endif
|
|
|
4088
|
|
477
|
4089 case CTRL_X_SPELL:
|
|
744
|
4090 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
477
|
4091 num_matches = expand_spelling(first_match_pos.lnum,
|
|
|
4092 first_match_pos.col, compl_pattern, &matches);
|
|
|
4093 if (num_matches > 0)
|
|
942
|
4094 ins_compl_add_matches(num_matches, matches, p_ic);
|
|
477
|
4095 #endif
|
|
|
4096 break;
|
|
|
4097
|
|
7
|
4098 default: /* normal ^P/^N and ^X^L */
|
|
|
4099 /*
|
|
|
4100 * If 'infercase' is set, don't use 'smartcase' here
|
|
|
4101 */
|
|
|
4102 save_p_scs = p_scs;
|
|
|
4103 if (ins_buf->b_p_inf)
|
|
|
4104 p_scs = FALSE;
|
|
449
|
4105
|
|
7
|
4106 /* buffers other than curbuf are scanned from the beginning or the
|
|
|
4107 * end but never from the middle, thus setting nowrapscan in this
|
|
|
4108 * buffers is a good idea, on the other hand, we always set
|
|
|
4109 * wrapscan for curbuf to avoid missing matches -- Acevedo,Webb */
|
|
|
4110 save_p_ws = p_ws;
|
|
|
4111 if (ins_buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
4112 p_ws = FALSE;
|
|
|
4113 else if (*e_cpt == '.')
|
|
|
4114 p_ws = TRUE;
|
|
|
4115 for (;;)
|
|
|
4116 {
|
|
464
|
4117 int flags = 0;
|
|
7
|
4118
|
|
1007
|
4119 ++msg_silent; /* Don't want messages for wrapscan. */
|
|
|
4120
|
|
540
|
4121 /* ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE || word-wise search that
|
|
|
4122 * has added a word that was at the beginning of the line */
|
|
7
|
4123 if ( ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE
|
|
449
|
4124 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL))
|
|
7
|
4125 found_new_match = search_for_exact_line(ins_buf, pos,
|
|
659
|
4126 compl_direction, compl_pattern);
|
|
7
|
4127 else
|
|
659
|
4128 found_new_match = searchit(NULL, ins_buf, pos,
|
|
|
4129 compl_direction,
|
|
449
|
4130 compl_pattern, 1L, SEARCH_KEEP + SEARCH_NFMSG,
|
|
1496
|
4131 RE_LAST, (linenr_T)0, NULL);
|
|
1007
|
4132 --msg_silent;
|
|
449
|
4133 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
4134 {
|
|
667
|
4135 /* set "compl_started" even on fail */
|
|
449
|
4136 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
4137 first_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
4138 last_match_pos = *pos;
|
|
|
4139 }
|
|
|
4140 else if (first_match_pos.lnum == last_match_pos.lnum
|
|
665
|
4141 && first_match_pos.col == last_match_pos.col)
|
|
7
|
4142 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
4143 if (found_new_match == FAIL)
|
|
|
4144 {
|
|
|
4145 if (ins_buf == curbuf)
|
|
|
4146 found_all = TRUE;
|
|
|
4147 break;
|
|
|
4148 }
|
|
|
4149
|
|
|
4150 /* when ADDING, the text before the cursor matches, skip it */
|
|
449
|
4151 if ( (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING) && ins_buf == curbuf
|
|
7
|
4152 && ini->lnum == pos->lnum
|
|
|
4153 && ini->col == pos->col)
|
|
|
4154 continue;
|
|
|
4155 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum, FALSE) + pos->col;
|
|
|
4156 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4157 {
|
|
449
|
4158 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4159 {
|
|
|
4160 if (pos->lnum >= ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4161 continue;
|
|
|
4162 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
4163 if (!p_paste)
|
|
|
4164 ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
4165 }
|
|
|
4166 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
|
4167 }
|
|
|
4168 else
|
|
|
4169 {
|
|
449
|
4170 char_u *tmp_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
4171
|
|
|
4172 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4173 {
|
|
449
|
4174 tmp_ptr += compl_length;
|
|
7
|
4175 /* Skip if already inside a word. */
|
|
|
4176 if (vim_iswordp(tmp_ptr))
|
|
|
4177 continue;
|
|
|
4178 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
4179 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4180 }
|
|
|
4181 /* Find end of this word. */
|
|
|
4182 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4183 len = (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
4184
|
|
449
|
4185 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
4186 && len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
4187 {
|
|
|
4188 if (pos->lnum < ins_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
4189 {
|
|
|
4190 /* Try next line, if any. the new word will be
|
|
|
4191 * "join" as if the normal command "J" was used.
|
|
|
4192 * IOSIZE is always greater than
|
|
449
|
4193 * compl_length, so the next STRNCPY always
|
|
7
|
4194 * works -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
4195 STRNCPY(IObuff, ptr, len);
|
|
|
4196 ptr = ml_get_buf(ins_buf, pos->lnum + 1, FALSE);
|
|
|
4197 tmp_ptr = ptr = skipwhite(ptr);
|
|
|
4198 /* Find start of next word. */
|
|
|
4199 tmp_ptr = find_word_start(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4200 /* Find end of next word. */
|
|
|
4201 tmp_ptr = find_word_end(tmp_ptr);
|
|
|
4202 if (tmp_ptr > ptr)
|
|
|
4203 {
|
|
419
|
4204 if (*ptr != ')' && IObuff[len - 1] != TAB)
|
|
7
|
4205 {
|
|
419
|
4206 if (IObuff[len - 1] != ' ')
|
|
7
|
4207 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
4208 /* IObuf =~ "\k.* ", thus len >= 2 */
|
|
|
4209 if (p_js
|
|
419
|
4210 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '.'
|
|
7
|
4211 || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_JOINSP)
|
|
|
4212 == NULL
|
|
419
|
4213 && (IObuff[len - 2] == '?'
|
|
|
4214 || IObuff[len - 2] == '!'))))
|
|
7
|
4215 IObuff[len++] = ' ';
|
|
|
4216 }
|
|
|
4217 /* copy as much as posible of the new word */
|
|
|
4218 if (tmp_ptr - ptr >= IOSIZE - len)
|
|
|
4219 tmp_ptr = ptr + IOSIZE - len - 1;
|
|
|
4220 STRNCPY(IObuff + len, ptr, tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
|
4221 len += (int)(tmp_ptr - ptr);
|
|
464
|
4222 flags |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
4223 }
|
|
|
4224 IObuff[len] = NUL;
|
|
|
4225 ptr = IObuff;
|
|
|
4226 }
|
|
449
|
4227 if (len == compl_length)
|
|
7
|
4228 continue;
|
|
|
4229 }
|
|
|
4230 }
|
|
942
|
4231 if (ins_compl_add_infercase(ptr, len, p_ic,
|
|
540
|
4232 ins_buf == curbuf ? NULL : ins_buf->b_sfname,
|
|
659
|
4233 0, flags) != NOTDONE)
|
|
7
|
4234 {
|
|
|
4235 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
4236 break;
|
|
|
4237 }
|
|
|
4238 }
|
|
|
4239 p_scs = save_p_scs;
|
|
|
4240 p_ws = save_p_ws;
|
|
|
4241 }
|
|
540
|
4242
|
|
449
|
4243 /* check if compl_curr_match has changed, (e.g. other type of
|
|
1796
|
4244 * expansion added something) */
|
|
540
|
4245 if (type != 0 && compl_curr_match != old_match)
|
|
7
|
4246 found_new_match = OK;
|
|
|
4247
|
|
|
4248 /* break the loop for specialized modes (use 'complete' just for the
|
|
|
4249 * generic ctrl_x_mode == 0) or when we've found a new match */
|
|
|
4250 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
4251 || found_new_match != FAIL)
|
|
540
|
4252 {
|
|
|
4253 if (got_int)
|
|
|
4254 break;
|
|
665
|
4255 /* Fill the popup menu as soon as possible. */
|
|
989
|
4256 if (type != -1)
|
|
540
|
4257 ins_compl_check_keys(0);
|
|
665
|
4258
|
|
540
|
4259 if ((ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4260 || compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
4261 break;
|
|
|
4262 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
|
4263 }
|
|
|
4264 else
|
|
|
4265 {
|
|
|
4266 /* Mark a buffer scanned when it has been scanned completely */
|
|
|
4267 if (type == 0 || type == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS)
|
|
|
4268 ins_buf->b_scanned = TRUE;
|
|
|
4269
|
|
|
4270 compl_started = FALSE;
|
|
|
4271 }
|
|
449
|
4272 }
|
|
|
4273 compl_started = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
4274
|
|
|
4275 if ((ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4276 && *e_cpt == NUL) /* Got to end of 'complete' */
|
|
|
4277 found_new_match = FAIL;
|
|
|
4278
|
|
|
4279 i = -1; /* total of matches, unknown */
|
|
|
4280 if (found_new_match == FAIL
|
|
|
4281 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE))
|
|
|
4282 i = ins_compl_make_cyclic();
|
|
|
4283
|
|
|
4284 /* If several matches were added (FORWARD) or the search failed and has
|
|
449
|
4285 * just been made cyclic then we have to move compl_curr_match to the next
|
|
|
4286 * or previous entry (if any) -- Acevedo */
|
|
724
|
4287 compl_curr_match = compl_direction == FORWARD ? old_match->cp_next
|
|
|
4288 : old_match->cp_prev;
|
|
449
|
4289 if (compl_curr_match == NULL)
|
|
|
4290 compl_curr_match = old_match;
|
|
7
|
4291 return i;
|
|
|
4292 }
|
|
|
4293
|
|
|
4294 /* Delete the old text being completed. */
|
|
|
4295 static void
|
|
|
4296 ins_compl_delete()
|
|
|
4297 {
|
|
|
4298 int i;
|
|
|
4299
|
|
|
4300 /*
|
|
|
4301 * In insert mode: Delete the typed part.
|
|
|
4302 * In replace mode: Put the old characters back, if any.
|
|
|
4303 */
|
|
449
|
4304 i = compl_col + (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING ? compl_length : 0);
|
|
7
|
4305 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
4306 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
4307 }
|
|
|
4308
|
|
|
4309 /* Insert the new text being completed. */
|
|
|
4310 static void
|
|
|
4311 ins_compl_insert()
|
|
|
4312 {
|
|
1782
|
4313 ins_bytes(compl_shown_match->cp_str + ins_compl_len());
|
|
683
|
4314 if (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
|
4315 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
4316 else
|
|
|
4317 compl_used_match = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
4318 }
|
|
|
4319
|
|
|
4320 /*
|
|
|
4321 * Fill in the next completion in the current direction.
|
|
464
|
4322 * If "allow_get_expansion" is TRUE, then we may call ins_compl_get_exp() to
|
|
|
4323 * get more completions. If it is FALSE, then we just do nothing when there
|
|
|
4324 * are no more completions in a given direction. The latter case is used when
|
|
|
4325 * we are still in the middle of finding completions, to allow browsing
|
|
|
4326 * through the ones found so far.
|
|
7
|
4327 * Return the total number of matches, or -1 if still unknown -- webb.
|
|
|
4328 *
|
|
449
|
4329 * compl_curr_match is currently being used by ins_compl_get_exp(), so we use
|
|
|
4330 * compl_shown_match here.
|
|
7
|
4331 *
|
|
|
4332 * Note that this function may be called recursively once only. First with
|
|
464
|
4333 * "allow_get_expansion" TRUE, which calls ins_compl_get_exp(), which in turn
|
|
|
4334 * calls this function with "allow_get_expansion" FALSE.
|
|
7
|
4335 */
|
|
|
4336 static int
|
|
665
|
4337 ins_compl_next(allow_get_expansion, count, insert_match)
|
|
7
|
4338 int allow_get_expansion;
|
|
610
|
4339 int count; /* repeat completion this many times; should
|
|
|
4340 be at least 1 */
|
|
665
|
4341 int insert_match; /* Insert the newly selected match */
|
|
7
|
4342 {
|
|
|
4343 int num_matches = -1;
|
|
|
4344 int i;
|
|
610
|
4345 int todo = count;
|
|
657
|
4346 compl_T *found_compl = NULL;
|
|
|
4347 int found_end = FALSE;
|
|
836
|
4348 int advance;
|
|
7
|
4349
|
|
665
|
4350 if (compl_leader != NULL
|
|
|
4351 && (compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0)
|
|
|
4352 {
|
|
|
4353 /* Set "compl_shown_match" to the actually shown match, it may differ
|
|
|
4354 * when "compl_leader" is used to omit some of the matches. */
|
|
681
|
4355 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
835
|
4356 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
665
|
4357 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL
|
|
|
4358 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
4359 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
887
|
4360
|
|
|
4361 /* If we didn't find it searching forward, and compl_shows_dir is
|
|
|
4362 * backward, find the last match. */
|
|
|
4363 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
4364 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
4365 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
|
4366 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == NULL
|
|
|
4367 || compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match))
|
|
|
4368 {
|
|
|
4369 while (!ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
|
4370 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader))
|
|
|
4371 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL
|
|
|
4372 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != compl_first_match)
|
|
|
4373 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
4374 }
|
|
665
|
4375 }
|
|
|
4376
|
|
|
4377 if (allow_get_expansion && insert_match
|
|
874
|
4378 && (!(compl_get_longest || compl_restarting) || compl_used_match))
|
|
7
|
4379 /* Delete old text to be replaced */
|
|
|
4380 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
665
|
4381
|
|
836
|
4382 /* When finding the longest common text we stick at the original text,
|
|
|
4383 * don't let CTRL-N or CTRL-P move to the first match. */
|
|
|
4384 advance = count != 1 || !allow_get_expansion || !compl_get_longest;
|
|
|
4385
|
|
874
|
4386 /* When restarting the search don't insert the first match either. */
|
|
|
4387 if (compl_restarting)
|
|
|
4388 {
|
|
|
4389 advance = FALSE;
|
|
|
4390 compl_restarting = FALSE;
|
|
|
4391 }
|
|
|
4392
|
|
610
|
4393 /* Repeat this for when <PageUp> or <PageDown> is typed. But don't wrap
|
|
|
4394 * around. */
|
|
|
4395 while (--todo >= 0)
|
|
|
4396 {
|
|
|
4397 if (compl_shows_dir == FORWARD && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
4398 {
|
|
|
4399 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
657
|
4400 found_end = (compl_first_match != NULL
|
|
|
4401 && (compl_shown_match->cp_next == compl_first_match
|
|
|
4402 || compl_shown_match == compl_first_match));
|
|
610
|
4403 }
|
|
|
4404 else if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD
|
|
|
4405 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
4406 {
|
|
657
|
4407 found_end = (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
610
|
4408 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
657
|
4409 found_end |= (compl_shown_match == compl_first_match);
|
|
7
|
4410 }
|
|
|
4411 else
|
|
610
|
4412 {
|
|
909
|
4413 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
4414 {
|
|
|
4415 if (advance)
|
|
|
4416 {
|
|
|
4417 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
4418 compl_pending -= todo + 1;
|
|
|
4419 else
|
|
|
4420 compl_pending += todo + 1;
|
|
|
4421 }
|
|
|
4422 return -1;
|
|
|
4423 }
|
|
|
4424
|
|
836
|
4425 if (advance)
|
|
|
4426 {
|
|
|
4427 if (compl_shows_dir == BACKWARD)
|
|
|
4428 --compl_pending;
|
|
|
4429 else
|
|
|
4430 ++compl_pending;
|
|
|
4431 }
|
|
657
|
4432
|
|
874
|
4433 /* Find matches. */
|
|
659
|
4434 num_matches = ins_compl_get_exp(&compl_startpos);
|
|
909
|
4435
|
|
|
4436 /* handle any pending completions */
|
|
|
4437 while (compl_pending != 0 && compl_direction == compl_shows_dir
|
|
836
|
4438 && advance)
|
|
909
|
4439 {
|
|
|
4440 if (compl_pending > 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
4441 {
|
|
|
4442 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_next;
|
|
|
4443 --compl_pending;
|
|
|
4444 }
|
|
|
4445 if (compl_pending < 0 && compl_shown_match->cp_prev != NULL)
|
|
|
4446 {
|
|
|
4447 compl_shown_match = compl_shown_match->cp_prev;
|
|
|
4448 ++compl_pending;
|
|
|
4449 }
|
|
|
4450 else
|
|
|
4451 break;
|
|
|
4452 }
|
|
657
|
4453 found_end = FALSE;
|
|
|
4454 }
|
|
|
4455 if ((compl_shown_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT) == 0
|
|
|
4456 && compl_leader != NULL
|
|
681
|
4457 && !ins_compl_equal(compl_shown_match,
|
|
835
|
4458 compl_leader, (int)STRLEN(compl_leader)))
|
|
657
|
4459 ++todo;
|
|
|
4460 else
|
|
|
4461 /* Remember a matching item. */
|
|
|
4462 found_compl = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
4463
|
|
|
4464 /* Stop at the end of the list when we found a usable match. */
|
|
|
4465 if (found_end)
|
|
|
4466 {
|
|
|
4467 if (found_compl != NULL)
|
|
610
|
4468 {
|
|
657
|
4469 compl_shown_match = found_compl;
|
|
|
4470 break;
|
|
610
|
4471 }
|
|
657
|
4472 todo = 1; /* use first usable match after wrapping around */
|
|
610
|
4473 }
|
|
7
|
4474 }
|
|
|
4475
|
|
665
|
4476 /* Insert the text of the new completion, or the compl_leader. */
|
|
|
4477 if (insert_match)
|
|
|
4478 {
|
|
|
4479 if (!compl_get_longest || compl_used_match)
|
|
|
4480 ins_compl_insert();
|
|
|
4481 else
|
|
1782
|
4482 ins_bytes(compl_leader + ins_compl_len());
|
|
665
|
4483 }
|
|
|
4484 else
|
|
|
4485 compl_used_match = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
4486
|
|
|
4487 if (!allow_get_expansion)
|
|
|
4488 {
|
|
540
|
4489 /* may undisplay the popup menu first */
|
|
|
4490 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
4491
|
|
665
|
4492 /* redraw to show the user what was inserted */
|
|
|
4493 update_screen(0);
|
|
|
4494
|
|
540
|
4495 /* display the updated popup menu */
|
|
|
4496 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
864
|
4497 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
4498 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
4499 {
|
|
|
4500 /* Show the cursor after the match, not after the redrawn text. */
|
|
|
4501 setcursor();
|
|
|
4502 out_flush();
|
|
|
4503 gui_update_cursor(FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
4504 }
|
|
|
4505 #endif
|
|
540
|
4506
|
|
7
|
4507 /* Delete old text to be replaced, since we're still searching and
|
|
|
4508 * don't want to match ourselves! */
|
|
|
4509 ins_compl_delete();
|
|
|
4510 }
|
|
|
4511
|
|
825
|
4512 /* Enter will select a match when the match wasn't inserted and the popup
|
|
1219
|
4513 * menu is visible. */
|
|
825
|
4514 compl_enter_selects = !insert_match && compl_match_array != NULL;
|
|
|
4515
|
|
7
|
4516 /*
|
|
|
4517 * Show the file name for the match (if any)
|
|
|
4518 * Truncate the file name to avoid a wait for return.
|
|
|
4519 */
|
|
464
|
4520 if (compl_shown_match->cp_fname != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4521 {
|
|
|
4522 STRCPY(IObuff, "match in file ");
|
|
464
|
4523 i = (vim_strsize(compl_shown_match->cp_fname) + 16) - sc_col;
|
|
7
|
4524 if (i <= 0)
|
|
|
4525 i = 0;
|
|
|
4526 else
|
|
|
4527 STRCAT(IObuff, "<");
|
|
464
|
4528 STRCAT(IObuff, compl_shown_match->cp_fname + i);
|
|
7
|
4529 msg(IObuff);
|
|
|
4530 redraw_cmdline = FALSE; /* don't overwrite! */
|
|
|
4531 }
|
|
|
4532
|
|
|
4533 return num_matches;
|
|
|
4534 }
|
|
|
4535
|
|
|
4536 /*
|
|
|
4537 * Call this while finding completions, to check whether the user has hit a key
|
|
|
4538 * that should change the currently displayed completion, or exit completion
|
|
716
|
4539 * mode. Also, when compl_pending is not zero, show a completion as soon as
|
|
7
|
4540 * possible. -- webb
|
|
464
|
4541 * "frequency" specifies out of how many calls we actually check.
|
|
7
|
4542 */
|
|
|
4543 void
|
|
464
|
4544 ins_compl_check_keys(frequency)
|
|
|
4545 int frequency;
|
|
7
|
4546 {
|
|
|
4547 static int count = 0;
|
|
|
4548
|
|
|
4549 int c;
|
|
|
4550
|
|
|
4551 /* Don't check when reading keys from a script. That would break the test
|
|
|
4552 * scripts */
|
|
|
4553 if (using_script())
|
|
|
4554 return;
|
|
|
4555
|
|
|
4556 /* Only do this at regular intervals */
|
|
464
|
4557 if (++count < frequency)
|
|
7
|
4558 return;
|
|
|
4559 count = 0;
|
|
|
4560
|
|
909
|
4561 /* Check for a typed key. Do use mappings, otherwise vim_is_ctrl_x_key()
|
|
|
4562 * can't do its work correctly. */
|
|
7
|
4563 c = vpeekc_any();
|
|
|
4564 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
4565 {
|
|
|
4566 if (vim_is_ctrl_x_key(c) && c != Ctrl_X && c != Ctrl_R)
|
|
|
4567 {
|
|
|
4568 c = safe_vgetc(); /* Eat the character */
|
|
610
|
4569 compl_shows_dir = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
665
|
4570 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, ins_compl_key2count(c),
|
|
|
4571 c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN);
|
|
7
|
4572 }
|
|
909
|
4573 else
|
|
|
4574 {
|
|
|
4575 /* Need to get the character to have KeyTyped set. We'll put it
|
|
1526
|
4576 * back with vungetc() below. But skip K_IGNORE. */
|
|
909
|
4577 c = safe_vgetc();
|
|
1526
|
4578 if (c != K_IGNORE)
|
|
|
4579 {
|
|
|
4580 /* Don't interrupt completion when the character wasn't typed,
|
|
|
4581 * e.g., when doing @q to replay keys. */
|
|
|
4582 if (c != Ctrl_R && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
4583 compl_interrupted = TRUE;
|
|
|
4584
|
|
|
4585 vungetc(c);
|
|
|
4586 }
|
|
909
|
4587 }
|
|
449
|
4588 }
|
|
716
|
4589 if (compl_pending != 0 && !got_int)
|
|
909
|
4590 {
|
|
|
4591 int todo = compl_pending > 0 ? compl_pending : -compl_pending;
|
|
|
4592
|
|
|
4593 compl_pending = 0;
|
|
|
4594 (void)ins_compl_next(FALSE, todo, TRUE);
|
|
|
4595 }
|
|
610
|
4596 }
|
|
|
4597
|
|
|
4598 /*
|
|
|
4599 * Decide the direction of Insert mode complete from the key typed.
|
|
|
4600 * Returns BACKWARD or FORWARD.
|
|
|
4601 */
|
|
|
4602 static int
|
|
|
4603 ins_compl_key2dir(c)
|
|
|
4604 int c;
|
|
|
4605 {
|
|
665
|
4606 if (c == Ctrl_P || c == Ctrl_L
|
|
|
4607 || (pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP
|
|
|
4608 || c == K_S_UP || c == K_UP)))
|
|
610
|
4609 return BACKWARD;
|
|
|
4610 return FORWARD;
|
|
|
4611 }
|
|
|
4612
|
|
|
4613 /*
|
|
644
|
4614 * Return TRUE for keys that are used for completion only when the popup menu
|
|
|
4615 * is visible.
|
|
|
4616 */
|
|
|
4617 static int
|
|
|
4618 ins_compl_pum_key(c)
|
|
|
4619 int c;
|
|
|
4620 {
|
|
|
4621 return pum_visible() && (c == K_PAGEUP || c == K_KPAGEUP || c == K_S_UP
|
|
665
|
4622 || c == K_PAGEDOWN || c == K_KPAGEDOWN || c == K_S_DOWN
|
|
|
4623 || c == K_UP || c == K_DOWN);
|
|
644
|
4624 }
|
|
|
4625
|
|
|
4626 /*
|
|
610
|
4627 * Decide the number of completions to move forward.
|
|
|
4628 * Returns 1 for most keys, height of the popup menu for page-up/down keys.
|
|
|
4629 */
|
|
|
4630 static int
|
|
|
4631 ins_compl_key2count(c)
|
|
|
4632 int c;
|
|
|
4633 {
|
|
|
4634 int h;
|
|
|
4635
|
|
665
|
4636 if (ins_compl_pum_key(c) && c != K_UP && c != K_DOWN)
|
|
610
|
4637 {
|
|
|
4638 h = pum_get_height();
|
|
|
4639 if (h > 3)
|
|
|
4640 h -= 2; /* keep some context */
|
|
|
4641 return h;
|
|
|
4642 }
|
|
|
4643 return 1;
|
|
7
|
4644 }
|
|
|
4645
|
|
|
4646 /*
|
|
681
|
4647 * Return TRUE if completion with "c" should insert the match, FALSE if only
|
|
|
4648 * to change the currently selected completion.
|
|
|
4649 */
|
|
|
4650 static int
|
|
|
4651 ins_compl_use_match(c)
|
|
|
4652 int c;
|
|
|
4653 {
|
|
|
4654 switch (c)
|
|
|
4655 {
|
|
|
4656 case K_UP:
|
|
|
4657 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
4658 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4659 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
4660 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
4661 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
4662 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
4663 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
4664 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4665 }
|
|
|
4666 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4667 }
|
|
|
4668
|
|
|
4669 /*
|
|
7
|
4670 * Do Insert mode completion.
|
|
|
4671 * Called when character "c" was typed, which has a meaning for completion.
|
|
|
4672 * Returns OK if completion was done, FAIL if something failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
4673 */
|
|
|
4674 static int
|
|
|
4675 ins_complete(c)
|
|
449
|
4676 int c;
|
|
7
|
4677 {
|
|
449
|
4678 char_u *line;
|
|
|
4679 int startcol = 0; /* column where searched text starts */
|
|
|
4680 colnr_T curs_col; /* cursor column */
|
|
|
4681 int n;
|
|
7
|
4682
|
|
610
|
4683 compl_direction = ins_compl_key2dir(c);
|
|
449
|
4684 if (!compl_started)
|
|
7
|
4685 {
|
|
|
4686 /* First time we hit ^N or ^P (in a row, I mean) */
|
|
|
4687
|
|
|
4688 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
4689 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
4690 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4691 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
4692 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
4693 #endif
|
|
|
4694 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
4695 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4696
|
|
|
4697 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
449
|
4698 curs_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
716
|
4699 compl_pending = 0;
|
|
7
|
4700
|
|
1430
|
4701 /* If this same ctrl_x_mode has been interrupted use the text from
|
|
449
|
4702 * "compl_startpos" to the cursor as a pattern to add a new word
|
|
|
4703 * instead of expand the one before the cursor, in word-wise if
|
|
1430
|
4704 * "compl_startpos" is not in the same line as the cursor then fix it
|
|
|
4705 * (the line has been split because it was longer than 'tw'). if SOL
|
|
|
4706 * is set then skip the previous pattern, a word at the beginning of
|
|
|
4707 * the line has been inserted, we'll look for that -- Acevedo. */
|
|
665
|
4708 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_INTRPT) == CONT_INTRPT
|
|
|
4709 && compl_cont_mode == ctrl_x_mode)
|
|
7
|
4710 {
|
|
|
4711 /*
|
|
|
4712 * it is a continued search
|
|
|
4713 */
|
|
449
|
4714 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_INTRPT; /* remove INTRPT */
|
|
7
|
4715 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
4716 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4717 {
|
|
449
|
4718 if (compl_startpos.lnum != curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
7
|
4719 {
|
|
449
|
4720 /* line (probably) wrapped, set compl_startpos to the
|
|
|
4721 * first non_blank in the line, if it is not a wordchar
|
|
|
4722 * include it to get a better pattern, but then we don't
|
|
|
4723 * want the "\\<" prefix, check it bellow */
|
|
|
4724 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
|
4725 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
4726 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
4727 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL; /* clear SOL if present */
|
|
7
|
4728 }
|
|
|
4729 else
|
|
|
4730 {
|
|
|
4731 /* S_IPOS was set when we inserted a word that was at the
|
|
|
4732 * beginning of the line, which means that we'll go to SOL
|
|
449
|
4733 * mode but first we need to redefine compl_startpos */
|
|
|
4734 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
4735 {
|
|
449
|
4736 compl_cont_status |= CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4737 compl_startpos.col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(
|
|
|
4738 line + compl_length
|
|
|
4739 + compl_startpos.col) - line);
|
|
7
|
4740 }
|
|
449
|
4741 compl_col = compl_startpos.col;
|
|
7
|
4742 }
|
|
449
|
4743 compl_length = curwin->w_cursor.col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
502
|
4744 /* IObuff is used to add a "word from the next line" would we
|
|
1796
|
4745 * have enough space? just being paranoid */
|
|
7
|
4746 #define MIN_SPACE 75
|
|
449
|
4747 if (compl_length > (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE))
|
|
7
|
4748 {
|
|
449
|
4749 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_SOL;
|
|
|
4750 compl_length = (IOSIZE - MIN_SPACE);
|
|
|
4751 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col - compl_length;
|
|
7
|
4752 }
|
|
449
|
4753 compl_cont_status |= CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4754 if (compl_length < 1)
|
|
|
4755 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
7
|
4756 }
|
|
|
4757 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
449
|
4758 compl_cont_status = CONT_ADDING | CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
7
|
4759 else
|
|
449
|
4760 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
7
|
4761 }
|
|
|
4762 else
|
|
449
|
4763 compl_cont_status &= CONT_LOCAL;
|
|
|
4764
|
|
|
4765 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)) /* normal expansion */
|
|
|
4766 {
|
|
|
4767 compl_cont_mode = ctrl_x_mode;
|
|
7
|
4768 if (ctrl_x_mode != 0) /* Remove LOCAL if ctrl_x_mode != 0 */
|
|
449
|
4769 compl_cont_status = 0;
|
|
|
4770 compl_cont_status |= CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
4771 compl_startpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4772 startcol = (int)curs_col;
|
|
|
4773 compl_col = 0;
|
|
7
|
4774 }
|
|
|
4775
|
|
|
4776 /* Work out completion pattern and original text -- webb */
|
|
|
4777 if (ctrl_x_mode == 0 || (ctrl_x_mode & CTRL_X_WANT_IDENT))
|
|
|
4778 {
|
|
449
|
4779 if ((compl_cont_status & CONT_SOL)
|
|
7
|
4780 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES)
|
|
|
4781 {
|
|
449
|
4782 if (!(compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING))
|
|
7
|
4783 {
|
|
449
|
4784 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isIDc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4785 ;
|
|
449
|
4786 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4787 compl_length = curs_col - startcol;
|
|
7
|
4788 }
|
|
|
4789 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4790 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4791 compl_length, NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4792 else
|
|
449
|
4793 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4794 compl_length);
|
|
|
4795 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4796 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4797 }
|
|
449
|
4798 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
4799 {
|
|
|
4800 char_u *prefix = (char_u *)"\\<";
|
|
|
4801
|
|
|
4802 /* we need 3 extra chars, 1 for the NUL and
|
|
|
4803 * 2 >= strlen(prefix) -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
4804 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4805 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4806 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4807 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4808 if (!vim_iswordp(line + compl_col)
|
|
|
4809 || (compl_col > 0
|
|
7
|
4810 && (
|
|
|
4811 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4812 vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + compl_col))
|
|
7
|
4813 #else
|
|
449
|
4814 vim_iswordc(line[compl_col - 1])
|
|
7
|
4815 #endif
|
|
|
4816 )))
|
|
|
4817 prefix = (char_u *)"";
|
|
449
|
4818 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, prefix);
|
|
|
4819 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + STRLEN(prefix),
|
|
|
4820 line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4821 }
|
|
449
|
4822 else if (--startcol < 0 ||
|
|
7
|
4823 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
449
|
4824 !vim_iswordp(mb_prevptr(line, line + startcol + 1))
|
|
7
|
4825 #else
|
|
449
|
4826 !vim_iswordc(line[startcol])
|
|
7
|
4827 #endif
|
|
|
4828 )
|
|
|
4829 {
|
|
|
4830 /* Match any word of at least two chars */
|
|
449
|
4831 compl_pattern = vim_strsave((char_u *)"\\<\\k\\k");
|
|
|
4832 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4833 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4834 compl_col += curs_col;
|
|
|
4835 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4836 }
|
|
|
4837 else
|
|
|
4838 {
|
|
|
4839 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4840 /* Search the point of change class of multibyte character
|
|
|
4841 * or not a word single byte character backward. */
|
|
|
4842 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4843 {
|
|
|
4844 int base_class;
|
|
|
4845 int head_off;
|
|
|
4846
|
|
449
|
4847 startcol -= (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4848 base_class = mb_get_class(line + startcol);
|
|
|
4849 while (--startcol >= 0)
|
|
7
|
4850 {
|
|
449
|
4851 head_off = (*mb_head_off)(line, line + startcol);
|
|
|
4852 if (base_class != mb_get_class(line + startcol
|
|
|
4853 - head_off))
|
|
7
|
4854 break;
|
|
449
|
4855 startcol -= head_off;
|
|
7
|
4856 }
|
|
|
4857 }
|
|
|
4858 else
|
|
|
4859 #endif
|
|
449
|
4860 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_iswordc(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4861 ;
|
|
449
|
4862 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4863 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4864 if (compl_length == 1)
|
|
7
|
4865 {
|
|
|
4866 /* Only match word with at least two chars -- webb
|
|
|
4867 * there's no need to call quote_meta,
|
|
|
4868 * alloc(7) is enough -- Acevedo
|
|
|
4869 */
|
|
449
|
4870 compl_pattern = alloc(7);
|
|
|
4871 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4872 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4873 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4874 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col, 1);
|
|
|
4875 STRCAT((char *)compl_pattern, "\\k");
|
|
7
|
4876 }
|
|
|
4877 else
|
|
|
4878 {
|
|
449
|
4879 compl_pattern = alloc(quote_meta(NULL, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4880 compl_length) + 3);
|
|
|
4881 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4882 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4883 STRCPY((char *)compl_pattern, "\\<");
|
|
|
4884 (void)quote_meta(compl_pattern + 2, line + compl_col,
|
|
|
4885 compl_length);
|
|
7
|
4886 }
|
|
|
4887 }
|
|
|
4888 }
|
|
|
4889 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
4890 {
|
|
835
|
4891 compl_col = (colnr_T)(skipwhite(line) - line);
|
|
449
|
4892 compl_length = (int)curs_col - (int)compl_col;
|
|
|
4893 if (compl_length < 0) /* cursor in indent: empty pattern */
|
|
|
4894 compl_length = 0;
|
|
7
|
4895 if (p_ic)
|
|
449
|
4896 compl_pattern = str_foldcase(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4897 NULL, 0);
|
|
7
|
4898 else
|
|
449
|
4899 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4900 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4901 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4902 }
|
|
|
4903 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FILES)
|
|
|
4904 {
|
|
449
|
4905 while (--startcol >= 0 && vim_isfilec(line[startcol]))
|
|
7
|
4906 ;
|
|
449
|
4907 compl_col += ++startcol;
|
|
|
4908 compl_length = (int)curs_col - startcol;
|
|
|
4909 compl_pattern = addstar(line + compl_col, compl_length,
|
|
|
4910 EXPAND_FILES);
|
|
|
4911 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4912 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4913 }
|
|
|
4914 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_CMDLINE)
|
|
|
4915 {
|
|
449
|
4916 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line, curs_col);
|
|
|
4917 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
7
|
4918 return FAIL;
|
|
449
|
4919 set_cmd_context(&compl_xp, compl_pattern,
|
|
|
4920 (int)STRLEN(compl_pattern), curs_col);
|
|
|
4921 if (compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_UNSUCCESSFUL
|
|
|
4922 || compl_xp.xp_context == EXPAND_NOTHING)
|
|
935
|
4923 /* No completion possible, use an empty pattern to get a
|
|
|
4924 * "pattern not found" message. */
|
|
897
|
4925 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
|
4926 else
|
|
935
|
4927 compl_col = (int)(compl_xp.xp_pattern - compl_pattern);
|
|
|
4928 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
7
|
4929 }
|
|
523
|
4930 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_OMNI)
|
|
502
|
4931 {
|
|
12
|
4932 #ifdef FEAT_COMPL_FUNC
|
|
|
4933 /*
|
|
502
|
4934 * Call user defined function 'completefunc' with "a:findstart"
|
|
|
4935 * set to 1 to obtain the length of text to use for completion.
|
|
12
|
4936 */
|
|
502
|
4937 char_u *args[2];
|
|
452
|
4938 int col;
|
|
502
|
4939 char_u *funcname;
|
|
|
4940 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
4941
|
|
523
|
4942 /* Call 'completefunc' or 'omnifunc' and get pattern length as a
|
|
502
|
4943 * string */
|
|
|
4944 funcname = ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4945 ? curbuf->b_p_cfu : curbuf->b_p_ofu;
|
|
|
4946 if (*funcname == NUL)
|
|
523
|
4947 {
|
|
|
4948 EMSG2(_(e_notset), ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_FUNCTION
|
|
|
4949 ? "completefunc" : "omnifunc");
|
|
12
|
4950 return FAIL;
|
|
523
|
4951 }
|
|
452
|
4952
|
|
|
4953 args[0] = (char_u *)"1";
|
|
502
|
4954 args[1] = NULL;
|
|
|
4955 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
4956 col = call_func_retnr(funcname, 2, args, FALSE);
|
|
|
4957 curwin->w_cursor = pos; /* restore the cursor position */
|
|
|
4958
|
|
452
|
4959 if (col < 0)
|
|
523
|
4960 col = curs_col;
|
|
452
|
4961 compl_col = col;
|
|
|
4962 if ((colnr_T)compl_col > curs_col)
|
|
|
4963 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
449
|
4964
|
|
|
4965 /* Setup variables for completion. Need to obtain "line" again,
|
|
|
4966 * it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4967 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
452
|
4968 compl_length = curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
449
|
4969 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4970 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
502
|
4971 #endif
|
|
449
|
4972 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4973 }
|
|
477
|
4974 else if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SPELL)
|
|
|
4975 {
|
|
744
|
4976 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
497
|
4977 if (spell_bad_len > 0)
|
|
|
4978 compl_col = curs_col - spell_bad_len;
|
|
|
4979 else
|
|
|
4980 compl_col = spell_word_start(startcol);
|
|
|
4981 if (compl_col >= (colnr_T)startcol)
|
|
897
|
4982 {
|
|
|
4983 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
4984 compl_col = curs_col;
|
|
|
4985 }
|
|
|
4986 else
|
|
|
4987 {
|
|
|
4988 spell_expand_check_cap(compl_col);
|
|
|
4989 compl_length = (int)curs_col - compl_col;
|
|
|
4990 }
|
|
818
|
4991 /* Need to obtain "line" again, it may have become invalid. */
|
|
|
4992 line = ml_get(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
477
|
4993 compl_pattern = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
4994 if (compl_pattern == NULL)
|
|
|
4995 #endif
|
|
|
4996 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4997 }
|
|
449
|
4998 else
|
|
|
4999 {
|
|
|
5000 EMSG2(_(e_intern2), "ins_complete()");
|
|
|
5001 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5002 }
|
|
|
5003
|
|
|
5004 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
5005 {
|
|
|
5006 edit_submode_pre = (char_u *)_(" Adding");
|
|
|
5007 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_WHOLE_LINE)
|
|
|
5008 {
|
|
|
5009 /* Insert a new line, keep indentation but ignore 'comments' */
|
|
|
5010 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5011 char_u *old = curbuf->b_p_com;
|
|
|
5012
|
|
|
5013 curbuf->b_p_com = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5014 #endif
|
|
449
|
5015 compl_startpos.lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
5016 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
7
|
5017 ins_eol('\r');
|
|
|
5018 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5019 curbuf->b_p_com = old;
|
|
|
5020 #endif
|
|
449
|
5021 compl_length = 0;
|
|
|
5022 compl_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
7
|
5023 }
|
|
|
5024 }
|
|
|
5025 else
|
|
|
5026 {
|
|
|
5027 edit_submode_pre = NULL;
|
|
449
|
5028 compl_startpos.col = compl_col;
|
|
|
5029 }
|
|
|
5030
|
|
|
5031 if (compl_cont_status & CONT_LOCAL)
|
|
|
5032 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(ctrl_x_msgs[CTRL_X_LOCAL_MSG]);
|
|
7
|
5033 else
|
|
|
5034 edit_submode = (char_u *)_(CTRL_X_MSG(ctrl_x_mode));
|
|
|
5035
|
|
694
|
5036 /* Always add completion for the original text. */
|
|
|
5037 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
449
|
5038 compl_orig_text = vim_strnsave(line + compl_col, compl_length);
|
|
|
5039 if (compl_orig_text == NULL || ins_compl_add(compl_orig_text,
|
|
942
|
5040 -1, p_ic, NULL, NULL, 0, ORIGINAL_TEXT, FALSE) != OK)
|
|
449
|
5041 {
|
|
|
5042 vim_free(compl_pattern);
|
|
|
5043 compl_pattern = NULL;
|
|
|
5044 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
5045 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5046 return FAIL;
|
|
|
5047 }
|
|
|
5048
|
|
|
5049 /* showmode might reset the internal line pointers, so it must
|
|
|
5050 * be called before line = ml_get(), or when this address is no
|
|
|
5051 * longer needed. -- Acevedo.
|
|
|
5052 */
|
|
|
5053 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("-- Searching...");
|
|
|
5054 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
5055 showmode();
|
|
|
5056 edit_submode_extra = NULL;
|
|
|
5057 out_flush();
|
|
|
5058 }
|
|
|
5059
|
|
449
|
5060 compl_shown_match = compl_curr_match;
|
|
|
5061 compl_shows_dir = compl_direction;
|
|
7
|
5062
|
|
|
5063 /*
|
|
665
|
5064 * Find next match (and following matches).
|
|
7
|
5065 */
|
|
681
|
5066 n = ins_compl_next(TRUE, ins_compl_key2count(c), ins_compl_use_match(c));
|
|
449
|
5067
|
|
540
|
5068 /* may undisplay the popup menu */
|
|
|
5069 ins_compl_upd_pum();
|
|
|
5070
|
|
449
|
5071 if (n > 1) /* all matches have been found */
|
|
|
5072 compl_matches = n;
|
|
|
5073 compl_curr_match = compl_shown_match;
|
|
|
5074 compl_direction = compl_shows_dir;
|
|
857
|
5075
|
|
|
5076 /* Eat the ESC that vgetc() returns after a CTRL-C to avoid leaving Insert
|
|
|
5077 * mode. */
|
|
7
|
5078 if (got_int && !global_busy)
|
|
|
5079 {
|
|
|
5080 (void)vgetc();
|
|
|
5081 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
5082 }
|
|
|
5083
|
|
449
|
5084 /* we found no match if the list has only the "compl_orig_text"-entry */
|
|
464
|
5085 if (compl_first_match == compl_first_match->cp_next)
|
|
449
|
5086 {
|
|
|
5087 edit_submode_extra = (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
|
5088 && compl_length > 1
|
|
7
|
5089 ? (char_u *)_(e_hitend) : (char_u *)_(e_patnotf);
|
|
|
5090 edit_submode_highl = HLF_E;
|
|
|
5091 /* remove N_ADDS flag, so next ^X<> won't try to go to ADDING mode,
|
|
|
5092 * because we couldn't expand anything at first place, but if we used
|
|
|
5093 * ^P, ^N, ^X^I or ^X^D we might want to add-expand a single-char-word
|
|
|
5094 * (such as M in M'exico) if not tried already. -- Acevedo */
|
|
449
|
5095 if ( compl_length > 1
|
|
|
5096 || (compl_cont_status & CONT_ADDING)
|
|
7
|
5097 || (ctrl_x_mode != 0
|
|
|
5098 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_PATTERNS
|
|
|
5099 && ctrl_x_mode != CTRL_X_PATH_DEFINES))
|
|
449
|
5100 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_N_ADDS;
|
|
|
5101 }
|
|
|
5102
|
|
464
|
5103 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
449
|
5104 compl_cont_status |= CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
5105 else
|
|
449
|
5106 compl_cont_status &= ~CONT_S_IPOS;
|
|
7
|
5107
|
|
|
5108 if (edit_submode_extra == NULL)
|
|
|
5109 {
|
|
464
|
5110 if (compl_curr_match->cp_flags & ORIGINAL_TEXT)
|
|
7
|
5111 {
|
|
|
5112 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Back at original");
|
|
|
5113 edit_submode_highl = HLF_W;
|
|
|
5114 }
|
|
449
|
5115 else if (compl_cont_status & CONT_S_IPOS)
|
|
7
|
5116 {
|
|
|
5117 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("Word from other line");
|
|
|
5118 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
5119 }
|
|
464
|
5120 else if (compl_curr_match->cp_next == compl_curr_match->cp_prev)
|
|
7
|
5121 {
|
|
|
5122 edit_submode_extra = (char_u *)_("The only match");
|
|
|
5123 edit_submode_highl = HLF_COUNT;
|
|
|
5124 }
|
|
|
5125 else
|
|
|
5126 {
|
|
|
5127 /* Update completion sequence number when needed. */
|
|
464
|
5128 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number == -1)
|
|
7
|
5129 {
|
|
464
|
5130 int number = 0;
|
|
|
5131 compl_T *match;
|
|
7
|
5132
|
|
449
|
5133 if (compl_direction == FORWARD)
|
|
7
|
5134 {
|
|
|
5135 /* search backwards for the first valid (!= -1) number.
|
|
|
5136 * This should normally succeed already at the first loop
|
|
|
5137 * cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
5138 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_prev; match != NULL
|
|
|
5139 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
5140 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
5141 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
5142 {
|
|
464
|
5143 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
5144 break;
|
|
|
5145 }
|
|
|
5146 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
5147 /* go up and assign all numbers which are not assigned
|
|
|
5148 * yet */
|
|
540
|
5149 for (match = match->cp_next;
|
|
|
5150 match != NULL && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
464
|
5151 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
5152 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
5153 }
|
|
|
5154 else /* BACKWARD */
|
|
|
5155 {
|
|
|
5156 /* search forwards (upwards) for the first valid (!= -1)
|
|
|
5157 * number. This should normally succeed already at the
|
|
|
5158 * first loop cycle, so it's fast! */
|
|
464
|
5159 for (match = compl_curr_match->cp_next; match != NULL
|
|
|
5160 && match != compl_first_match;
|
|
|
5161 match = match->cp_next)
|
|
|
5162 if (match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
5163 {
|
|
464
|
5164 number = match->cp_number;
|
|
7
|
5165 break;
|
|
|
5166 }
|
|
|
5167 if (match != NULL)
|
|
|
5168 /* go down and assign all numbers which are not
|
|
|
5169 * assigned yet */
|
|
464
|
5170 for (match = match->cp_prev; match
|
|
|
5171 && match->cp_number == -1;
|
|
|
5172 match = match->cp_prev)
|
|
|
5173 match->cp_number = ++number;
|
|
7
|
5174 }
|
|
|
5175 }
|
|
|
5176
|
|
540
|
5177 /* The match should always have a sequence number now, this is
|
|
|
5178 * just a safety check. */
|
|
464
|
5179 if (compl_curr_match->cp_number != -1)
|
|
7
|
5180 {
|
|
1063
|
5181 /* Space for 10 text chars. + 2x10-digit no.s = 31.
|
|
|
5182 * Translations may need more than twice that. */
|
|
|
5183 static char_u match_ref[81];
|
|
7
|
5184
|
|
449
|
5185 if (compl_matches > 0)
|
|
1063
|
5186 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
|
|
|
5187 _("match %d of %d"),
|
|
464
|
5188 compl_curr_match->cp_number, compl_matches);
|
|
7
|
5189 else
|
|
1063
|
5190 vim_snprintf((char *)match_ref, sizeof(match_ref),
|
|
|
5191 _("match %d"),
|
|
|
5192 compl_curr_match->cp_number);
|
|
7
|
5193 edit_submode_extra = match_ref;
|
|
|
5194 edit_submode_highl = HLF_R;
|
|
|
5195 if (dollar_vcol)
|
|
|
5196 curs_columns(FALSE);
|
|
|
5197 }
|
|
|
5198 }
|
|
|
5199 }
|
|
|
5200
|
|
|
5201 /* Show a message about what (completion) mode we're in. */
|
|
|
5202 showmode();
|
|
|
5203 if (edit_submode_extra != NULL)
|
|
|
5204 {
|
|
|
5205 if (!p_smd)
|
|
|
5206 msg_attr(edit_submode_extra,
|
|
|
5207 edit_submode_highl < HLF_COUNT
|
|
|
5208 ? hl_attr(edit_submode_highl) : 0);
|
|
|
5209 }
|
|
|
5210 else
|
|
|
5211 msg_clr_cmdline(); /* necessary for "noshowmode" */
|
|
|
5212
|
|
857
|
5213 /* Show the popup menu, unless we got interrupted. */
|
|
|
5214 if (!compl_interrupted)
|
|
|
5215 {
|
|
|
5216 /* RedrawingDisabled may be set when invoked through complete(). */
|
|
|
5217 n = RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
5218 RedrawingDisabled = 0;
|
|
|
5219 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
5220 setcursor();
|
|
|
5221 RedrawingDisabled = n;
|
|
|
5222 }
|
|
874
|
5223 compl_was_interrupted = compl_interrupted;
|
|
857
|
5224 compl_interrupted = FALSE;
|
|
540
|
5225
|
|
7
|
5226 return OK;
|
|
|
5227 }
|
|
|
5228
|
|
|
5229 /*
|
|
|
5230 * Looks in the first "len" chars. of "src" for search-metachars.
|
|
|
5231 * If dest is not NULL the chars. are copied there quoting (with
|
|
|
5232 * a backslash) the metachars, and dest would be NUL terminated.
|
|
|
5233 * Returns the length (needed) of dest
|
|
|
5234 */
|
|
|
5235 static int
|
|
|
5236 quote_meta(dest, src, len)
|
|
|
5237 char_u *dest;
|
|
|
5238 char_u *src;
|
|
|
5239 int len;
|
|
|
5240 {
|
|
|
5241 int m;
|
|
|
5242
|
|
|
5243 for (m = len; --len >= 0; src++)
|
|
|
5244 {
|
|
|
5245 switch (*src)
|
|
|
5246 {
|
|
|
5247 case '.':
|
|
|
5248 case '*':
|
|
|
5249 case '[':
|
|
|
5250 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
5251 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
5252 break;
|
|
|
5253 case '~':
|
|
|
5254 if (!p_magic) /* quote these only if magic is set */
|
|
|
5255 break;
|
|
|
5256 case '\\':
|
|
|
5257 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_DICTIONARY
|
|
|
5258 || ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_THESAURUS)
|
|
|
5259 break;
|
|
|
5260 case '^': /* currently it's not needed. */
|
|
|
5261 case '$':
|
|
|
5262 m++;
|
|
|
5263 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5264 *dest++ = '\\';
|
|
|
5265 break;
|
|
|
5266 }
|
|
|
5267 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5268 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
464
|
5269 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
5270 /* Copy remaining bytes of a multibyte character. */
|
|
|
5271 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5272 {
|
|
|
5273 int i, mb_len;
|
|
|
5274
|
|
474
|
5275 mb_len = (*mb_ptr2len)(src) - 1;
|
|
7
|
5276 if (mb_len > 0 && len >= mb_len)
|
|
|
5277 for (i = 0; i < mb_len; ++i)
|
|
|
5278 {
|
|
|
5279 --len;
|
|
|
5280 ++src;
|
|
|
5281 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5282 *dest++ = *src;
|
|
|
5283 }
|
|
|
5284 }
|
|
464
|
5285 # endif
|
|
7
|
5286 }
|
|
|
5287 if (dest != NULL)
|
|
|
5288 *dest = NUL;
|
|
|
5289
|
|
|
5290 return m;
|
|
|
5291 }
|
|
|
5292 #endif /* FEAT_INS_EXPAND */
|
|
|
5293
|
|
|
5294 /*
|
|
|
5295 * Next character is interpreted literally.
|
|
|
5296 * A one, two or three digit decimal number is interpreted as its byte value.
|
|
|
5297 * If one or two digits are entered, the next character is given to vungetc().
|
|
|
5298 * For Unicode a character > 255 may be returned.
|
|
|
5299 */
|
|
|
5300 int
|
|
|
5301 get_literal()
|
|
|
5302 {
|
|
|
5303 int cc;
|
|
|
5304 int nc;
|
|
|
5305 int i;
|
|
|
5306 int hex = FALSE;
|
|
|
5307 int octal = FALSE;
|
|
|
5308 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5309 int unicode = 0;
|
|
|
5310 #endif
|
|
|
5311
|
|
|
5312 if (got_int)
|
|
|
5313 return Ctrl_C;
|
|
|
5314
|
|
|
5315 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5316 /*
|
|
|
5317 * In GUI there is no point inserting the internal code for a special key.
|
|
|
5318 * It is more useful to insert the string "<KEY>" instead. This would
|
|
|
5319 * probably be useful in a text window too, but it would not be
|
|
|
5320 * vi-compatible (maybe there should be an option for it?) -- webb
|
|
|
5321 */
|
|
|
5322 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
5323 ++allow_keys;
|
|
|
5324 #endif
|
|
|
5325 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5326 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5327 #endif
|
|
|
5328 ++no_mapping; /* don't map the next key hits */
|
|
|
5329 cc = 0;
|
|
|
5330 i = 0;
|
|
|
5331 for (;;)
|
|
|
5332 {
|
|
1389
|
5333 nc = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
5334 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
5335 if (!(State & CMDLINE)
|
|
|
5336 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5337 && MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(nc) == 1
|
|
|
5338 # endif
|
|
|
5339 )
|
|
|
5340 add_to_showcmd(nc);
|
|
|
5341 #endif
|
|
|
5342 if (nc == 'x' || nc == 'X')
|
|
|
5343 hex = TRUE;
|
|
|
5344 else if (nc == 'o' || nc == 'O')
|
|
|
5345 octal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5346 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5347 else if (nc == 'u' || nc == 'U')
|
|
|
5348 unicode = nc;
|
|
|
5349 #endif
|
|
|
5350 else
|
|
|
5351 {
|
|
|
5352 if (hex
|
|
|
5353 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5354 || unicode != 0
|
|
|
5355 #endif
|
|
|
5356 )
|
|
|
5357 {
|
|
|
5358 if (!vim_isxdigit(nc))
|
|
|
5359 break;
|
|
|
5360 cc = cc * 16 + hex2nr(nc);
|
|
|
5361 }
|
|
|
5362 else if (octal)
|
|
|
5363 {
|
|
|
5364 if (nc < '0' || nc > '7')
|
|
|
5365 break;
|
|
|
5366 cc = cc * 8 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
5367 }
|
|
|
5368 else
|
|
|
5369 {
|
|
|
5370 if (!VIM_ISDIGIT(nc))
|
|
|
5371 break;
|
|
|
5372 cc = cc * 10 + nc - '0';
|
|
|
5373 }
|
|
|
5374
|
|
|
5375 ++i;
|
|
|
5376 }
|
|
|
5377
|
|
|
5378 if (cc > 255
|
|
|
5379 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5380 && unicode == 0
|
|
|
5381 #endif
|
|
|
5382 )
|
|
|
5383 cc = 255; /* limit range to 0-255 */
|
|
|
5384 nc = 0;
|
|
|
5385
|
|
|
5386 if (hex) /* hex: up to two chars */
|
|
|
5387 {
|
|
|
5388 if (i >= 2)
|
|
|
5389 break;
|
|
|
5390 }
|
|
|
5391 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5392 else if (unicode) /* Unicode: up to four or eight chars */
|
|
|
5393 {
|
|
|
5394 if ((unicode == 'u' && i >= 4) || (unicode == 'U' && i >= 8))
|
|
|
5395 break;
|
|
|
5396 }
|
|
|
5397 #endif
|
|
|
5398 else if (i >= 3) /* decimal or octal: up to three chars */
|
|
|
5399 break;
|
|
|
5400 }
|
|
|
5401 if (i == 0) /* no number entered */
|
|
|
5402 {
|
|
|
5403 if (nc == K_ZERO) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
5404 {
|
|
|
5405 cc = '\n';
|
|
|
5406 nc = 0;
|
|
|
5407 }
|
|
|
5408 else
|
|
|
5409 {
|
|
|
5410 cc = nc;
|
|
|
5411 nc = 0;
|
|
|
5412 }
|
|
|
5413 }
|
|
|
5414
|
|
|
5415 if (cc == 0) /* NUL is stored as NL */
|
|
|
5416 cc = '\n';
|
|
221
|
5417 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5418 if (enc_dbcs && (cc & 0xff) == 0)
|
|
|
5419 cc = '?'; /* don't accept an illegal DBCS char, the NUL in the
|
|
|
5420 second byte will cause trouble! */
|
|
|
5421 #endif
|
|
7
|
5422
|
|
|
5423 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
5424 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
5425 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
5426 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
5427 #endif
|
|
|
5428 if (nc)
|
|
|
5429 vungetc(nc);
|
|
|
5430 got_int = FALSE; /* CTRL-C typed after CTRL-V is not an interrupt */
|
|
|
5431 return cc;
|
|
|
5432 }
|
|
|
5433
|
|
|
5434 /*
|
|
|
5435 * Insert character, taking care of special keys and mod_mask
|
|
|
5436 */
|
|
|
5437 static void
|
|
|
5438 insert_special(c, allow_modmask, ctrlv)
|
|
|
5439 int c;
|
|
|
5440 int allow_modmask;
|
|
|
5441 int ctrlv; /* c was typed after CTRL-V */
|
|
|
5442 {
|
|
|
5443 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5444 int len;
|
|
|
5445
|
|
|
5446 /*
|
|
|
5447 * Special function key, translate into "<Key>". Up to the last '>' is
|
|
|
5448 * inserted with ins_str(), so as not to replace characters in replace
|
|
|
5449 * mode.
|
|
|
5450 * Only use mod_mask for special keys, to avoid things like <S-Space>,
|
|
|
5451 * unless 'allow_modmask' is TRUE.
|
|
|
5452 */
|
|
|
5453 #ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
5454 /* Command-key never produces a normal key */
|
|
|
5455 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CMD)
|
|
|
5456 allow_modmask = TRUE;
|
|
|
5457 #endif
|
|
|
5458 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || (mod_mask && allow_modmask))
|
|
|
5459 {
|
|
|
5460 p = get_special_key_name(c, mod_mask);
|
|
|
5461 len = (int)STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5462 c = p[len - 1];
|
|
|
5463 if (len > 2)
|
|
|
5464 {
|
|
|
5465 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
5466 return;
|
|
|
5467 p[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
5468 ins_str(p);
|
|
620
|
5469 AppendToRedobuffLit(p, -1);
|
|
7
|
5470 ctrlv = FALSE;
|
|
|
5471 }
|
|
|
5472 }
|
|
|
5473 if (stop_arrow() == OK)
|
|
|
5474 insertchar(c, ctrlv ? INSCHAR_CTRLV : 0, -1);
|
|
|
5475 }
|
|
|
5476
|
|
|
5477 /*
|
|
|
5478 * Special characters in this context are those that need processing other
|
|
|
5479 * than the simple insertion that can be performed here. This includes ESC
|
|
|
5480 * which terminates the insert, and CR/NL which need special processing to
|
|
|
5481 * open up a new line. This routine tries to optimize insertions performed by
|
|
|
5482 * the "redo", "undo" or "put" commands, so it needs to know when it should
|
|
|
5483 * stop and defer processing to the "normal" mechanism.
|
|
|
5484 * '0' and '^' are special, because they can be followed by CTRL-D.
|
|
|
5485 */
|
|
|
5486 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5487 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
5488 #else
|
|
|
5489 # define ISSPECIAL(c) ((c) < ' ' || (c) >= DEL || (c) == '0' || (c) == '^')
|
|
|
5490 #endif
|
|
|
5491
|
|
|
5492 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5493 # define WHITECHAR(cc) (vim_iswhite(cc) && (!enc_utf8 || !utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor() + 1))))
|
|
|
5494 #else
|
|
|
5495 # define WHITECHAR(cc) vim_iswhite(cc)
|
|
|
5496 #endif
|
|
|
5497
|
|
|
5498 void
|
|
|
5499 insertchar(c, flags, second_indent)
|
|
|
5500 int c; /* character to insert or NUL */
|
|
|
5501 int flags; /* INSCHAR_FORMAT, etc. */
|
|
|
5502 int second_indent; /* indent for second line if >= 0 */
|
|
|
5503 {
|
|
|
5504 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5505 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5506 char_u *p;
|
|
667
|
5507 #endif
|
|
7
|
5508 int fo_ins_blank;
|
|
|
5509
|
|
|
5510 textwidth = comp_textwidth(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT);
|
|
|
5511 fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
5512
|
|
|
5513 /*
|
|
|
5514 * Try to break the line in two or more pieces when:
|
|
|
5515 * - Always do this if we have been called to do formatting only.
|
|
|
5516 * - Always do this when 'formatoptions' has the 'a' flag and the line
|
|
|
5517 * ends in white space.
|
|
|
5518 * - Otherwise:
|
|
|
5519 * - Don't do this if inserting a blank
|
|
|
5520 * - Don't do this if an existing character is being replaced, unless
|
|
|
5521 * we're in VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
5522 * - Do this if the cursor is not on the line where insert started
|
|
|
5523 * or - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'l' or the line was not too long
|
|
|
5524 * before the insert.
|
|
|
5525 * - 'formatoptions' doesn't have 'b' or a blank was inserted at or
|
|
|
5526 * before 'textwidth'
|
|
|
5527 */
|
|
667
|
5528 if (textwidth > 0
|
|
7
|
5529 && ((flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5530 || (!vim_iswhite(c)
|
|
|
5531 && !((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5532 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5533 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5534 #endif
|
|
|
5535 && *ml_get_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
5536 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5537 || ((!has_format_option(FO_INS_LONG)
|
|
|
5538 || Insstart_textlen <= (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5539 && (!fo_ins_blank
|
|
|
5540 || Insstart_blank_vcol <= (colnr_T)textwidth
|
|
|
5541 ))))))
|
|
|
5542 {
|
|
667
|
5543 /* Format with 'formatexpr' when it's set. Use internal formatting
|
|
|
5544 * when 'formatexpr' isn't set or it returns non-zero. */
|
|
|
5545 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL)
|
|
1000
|
5546 int do_internal = TRUE;
|
|
|
5547
|
|
1563
|
5548 if (*curbuf->b_p_fex != NUL && (flags & INSCHAR_NO_FEX) == 0)
|
|
1000
|
5549 {
|
|
|
5550 do_internal = (fex_format(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, 1L, c) != 0);
|
|
|
5551 /* It may be required to save for undo again, e.g. when setline()
|
|
|
5552 * was called. */
|
|
|
5553 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
|
5554 }
|
|
|
5555 if (do_internal)
|
|
667
|
5556 #endif
|
|
|
5557 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, c == NUL);
|
|
|
5558 }
|
|
|
5559
|
|
7
|
5560 if (c == NUL) /* only formatting was wanted */
|
|
|
5561 return;
|
|
|
5562
|
|
|
5563 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5564 /* Check whether this character should end a comment. */
|
|
|
5565 if (did_ai && (int)c == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
5566 {
|
|
|
5567 char_u *line;
|
|
|
5568 char_u lead_end[COM_MAX_LEN]; /* end-comment string */
|
|
|
5569 int middle_len, end_len;
|
|
|
5570 int i;
|
|
|
5571
|
|
|
5572 /*
|
|
|
5573 * Need to remove existing (middle) comment leader and insert end
|
|
|
5574 * comment leader. First, check what comment leader we can find.
|
|
|
5575 */
|
|
|
5576 i = get_leader_len(line = ml_get_curline(), &p, FALSE);
|
|
|
5577 if (i > 0 && vim_strchr(p, COM_MIDDLE) != NULL) /* Just checking */
|
|
|
5578 {
|
|
|
5579 /* Skip middle-comment string */
|
|
|
5580 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of middle flags */
|
|
|
5581 ++p;
|
|
|
5582 middle_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5583 /* Don't count trailing white space for middle_len */
|
|
|
5584 while (middle_len > 0 && vim_iswhite(lead_end[middle_len - 1]))
|
|
|
5585 --middle_len;
|
|
|
5586
|
|
|
5587 /* Find the end-comment string */
|
|
|
5588 while (*p && p[-1] != ':') /* find end of end flags */
|
|
|
5589 ++p;
|
|
|
5590 end_len = copy_option_part(&p, lead_end, COM_MAX_LEN, ",");
|
|
|
5591
|
|
|
5592 /* Skip white space before the cursor */
|
|
|
5593 i = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5594 while (--i >= 0 && vim_iswhite(line[i]))
|
|
|
5595 ;
|
|
|
5596 i++;
|
|
|
5597
|
|
|
5598 /* Skip to before the middle leader */
|
|
|
5599 i -= middle_len;
|
|
|
5600
|
|
|
5601 /* Check some expected things before we go on */
|
|
|
5602 if (i >= 0 && lead_end[end_len - 1] == end_comment_pending)
|
|
|
5603 {
|
|
|
5604 /* Backspace over all the stuff we want to replace */
|
|
|
5605 backspace_until_column(i);
|
|
|
5606
|
|
|
5607 /*
|
|
|
5608 * Insert the end-comment string, except for the last
|
|
|
5609 * character, which will get inserted as normal later.
|
|
|
5610 */
|
|
|
5611 ins_bytes_len(lead_end, end_len - 1);
|
|
|
5612 }
|
|
|
5613 }
|
|
|
5614 }
|
|
|
5615 end_comment_pending = NUL;
|
|
|
5616 #endif
|
|
|
5617
|
|
|
5618 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
5619 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
5620 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5621 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
5622 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
5623 #endif
|
|
|
5624
|
|
|
5625 /*
|
|
|
5626 * If there's any pending input, grab up to INPUT_BUFLEN at once.
|
|
|
5627 * This speeds up normal text input considerably.
|
|
|
5628 * Don't do this when 'cindent' or 'indentexpr' is set, because we might
|
|
|
5629 * need to re-indent at a ':', or any other character (but not what
|
|
|
5630 * 'paste' is set)..
|
|
|
5631 */
|
|
|
5632 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
5633 dont_scroll = FALSE; /* allow scrolling here */
|
|
|
5634 #endif
|
|
|
5635
|
|
|
5636 if ( !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5637 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5638 && (!has_mbyte || (*mb_char2len)(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5639 #endif
|
|
|
5640 && vpeekc() != NUL
|
|
|
5641 && !(State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5642 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
5643 && !cindent_on()
|
|
|
5644 #endif
|
|
|
5645 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5646 && !p_ri
|
|
|
5647 #endif
|
|
|
5648 )
|
|
|
5649 {
|
|
|
5650 #define INPUT_BUFLEN 100
|
|
|
5651 char_u buf[INPUT_BUFLEN + 1];
|
|
|
5652 int i;
|
|
|
5653 colnr_T virtcol = 0;
|
|
|
5654
|
|
|
5655 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
5656 i = 1;
|
|
667
|
5657 if (textwidth > 0)
|
|
7
|
5658 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5659 /*
|
|
|
5660 * Stop the string when:
|
|
|
5661 * - no more chars available
|
|
|
5662 * - finding a special character (command key)
|
|
|
5663 * - buffer is full
|
|
|
5664 * - running into the 'textwidth' boundary
|
|
|
5665 * - need to check for abbreviation: A non-word char after a word-char
|
|
|
5666 */
|
|
|
5667 while ( (c = vpeekc()) != NUL
|
|
|
5668 && !ISSPECIAL(c)
|
|
|
5669 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5670 && (!has_mbyte || MB_BYTE2LEN_CHECK(c) == 1)
|
|
|
5671 #endif
|
|
|
5672 && i < INPUT_BUFLEN
|
|
|
5673 && (textwidth == 0
|
|
|
5674 || (virtcol += byte2cells(buf[i - 1])) < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5675 && !(!no_abbr && !vim_iswordc(c) && vim_iswordc(buf[i - 1])))
|
|
|
5676 {
|
|
|
5677 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
5678 c = vgetc();
|
|
|
5679 if (p_hkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5680 c = hkmap(c); /* Hebrew mode mapping */
|
|
|
5681 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
5682 if (p_fkmap && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
5683 c = fkmap(c); /* Farsi mode mapping */
|
|
|
5684 # endif
|
|
|
5685 buf[i++] = c;
|
|
|
5686 #else
|
|
|
5687 buf[i++] = vgetc();
|
|
|
5688 #endif
|
|
|
5689 }
|
|
|
5690
|
|
|
5691 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
5692 do_digraph(-1); /* clear digraphs */
|
|
|
5693 do_digraph(buf[i-1]); /* may be the start of a digraph */
|
|
|
5694 #endif
|
|
|
5695 buf[i] = NUL;
|
|
|
5696 ins_str(buf);
|
|
|
5697 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5698 {
|
|
|
5699 redo_literal(*buf);
|
|
|
5700 i = 1;
|
|
|
5701 }
|
|
|
5702 else
|
|
|
5703 i = 0;
|
|
|
5704 if (buf[i] != NUL)
|
|
620
|
5705 AppendToRedobuffLit(buf + i, -1);
|
|
7
|
5706 }
|
|
|
5707 else
|
|
|
5708 {
|
|
|
5709 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
667
|
5710 int cc;
|
|
|
5711
|
|
7
|
5712 if (has_mbyte && (cc = (*mb_char2len)(c)) > 1)
|
|
|
5713 {
|
|
|
5714 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES + 1];
|
|
|
5715
|
|
|
5716 (*mb_char2bytes)(c, buf);
|
|
|
5717 buf[cc] = NUL;
|
|
|
5718 ins_char_bytes(buf, cc);
|
|
|
5719 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5720 }
|
|
|
5721 else
|
|
|
5722 #endif
|
|
|
5723 {
|
|
|
5724 ins_char(c);
|
|
|
5725 if (flags & INSCHAR_CTRLV)
|
|
|
5726 redo_literal(c);
|
|
|
5727 else
|
|
|
5728 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
5729 }
|
|
|
5730 }
|
|
|
5731 }
|
|
|
5732
|
|
|
5733 /*
|
|
667
|
5734 * Format text at the current insert position.
|
|
|
5735 */
|
|
|
5736 static void
|
|
|
5737 internal_format(textwidth, second_indent, flags, format_only)
|
|
|
5738 int textwidth;
|
|
|
5739 int second_indent;
|
|
|
5740 int flags;
|
|
|
5741 int format_only;
|
|
|
5742 {
|
|
|
5743 int cc;
|
|
|
5744 int save_char = NUL;
|
|
|
5745 int haveto_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
5746 int fo_ins_blank = has_format_option(FO_INS_BLANK);
|
|
|
5747 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5748 int fo_multibyte = has_format_option(FO_MBYTE_BREAK);
|
|
|
5749 #endif
|
|
|
5750 int fo_white_par = has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR);
|
|
|
5751 int first_line = TRUE;
|
|
|
5752 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5753 colnr_T leader_len;
|
|
|
5754 int no_leader = FALSE;
|
|
|
5755 int do_comments = (flags & INSCHAR_DO_COM);
|
|
|
5756 #endif
|
|
|
5757
|
|
|
5758 /*
|
|
|
5759 * When 'ai' is off we don't want a space under the cursor to be
|
|
|
5760 * deleted. Replace it with an 'x' temporarily.
|
|
|
5761 */
|
|
|
5762 if (!curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
5763 {
|
|
|
5764 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5765 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
5766 {
|
|
|
5767 save_char = cc;
|
|
|
5768 pchar_cursor('x');
|
|
|
5769 }
|
|
|
5770 }
|
|
|
5771
|
|
|
5772 /*
|
|
|
5773 * Repeat breaking lines, until the current line is not too long.
|
|
|
5774 */
|
|
|
5775 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
5776 {
|
|
|
5777 int startcol; /* Cursor column at entry */
|
|
|
5778 int wantcol; /* column at textwidth border */
|
|
|
5779 int foundcol; /* column for start of spaces */
|
|
|
5780 int end_foundcol = 0; /* column for start of word */
|
|
|
5781 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
5782 colnr_T virtcol;
|
|
|
5783 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5784 int orig_col = 0;
|
|
|
5785 char_u *saved_text = NULL;
|
|
|
5786 #endif
|
|
|
5787 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
5788
|
|
|
5789 virtcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
5790 if (virtcol < (colnr_T)textwidth)
|
|
|
5791 break;
|
|
|
5792
|
|
|
5793 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5794 if (no_leader)
|
|
|
5795 do_comments = FALSE;
|
|
|
5796 else if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5797 && has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS))
|
|
|
5798 do_comments = TRUE;
|
|
|
5799
|
|
|
5800 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5801 if (do_comments)
|
|
|
5802 leader_len = get_leader_len(ml_get_curline(), NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
5803 else
|
|
|
5804 leader_len = 0;
|
|
|
5805
|
|
|
5806 /* If the line doesn't start with a comment leader, then don't
|
|
|
5807 * start one in a following broken line. Avoids that a %word
|
|
|
5808 * moved to the start of the next line causes all following lines
|
|
|
5809 * to start with %. */
|
|
|
5810 if (leader_len == 0)
|
|
|
5811 no_leader = TRUE;
|
|
|
5812 #endif
|
|
|
5813 if (!(flags & INSCHAR_FORMAT)
|
|
|
5814 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5815 && leader_len == 0
|
|
|
5816 #endif
|
|
|
5817 && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP))
|
|
|
5818
|
|
|
5819 {
|
|
|
5820 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
5821 break;
|
|
|
5822 }
|
|
|
5823 if ((startcol = curwin->w_cursor.col) == 0)
|
|
|
5824 break;
|
|
|
5825
|
|
|
5826 /* find column of textwidth border */
|
|
|
5827 coladvance((colnr_T)textwidth);
|
|
|
5828 wantcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5829
|
|
|
5830 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol - 1;
|
|
|
5831 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5832 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5833 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5834 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
5835 #endif
|
|
|
5836 foundcol = 0;
|
|
|
5837
|
|
|
5838 /*
|
|
|
5839 * Find position to break at.
|
|
|
5840 * Stop at first entered white when 'formatoptions' has 'v'
|
|
|
5841 */
|
|
|
5842 while ((!fo_ins_blank && !has_format_option(FO_INS_VI))
|
|
|
5843 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
5844 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
|
5845 {
|
|
|
5846 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5847 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5848 {
|
|
|
5849 /* remember position of blank just before text */
|
|
|
5850 end_foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5851
|
|
|
5852 /* find start of sequence of blanks */
|
|
|
5853 while (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5854 {
|
|
|
5855 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5856 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5857 }
|
|
|
5858 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0 && WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5859 break; /* only spaces in front of text */
|
|
|
5860 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5861 /* Don't break until after the comment leader */
|
|
|
5862 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < leader_len)
|
|
|
5863 break;
|
|
|
5864 #endif
|
|
|
5865 if (has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
|
5866 {
|
|
|
5867 /* do not break after one-letter words */
|
|
|
5868 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5869 break; /* one-letter word at begin */
|
|
|
5870
|
|
|
5871 col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5872 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5873 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
5874
|
|
|
5875 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5876 continue; /* one-letter, continue */
|
|
|
5877 curwin->w_cursor.col = col;
|
|
|
5878 }
|
|
|
5879 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5880 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
5881 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
5882 + (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5883 else
|
|
|
5884 #endif
|
|
|
5885 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col + 1;
|
|
|
5886 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5887 break;
|
|
|
5888 }
|
|
|
5889 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5890 else if (cc >= 0x100 && fo_multibyte
|
|
|
5891 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5892 {
|
|
|
5893 /* Break after or before a multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
5894 foundcol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5895 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)wantcol)
|
|
|
5896 foundcol += (*mb_char2len)(cc);
|
|
|
5897 end_foundcol = foundcol;
|
|
|
5898 break;
|
|
|
5899 }
|
|
|
5900 #endif
|
|
|
5901 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
5902 break;
|
|
|
5903 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
5904 }
|
|
|
5905
|
|
|
5906 if (foundcol == 0) /* no spaces, cannot break line */
|
|
|
5907 {
|
|
|
5908 curwin->w_cursor.col = startcol;
|
|
|
5909 break;
|
|
|
5910 }
|
|
|
5911
|
|
|
5912 /* Going to break the line, remove any "$" now. */
|
|
|
5913 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
5914
|
|
|
5915 /*
|
|
|
5916 * Offset between cursor position and line break is used by replace
|
|
|
5917 * stack functions. VREPLACE does not use this, and backspaces
|
|
|
5918 * over the text instead.
|
|
|
5919 */
|
|
|
5920 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5921 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5922 orig_col = startcol; /* Will start backspacing from here */
|
|
|
5923 else
|
|
|
5924 #endif
|
|
|
5925 replace_offset = startcol - end_foundcol - 1;
|
|
|
5926
|
|
|
5927 /*
|
|
|
5928 * adjust startcol for spaces that will be deleted and
|
|
|
5929 * characters that will remain on top line
|
|
|
5930 */
|
|
|
5931 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5932 while (cc = gchar_cursor(), WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
|
5933 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
5934 startcol -= curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
5935 if (startcol < 0)
|
|
|
5936 startcol = 0;
|
|
|
5937
|
|
|
5938 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5939 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5940 {
|
|
|
5941 /*
|
|
|
5942 * In VREPLACE mode, we will backspace over the text to be
|
|
|
5943 * wrapped, so save a copy now to put on the next line.
|
|
|
5944 */
|
|
|
5945 saved_text = vim_strsave(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
5946 curwin->w_cursor.col = orig_col;
|
|
|
5947 if (saved_text == NULL)
|
|
|
5948 break; /* Can't do it, out of memory */
|
|
|
5949 saved_text[startcol] = NUL;
|
|
|
5950
|
|
|
5951 /* Backspace over characters that will move to the next line */
|
|
|
5952 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5953 backspace_until_column(foundcol);
|
|
|
5954 }
|
|
|
5955 else
|
|
|
5956 #endif
|
|
|
5957 {
|
|
|
5958 /* put cursor after pos. to break line */
|
|
|
5959 if (!fo_white_par)
|
|
|
5960 curwin->w_cursor.col = foundcol;
|
|
|
5961 }
|
|
|
5962
|
|
|
5963 /*
|
|
|
5964 * Split the line just before the margin.
|
|
|
5965 * Only insert/delete lines, but don't really redraw the window.
|
|
|
5966 */
|
|
|
5967 open_line(FORWARD, OPENLINE_DELSPACES + OPENLINE_MARKFIX
|
|
|
5968 + (fo_white_par ? OPENLINE_KEEPTRAIL : 0)
|
|
|
5969 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
5970 + (do_comments ? OPENLINE_DO_COM : 0)
|
|
|
5971 #endif
|
|
|
5972 , old_indent);
|
|
|
5973 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
5974
|
|
|
5975 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
5976 if (first_line)
|
|
|
5977 {
|
|
|
5978 if (second_indent < 0 && has_format_option(FO_Q_NUMBER))
|
|
|
5979 second_indent = get_number_indent(curwin->w_cursor.lnum -1);
|
|
|
5980 if (second_indent >= 0)
|
|
|
5981 {
|
|
|
5982 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5983 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1516
|
5984 change_indent(INDENT_SET, second_indent, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
|
|
667
|
5985 else
|
|
|
5986 #endif
|
|
|
5987 (void)set_indent(second_indent, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
5988 }
|
|
|
5989 first_line = FALSE;
|
|
|
5990 }
|
|
|
5991
|
|
|
5992 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
5993 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
5994 {
|
|
|
5995 /*
|
|
|
5996 * In VREPLACE mode we have backspaced over the text to be
|
|
|
5997 * moved, now we re-insert it into the new line.
|
|
|
5998 */
|
|
|
5999 ins_bytes(saved_text);
|
|
|
6000 vim_free(saved_text);
|
|
|
6001 }
|
|
|
6002 else
|
|
|
6003 #endif
|
|
|
6004 {
|
|
|
6005 /*
|
|
|
6006 * Check if cursor is not past the NUL off the line, cindent
|
|
|
6007 * may have added or removed indent.
|
|
|
6008 */
|
|
|
6009 curwin->w_cursor.col += startcol;
|
|
|
6010 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6011 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > len)
|
|
|
6012 curwin->w_cursor.col = len;
|
|
|
6013 }
|
|
|
6014
|
|
|
6015 haveto_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
6016 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
6017 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
6018 #endif
|
|
|
6019 /* moved the cursor, don't autoindent or cindent now */
|
|
|
6020 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6021 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6022 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6023 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6024 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6025 #endif
|
|
|
6026 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
6027 }
|
|
|
6028
|
|
|
6029 if (save_char != NUL) /* put back space after cursor */
|
|
|
6030 pchar_cursor(save_char);
|
|
|
6031
|
|
|
6032 if (!format_only && haveto_redraw)
|
|
|
6033 {
|
|
|
6034 update_topline();
|
|
|
6035 redraw_curbuf_later(VALID);
|
|
|
6036 }
|
|
|
6037 }
|
|
|
6038
|
|
|
6039 /*
|
|
7
|
6040 * Called after inserting or deleting text: When 'formatoptions' includes the
|
|
|
6041 * 'a' flag format from the current line until the end of the paragraph.
|
|
|
6042 * Keep the cursor at the same position relative to the text.
|
|
|
6043 * The caller must have saved the cursor line for undo, following ones will be
|
|
|
6044 * saved here.
|
|
|
6045 */
|
|
|
6046 void
|
|
|
6047 auto_format(trailblank, prev_line)
|
|
|
6048 int trailblank; /* when TRUE also format with trailing blank */
|
|
|
6049 int prev_line; /* may start in previous line */
|
|
|
6050 {
|
|
|
6051 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
6052 colnr_T len;
|
|
|
6053 char_u *old;
|
|
|
6054 char_u *new, *pnew;
|
|
|
6055 int wasatend;
|
|
301
|
6056 int cc;
|
|
7
|
6057
|
|
|
6058 if (!has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
|
6059 return;
|
|
|
6060
|
|
|
6061 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6062 old = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
6065 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
6066
|
|
|
6067 /* Don't format in Insert mode when the cursor is on a trailing blank, the
|
|
|
6068 * user might insert normal text next. Also skip formatting when "1" is
|
|
|
6069 * in 'formatoptions' and there is a single character before the cursor.
|
|
|
6070 * Otherwise the line would be broken and when typing another non-white
|
|
|
6071 * next they are not joined back together. */
|
|
|
6072 wasatend = (pos.col == STRLEN(old));
|
|
|
6073 if (*old != NUL && !trailblank && wasatend)
|
|
|
6074 {
|
|
|
6075 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
6076 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6077 if (!WHITECHAR(cc) && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
|
6078 && has_format_option(FO_ONE_LETTER))
|
|
7
|
6079 dec_cursor();
|
|
301
|
6080 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6081 if (WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
6082 {
|
|
|
6083 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
6084 return;
|
|
|
6085 }
|
|
|
6086 curwin->w_cursor = pos;
|
|
|
6087 }
|
|
|
6088
|
|
|
6089 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
6090 /* With the 'c' flag in 'formatoptions' and 't' missing: only format
|
|
|
6091 * comments. */
|
|
|
6092 if (has_format_option(FO_WRAP_COMS) && !has_format_option(FO_WRAP)
|
|
|
6093 && get_leader_len(old, NULL, FALSE) == 0)
|
|
|
6094 return;
|
|
|
6095 #endif
|
|
|
6096
|
|
|
6097 /*
|
|
|
6098 * May start formatting in a previous line, so that after "x" a word is
|
|
|
6099 * moved to the previous line if it fits there now. Only when this is not
|
|
|
6100 * the start of a paragraph.
|
|
|
6101 */
|
|
|
6102 if (prev_line && !paragraph_start(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
6103 {
|
|
|
6104 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6105 if (u_save_cursor() == FAIL)
|
|
|
6106 return;
|
|
|
6107 }
|
|
|
6108
|
|
|
6109 /*
|
|
|
6110 * Do the formatting and restore the cursor position. "saved_cursor" will
|
|
|
6111 * be adjusted for the text formatting.
|
|
|
6112 */
|
|
|
6113 saved_cursor = pos;
|
|
1563
|
6114 format_lines((linenr_T)-1, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
6115 curwin->w_cursor = saved_cursor;
|
|
|
6116 saved_cursor.lnum = 0;
|
|
|
6117
|
|
|
6118 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6119 {
|
|
|
6120 /* "cannot happen" */
|
|
|
6121 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6122 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
6123 }
|
|
|
6124 else
|
|
|
6125 check_cursor_col();
|
|
|
6126
|
|
|
6127 /* Insert mode: If the cursor is now after the end of the line while it
|
|
|
6128 * previously wasn't, the line was broken. Because of the rule above we
|
|
|
6129 * need to add a space when 'w' is in 'formatoptions' to keep a paragraph
|
|
|
6130 * formatted. */
|
|
|
6131 if (!wasatend && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
6132 {
|
|
|
6133 new = ml_get_curline();
|
|
835
|
6134 len = (colnr_T)STRLEN(new);
|
|
7
|
6135 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == len)
|
|
|
6136 {
|
|
|
6137 pnew = vim_strnsave(new, len + 2);
|
|
|
6138 pnew[len] = ' ';
|
|
|
6139 pnew[len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6140 ml_replace(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, pnew, FALSE);
|
|
|
6141 /* remove the space later */
|
|
|
6142 did_add_space = TRUE;
|
|
|
6143 }
|
|
|
6144 else
|
|
|
6145 /* may remove added space */
|
|
|
6146 check_auto_format(FALSE);
|
|
|
6147 }
|
|
|
6148
|
|
|
6149 check_cursor();
|
|
|
6150 }
|
|
|
6151
|
|
|
6152 /*
|
|
|
6153 * When an extra space was added to continue a paragraph for auto-formatting,
|
|
|
6154 * delete it now. The space must be under the cursor, just after the insert
|
|
|
6155 * position.
|
|
|
6156 */
|
|
|
6157 static void
|
|
|
6158 check_auto_format(end_insert)
|
|
|
6159 int end_insert; /* TRUE when ending Insert mode */
|
|
|
6160 {
|
|
|
6161 int c = ' ';
|
|
301
|
6162 int cc;
|
|
7
|
6163
|
|
|
6164 if (did_add_space)
|
|
|
6165 {
|
|
301
|
6166 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6167 if (!WHITECHAR(cc))
|
|
7
|
6168 /* Somehow the space was removed already. */
|
|
|
6169 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
6170 else
|
|
|
6171 {
|
|
|
6172 if (!end_insert)
|
|
|
6173 {
|
|
|
6174 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6175 c = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6176 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6177 }
|
|
|
6178 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
6179 {
|
|
|
6180 /* The space is no longer at the end of the line, delete it. */
|
|
|
6181 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
6182 did_add_space = FALSE;
|
|
|
6183 }
|
|
|
6184 }
|
|
|
6185 }
|
|
|
6186 }
|
|
|
6187
|
|
|
6188 /*
|
|
|
6189 * Find out textwidth to be used for formatting:
|
|
|
6190 * if 'textwidth' option is set, use it
|
|
|
6191 * else if 'wrapmargin' option is set, use W_WIDTH(curwin) - 'wrapmargin'
|
|
|
6192 * if invalid value, use 0.
|
|
|
6193 * Set default to window width (maximum 79) for "gq" operator.
|
|
|
6194 */
|
|
|
6195 int
|
|
|
6196 comp_textwidth(ff)
|
|
867
|
6197 int ff; /* force formatting (for "gq" command) */
|
|
7
|
6198 {
|
|
|
6199 int textwidth;
|
|
|
6200
|
|
|
6201 textwidth = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
6202 if (textwidth == 0 && curbuf->b_p_wm)
|
|
|
6203 {
|
|
|
6204 /* The width is the window width minus 'wrapmargin' minus all the
|
|
|
6205 * things that add to the margin. */
|
|
|
6206 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - curbuf->b_p_wm;
|
|
|
6207 #ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|
6208 if (cmdwin_type != 0)
|
|
|
6209 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
6210 #endif
|
|
|
6211 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6212 textwidth -= curwin->w_p_fdc;
|
|
|
6213 #endif
|
|
|
6214 #ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
|
|
|
6215 if (curwin->w_buffer->b_signlist != NULL
|
|
|
6216 # ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
6217 || usingNetbeans
|
|
|
6218 # endif
|
|
|
6219 )
|
|
|
6220 textwidth -= 1;
|
|
|
6221 #endif
|
|
|
6222 if (curwin->w_p_nu)
|
|
|
6223 textwidth -= 8;
|
|
|
6224 }
|
|
|
6225 if (textwidth < 0)
|
|
|
6226 textwidth = 0;
|
|
|
6227 if (ff && textwidth == 0)
|
|
|
6228 {
|
|
|
6229 textwidth = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 1;
|
|
|
6230 if (textwidth > 79)
|
|
|
6231 textwidth = 79;
|
|
|
6232 }
|
|
|
6233 return textwidth;
|
|
|
6234 }
|
|
|
6235
|
|
|
6236 /*
|
|
|
6237 * Put a character in the redo buffer, for when just after a CTRL-V.
|
|
|
6238 */
|
|
|
6239 static void
|
|
|
6240 redo_literal(c)
|
|
|
6241 int c;
|
|
|
6242 {
|
|
|
6243 char_u buf[10];
|
|
|
6244
|
|
|
6245 /* Only digits need special treatment. Translate them into a string of
|
|
|
6246 * three digits. */
|
|
|
6247 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(c))
|
|
|
6248 {
|
|
|
6249 sprintf((char *)buf, "%03d", c);
|
|
|
6250 AppendToRedobuff(buf);
|
|
|
6251 }
|
|
|
6252 else
|
|
|
6253 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
6254 }
|
|
|
6255
|
|
|
6256 /*
|
|
|
6257 * start_arrow() is called when an arrow key is used in insert mode.
|
|
484
|
6258 * For undo/redo it resembles hitting the <ESC> key.
|
|
7
|
6259 */
|
|
|
6260 static void
|
|
|
6261 start_arrow(end_insert_pos)
|
|
840
|
6262 pos_T *end_insert_pos; /* can be NULL */
|
|
7
|
6263 {
|
|
|
6264 if (!arrow_used) /* something has been inserted */
|
|
|
6265 {
|
|
|
6266 AppendToRedobuff(ESC_STR);
|
|
|
6267 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, FALSE);
|
|
|
6268 arrow_used = TRUE; /* this means we stopped the current insert */
|
|
|
6269 }
|
|
744
|
6270 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
6271 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
6272 #endif
|
|
7
|
6273 }
|
|
|
6274
|
|
744
|
6275 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
221
|
6276 /*
|
|
|
6277 * If we skipped highlighting word at cursor, do it now.
|
|
|
6278 * It may be skipped again, thus reset spell_redraw_lnum first.
|
|
|
6279 */
|
|
|
6280 static void
|
|
|
6281 check_spell_redraw()
|
|
|
6282 {
|
|
|
6283 if (spell_redraw_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
6284 {
|
|
|
6285 linenr_T lnum = spell_redraw_lnum;
|
|
|
6286
|
|
|
6287 spell_redraw_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
6288 redrawWinline(lnum, FALSE);
|
|
|
6289 }
|
|
|
6290 }
|
|
484
|
6291
|
|
|
6292 /*
|
|
|
6293 * Called when starting CTRL_X_SPELL mode: Move backwards to a previous badly
|
|
|
6294 * spelled word, if there is one.
|
|
|
6295 */
|
|
|
6296 static void
|
|
|
6297 spell_back_to_badword()
|
|
|
6298 {
|
|
|
6299 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6300
|
|
499
|
6301 spell_bad_len = spell_move_to(curwin, BACKWARD, TRUE, TRUE, NULL);
|
|
484
|
6302 if (curwin->w_cursor.col != tpos.col)
|
|
|
6303 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
6304 }
|
|
221
|
6305 #endif
|
|
|
6306
|
|
7
|
6307 /*
|
|
|
6308 * stop_arrow() is called before a change is made in insert mode.
|
|
|
6309 * If an arrow key has been used, start a new insertion.
|
|
|
6310 * Returns FAIL if undo is impossible, shouldn't insert then.
|
|
|
6311 */
|
|
|
6312 int
|
|
|
6313 stop_arrow()
|
|
|
6314 {
|
|
|
6315 if (arrow_used)
|
|
|
6316 {
|
|
|
6317 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
6318 {
|
|
|
6319 arrow_used = FALSE;
|
|
|
6320 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
6321 }
|
|
|
6322 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor; /* new insertion starts here */
|
|
|
6323 Insstart_textlen = linetabsize(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
6324 ai_col = 0;
|
|
|
6325 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
6326 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
6327 {
|
|
|
6328 orig_line_count = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6329 vr_lines_changed = 1;
|
|
|
6330 }
|
|
|
6331 #endif
|
|
|
6332 ResetRedobuff();
|
|
|
6333 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"1i"); /* pretend we start an insertion */
|
|
613
|
6334 new_insert_skip = 2;
|
|
7
|
6335 }
|
|
|
6336 else if (ins_need_undo)
|
|
|
6337 {
|
|
|
6338 if (u_save_cursor() == OK)
|
|
|
6339 ins_need_undo = FALSE;
|
|
|
6340 }
|
|
|
6341
|
|
|
6342 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6343 /* Always open fold at the cursor line when inserting something. */
|
|
|
6344 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
6345 #endif
|
|
|
6346
|
|
|
6347 return (arrow_used || ins_need_undo ? FAIL : OK);
|
|
|
6348 }
|
|
|
6349
|
|
|
6350 /*
|
|
840
|
6351 * Do a few things to stop inserting.
|
|
|
6352 * "end_insert_pos" is where insert ended. It is NULL when we already jumped
|
|
|
6353 * to another window/buffer.
|
|
7
|
6354 */
|
|
|
6355 static void
|
|
|
6356 stop_insert(end_insert_pos, esc)
|
|
840
|
6357 pos_T *end_insert_pos;
|
|
603
|
6358 int esc; /* called by ins_esc() */
|
|
7
|
6359 {
|
|
603
|
6360 int cc;
|
|
|
6361 char_u *ptr;
|
|
7
|
6362
|
|
|
6363 stop_redo_ins();
|
|
|
6364 replace_flush(); /* abandon replace stack */
|
|
|
6365
|
|
|
6366 /*
|
|
603
|
6367 * Save the inserted text for later redo with ^@ and CTRL-A.
|
|
|
6368 * Don't do it when "restart_edit" was set and nothing was inserted,
|
|
|
6369 * otherwise CTRL-O w and then <Left> will clear "last_insert".
|
|
7
|
6370 */
|
|
603
|
6371 ptr = get_inserted();
|
|
615
|
6372 if (did_restart_edit == 0 || (ptr != NULL
|
|
|
6373 && (int)STRLEN(ptr) > new_insert_skip))
|
|
603
|
6374 {
|
|
|
6375 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6376 last_insert = ptr;
|
|
|
6377 last_insert_skip = new_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6378 }
|
|
|
6379 else
|
|
|
6380 vim_free(ptr);
|
|
7
|
6381
|
|
840
|
6382 if (!arrow_used && end_insert_pos != NULL)
|
|
7
|
6383 {
|
|
|
6384 /* Auto-format now. It may seem strange to do this when stopping an
|
|
|
6385 * insertion (or moving the cursor), but it's required when appending
|
|
|
6386 * a line and having it end in a space. But only do it when something
|
|
|
6387 * was actually inserted, otherwise undo won't work. */
|
|
10
|
6388 if (!ins_need_undo && has_format_option(FO_AUTO))
|
|
7
|
6389 {
|
|
10
|
6390 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6391
|
|
7
|
6392 /* When the cursor is at the end of the line after a space the
|
|
|
6393 * formatting will move it to the following word. Avoid that by
|
|
|
6394 * moving the cursor onto the space. */
|
|
|
6395 cc = 'x';
|
|
|
6396 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
6397 {
|
|
|
6398 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
6399 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6400 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
10
|
6401 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
7
|
6402 }
|
|
|
6403
|
|
|
6404 auto_format(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
6405
|
|
10
|
6406 if (vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
6407 {
|
|
|
6408 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
6409 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
6410 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6411 /* If the cursor is still at the same character, also keep
|
|
|
6412 * the "coladd". */
|
|
|
6413 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
|
6414 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == tpos.lnum
|
|
|
6415 && curwin->w_cursor.col == tpos.col)
|
|
|
6416 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = tpos.coladd;
|
|
|
6417 #endif
|
|
|
6418 }
|
|
7
|
6419 }
|
|
|
6420
|
|
|
6421 /* If a space was inserted for auto-formatting, remove it now. */
|
|
|
6422 check_auto_format(TRUE);
|
|
|
6423
|
|
|
6424 /* If we just did an auto-indent, remove the white space from the end
|
|
10
|
6425 * of the line, and put the cursor back.
|
|
|
6426 * Do this when ESC was used or moving the cursor up/down. */
|
|
|
6427 if (did_ai && (esc || (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_INDENT) == NULL
|
|
840
|
6428 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum != end_insert_pos->lnum)))
|
|
7
|
6429 {
|
|
10
|
6430 pos_T tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6431
|
|
|
6432 curwin->w_cursor = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
786
|
6433 for (;;)
|
|
|
6434 {
|
|
|
6435 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
6436 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6437 cc = gchar_cursor();
|
|
|
6438 if (!vim_iswhite(cc))
|
|
|
6439 break;
|
|
7
|
6440 (void)del_char(TRUE);
|
|
786
|
6441 }
|
|
10
|
6442 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != tpos.lnum)
|
|
|
6443 curwin->w_cursor = tpos;
|
|
|
6444 else if (cc != NUL)
|
|
7
|
6445 ++curwin->w_cursor.col; /* put cursor back on the NUL */
|
|
|
6446
|
|
|
6447 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
6448 /* <C-S-Right> may have started Visual mode, adjust the position for
|
|
|
6449 * deleted characters. */
|
|
|
6450 if (VIsual_active && VIsual.lnum == curwin->w_cursor.lnum)
|
|
|
6451 {
|
|
835
|
6452 cc = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_curline());
|
|
7
|
6453 if (VIsual.col > (colnr_T)cc)
|
|
|
6454 {
|
|
|
6455 VIsual.col = cc;
|
|
|
6456 # ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6457 VIsual.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6458 # endif
|
|
|
6459 }
|
|
|
6460 }
|
|
|
6461 #endif
|
|
|
6462 }
|
|
|
6463 }
|
|
|
6464 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
6465 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
6466 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6467 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
6468 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
6469 #endif
|
|
|
6470
|
|
840
|
6471 /* Set '[ and '] to the inserted text. When end_insert_pos is NULL we are
|
|
|
6472 * now in a different buffer. */
|
|
|
6473 if (end_insert_pos != NULL)
|
|
|
6474 {
|
|
|
6475 curbuf->b_op_start = Insstart;
|
|
|
6476 curbuf->b_op_end = *end_insert_pos;
|
|
|
6477 }
|
|
7
|
6478 }
|
|
|
6479
|
|
|
6480 /*
|
|
|
6481 * Set the last inserted text to a single character.
|
|
|
6482 * Used for the replace command.
|
|
|
6483 */
|
|
|
6484 void
|
|
|
6485 set_last_insert(c)
|
|
|
6486 int c;
|
|
|
6487 {
|
|
|
6488 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6489
|
|
|
6490 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6491 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6492 last_insert = alloc(MB_MAXBYTES * 3 + 5);
|
|
|
6493 #else
|
|
|
6494 last_insert = alloc(6);
|
|
|
6495 #endif
|
|
|
6496 if (last_insert != NULL)
|
|
|
6497 {
|
|
|
6498 s = last_insert;
|
|
|
6499 /* Use the CTRL-V only when entering a special char */
|
|
|
6500 if (c < ' ' || c == DEL)
|
|
|
6501 *s++ = Ctrl_V;
|
|
|
6502 s = add_char2buf(c, s);
|
|
|
6503 *s++ = ESC;
|
|
|
6504 *s++ = NUL;
|
|
|
6505 last_insert_skip = 0;
|
|
|
6506 }
|
|
|
6507 }
|
|
|
6508
|
|
359
|
6509 #if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6510 void
|
|
|
6511 free_last_insert()
|
|
|
6512 {
|
|
|
6513 vim_free(last_insert);
|
|
|
6514 last_insert = NULL;
|
|
1446
|
6515 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
694
|
6516 vim_free(compl_orig_text);
|
|
|
6517 compl_orig_text = NULL;
|
|
1446
|
6518 # endif
|
|
359
|
6519 }
|
|
|
6520 #endif
|
|
|
6521
|
|
7
|
6522 /*
|
|
|
6523 * Add character "c" to buffer "s". Escape the special meaning of K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
6524 * and CSI. Handle multi-byte characters.
|
|
|
6525 * Returns a pointer to after the added bytes.
|
|
|
6526 */
|
|
|
6527 char_u *
|
|
|
6528 add_char2buf(c, s)
|
|
|
6529 int c;
|
|
|
6530 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6531 {
|
|
|
6532 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6533 char_u temp[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
6534 int i;
|
|
|
6535 int len;
|
|
|
6536
|
|
|
6537 len = (*mb_char2bytes)(c, temp);
|
|
|
6538 for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
|
6539 {
|
|
|
6540 c = temp[i];
|
|
|
6541 #endif
|
|
|
6542 /* Need to escape K_SPECIAL and CSI like in the typeahead buffer. */
|
|
|
6543 if (c == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
6544 {
|
|
|
6545 *s++ = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6546 *s++ = KS_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
6547 *s++ = KE_FILLER;
|
|
|
6548 }
|
|
|
6549 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
6550 else if (c == CSI)
|
|
|
6551 {
|
|
|
6552 *s++ = CSI;
|
|
|
6553 *s++ = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
6554 *s++ = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
6555 }
|
|
|
6556 #endif
|
|
|
6557 else
|
|
|
6558 *s++ = c;
|
|
|
6559 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6560 }
|
|
|
6561 #endif
|
|
|
6562 return s;
|
|
|
6563 }
|
|
|
6564
|
|
|
6565 /*
|
|
|
6566 * move cursor to start of line
|
|
|
6567 * if flags & BL_WHITE move to first non-white
|
|
|
6568 * if flags & BL_SOL move to first non-white if startofline is set,
|
|
|
6569 * otherwise keep "curswant" column
|
|
|
6570 * if flags & BL_FIX don't leave the cursor on a NUL.
|
|
|
6571 */
|
|
|
6572 void
|
|
|
6573 beginline(flags)
|
|
|
6574 int flags;
|
|
|
6575 {
|
|
|
6576 if ((flags & BL_SOL) && !p_sol)
|
|
|
6577 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6578 else
|
|
|
6579 {
|
|
|
6580 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
6581 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6582 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6583 #endif
|
|
|
6584
|
|
|
6585 if (flags & (BL_WHITE | BL_SOL))
|
|
|
6586 {
|
|
|
6587 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6588
|
|
|
6589 for (ptr = ml_get_curline(); vim_iswhite(*ptr)
|
|
|
6590 && !((flags & BL_FIX) && ptr[1] == NUL); ++ptr)
|
|
|
6591 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6592 }
|
|
|
6593 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6594 }
|
|
|
6595 }
|
|
|
6596
|
|
|
6597 /*
|
|
|
6598 * oneright oneleft cursor_down cursor_up
|
|
|
6599 *
|
|
|
6600 * Move one char {right,left,down,up}.
|
|
773
|
6601 * Doesn't move onto the NUL past the end of the line, unless it is allowed.
|
|
7
|
6602 * Return OK when successful, FAIL when we hit a line of file boundary.
|
|
|
6603 */
|
|
|
6604
|
|
|
6605 int
|
|
|
6606 oneright()
|
|
|
6607 {
|
|
|
6608 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6609 int l;
|
|
|
6610
|
|
|
6611 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6612 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6613 {
|
|
|
6614 pos_T prevpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
6615
|
|
|
6616 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (excluding TAB) */
|
|
|
6617 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6618 coladvance(getviscol() + ((*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
773
|
6619 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
7
|
6620 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
773
|
6621 # else
|
|
7
|
6622 *ptr
|
|
773
|
6623 # endif
|
|
7
|
6624 ))
|
|
|
6625 ? ptr2cells(ptr) : 1));
|
|
|
6626 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6627 /* Return OK if the cursor moved, FAIL otherwise (at window edge). */
|
|
|
6628 return (prevpos.col != curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
6629 || prevpos.coladd != curwin->w_cursor.coladd) ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
6630 }
|
|
|
6631 #endif
|
|
|
6632
|
|
|
6633 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
773
|
6634 if (*ptr == NUL)
|
|
|
6635 return FAIL; /* already at the very end */
|
|
|
6636
|
|
7
|
6637 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
773
|
6638 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6639 l = (*mb_ptr2len)(ptr);
|
|
7
|
6640 else
|
|
|
6641 #endif
|
|
773
|
6642 l = 1;
|
|
|
6643
|
|
|
6644 /* move "l" bytes right, but don't end up on the NUL, unless 'virtualedit'
|
|
|
6645 * contains "onemore". */
|
|
|
6646 if (ptr[l] == NUL
|
|
|
6647 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6648 && (ve_flags & VE_ONEMORE) == 0
|
|
|
6649 #endif
|
|
|
6650 )
|
|
|
6651 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6652 curwin->w_cursor.col += l;
|
|
7
|
6653
|
|
|
6654 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6655 return OK;
|
|
|
6656 }
|
|
|
6657
|
|
|
6658 int
|
|
|
6659 oneleft()
|
|
|
6660 {
|
|
|
6661 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
6662 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
6663 {
|
|
|
6664 int width;
|
|
|
6665 int v = getviscol();
|
|
|
6666
|
|
|
6667 if (v == 0)
|
|
|
6668 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6669
|
|
|
6670 # ifdef FEAT_LINEBREAK
|
|
|
6671 /* We might get stuck on 'showbreak', skip over it. */
|
|
|
6672 width = 1;
|
|
|
6673 for (;;)
|
|
|
6674 {
|
|
|
6675 coladvance(v - width);
|
|
|
6676 /* getviscol() is slow, skip it when 'showbreak' is empty and
|
|
|
6677 * there are no multi-byte characters */
|
|
|
6678 if ((*p_sbr == NUL
|
|
|
6679 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6680 && !has_mbyte
|
|
|
6681 # endif
|
|
|
6682 ) || getviscol() < v)
|
|
|
6683 break;
|
|
|
6684 ++width;
|
|
|
6685 }
|
|
|
6686 # else
|
|
|
6687 coladvance(v - 1);
|
|
|
6688 # endif
|
|
|
6689
|
|
|
6690 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd == 1)
|
|
|
6691 {
|
|
|
6692 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6693
|
|
|
6694 /* Adjust for multi-wide char (not a TAB) */
|
|
|
6695 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
6696 if (*ptr != TAB && vim_isprintc(
|
|
|
6697 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6698 (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr)
|
|
|
6699 # else
|
|
|
6700 *ptr
|
|
|
6701 # endif
|
|
|
6702 ) && ptr2cells(ptr) > 1)
|
|
|
6703 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
6704 }
|
|
|
6705
|
|
|
6706 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6707 return OK;
|
|
|
6708 }
|
|
|
6709 #endif
|
|
|
6710
|
|
|
6711 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
6712 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6713
|
|
|
6714 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
6715 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
6716
|
|
|
6717 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
6718 /* if the character on the left of the current cursor is a multi-byte
|
|
|
6719 * character, move to its first byte */
|
|
|
6720 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
6721 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
6722 #endif
|
|
|
6723 return OK;
|
|
|
6724 }
|
|
|
6725
|
|
|
6726 int
|
|
|
6727 cursor_up(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6728 long n;
|
|
|
6729 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6730 {
|
|
|
6731 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6732
|
|
|
6733 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6734 {
|
|
|
6735 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
161
|
6736 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the first line or the count
|
|
|
6737 * is larger than the line number and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6738 if (lnum <= 1 || (n >= lnum && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6739 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6740 if (n >= lnum)
|
|
|
6741 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6742 else
|
|
|
6743 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6744 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6745 {
|
|
|
6746 /*
|
|
|
6747 * Count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line.
|
|
|
6748 */
|
|
|
6749 /* go to the the start of the current fold */
|
|
|
6750 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6751
|
|
|
6752 while (n--)
|
|
|
6753 {
|
|
|
6754 /* move up one line */
|
|
|
6755 --lnum;
|
|
|
6756 if (lnum <= 1)
|
|
|
6757 break;
|
|
|
6758 /* If we entered a fold, move to the beginning, unless in
|
|
|
6759 * Insert mode or when 'foldopen' contains "all": it will open
|
|
|
6760 * in a moment. */
|
|
|
6761 if (n > 0 || !((State & INSERT) || (fdo_flags & FDO_ALL)))
|
|
|
6762 (void)hasFolding(lnum, &lnum, NULL);
|
|
|
6763 }
|
|
|
6764 if (lnum < 1)
|
|
|
6765 lnum = 1;
|
|
|
6766 }
|
|
|
6767 else
|
|
|
6768 #endif
|
|
|
6769 lnum -= n;
|
|
|
6770 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6771 }
|
|
|
6772
|
|
|
6773 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6774 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6775
|
|
|
6776 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6777 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6778
|
|
|
6779 return OK;
|
|
|
6780 }
|
|
|
6781
|
|
|
6782 /*
|
|
|
6783 * Cursor down a number of logical lines.
|
|
|
6784 */
|
|
|
6785 int
|
|
|
6786 cursor_down(n, upd_topline)
|
|
|
6787 long n;
|
|
|
6788 int upd_topline; /* When TRUE: update topline */
|
|
|
6789 {
|
|
|
6790 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
6791
|
|
|
6792 if (n > 0)
|
|
|
6793 {
|
|
|
6794 lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
6795 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6796 /* Move to last line of fold, will fail if it's the end-of-file. */
|
|
|
6797 (void)hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &lnum);
|
|
|
6798 #endif
|
|
161
|
6799 /* This fails if the cursor is already in the last line or would move
|
|
|
6800 * beyound the last line and '-' is in 'cpoptions' */
|
|
|
6801 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6802 || (lnum + n > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
6803 && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_MINUS) != NULL))
|
|
7
|
6804 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6805 if (lnum + n >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6806 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6807 else
|
|
|
6808 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
6809 if (hasAnyFolding(curwin))
|
|
|
6810 {
|
|
|
6811 linenr_T last;
|
|
|
6812
|
|
|
6813 /* count each sequence of folded lines as one logical line */
|
|
|
6814 while (n--)
|
|
|
6815 {
|
|
|
6816 if (hasFolding(lnum, NULL, &last))
|
|
|
6817 lnum = last + 1;
|
|
|
6818 else
|
|
|
6819 ++lnum;
|
|
|
6820 if (lnum >= curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6821 break;
|
|
|
6822 }
|
|
|
6823 if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
6824 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
6825 }
|
|
|
6826 else
|
|
|
6827 #endif
|
|
|
6828 lnum += n;
|
|
|
6829 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
6830 }
|
|
|
6831
|
|
|
6832 /* try to advance to the column we want to be at */
|
|
|
6833 coladvance(curwin->w_curswant);
|
|
|
6834
|
|
|
6835 if (upd_topline)
|
|
|
6836 update_topline(); /* make sure curwin->w_topline is valid */
|
|
|
6837
|
|
|
6838 return OK;
|
|
|
6839 }
|
|
|
6840
|
|
|
6841 /*
|
|
|
6842 * Stuff the last inserted text in the read buffer.
|
|
|
6843 * Last_insert actually is a copy of the redo buffer, so we
|
|
|
6844 * first have to remove the command.
|
|
|
6845 */
|
|
|
6846 int
|
|
|
6847 stuff_inserted(c, count, no_esc)
|
|
|
6848 int c; /* Command character to be inserted */
|
|
|
6849 long count; /* Repeat this many times */
|
|
|
6850 int no_esc; /* Don't add an ESC at the end */
|
|
|
6851 {
|
|
|
6852 char_u *esc_ptr;
|
|
|
6853 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
6854 char_u *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6855 char_u last = NUL;
|
|
|
6856
|
|
|
6857 ptr = get_last_insert();
|
|
|
6858 if (ptr == NULL)
|
|
|
6859 {
|
|
|
6860 EMSG(_(e_noinstext));
|
|
|
6861 return FAIL;
|
|
|
6862 }
|
|
|
6863
|
|
|
6864 /* may want to stuff the command character, to start Insert mode */
|
|
|
6865 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
6866 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
6867 if ((esc_ptr = (char_u *)vim_strrchr(ptr, ESC)) != NULL)
|
|
|
6868 *esc_ptr = NUL; /* remove the ESC */
|
|
|
6869
|
|
|
6870 /* when the last char is either "0" or "^" it will be quoted if no ESC
|
|
|
6871 * comes after it OR if it will inserted more than once and "ptr"
|
|
|
6872 * starts with ^D. -- Acevedo
|
|
|
6873 */
|
|
|
6874 last_ptr = (esc_ptr ? esc_ptr : ptr + STRLEN(ptr)) - 1;
|
|
|
6875 if (last_ptr >= ptr && (*last_ptr == '0' || *last_ptr == '^')
|
|
|
6876 && (no_esc || (*ptr == Ctrl_D && count > 1)))
|
|
|
6877 {
|
|
|
6878 last = *last_ptr;
|
|
|
6879 *last_ptr = NUL;
|
|
|
6880 }
|
|
|
6881
|
|
|
6882 do
|
|
|
6883 {
|
|
|
6884 stuffReadbuff(ptr);
|
|
|
6885 /* a trailing "0" is inserted as "<C-V>048", "^" as "<C-V>^" */
|
|
|
6886 if (last)
|
|
|
6887 stuffReadbuff((char_u *)(last == '0'
|
|
|
6888 ? IF_EB("\026\060\064\070", CTRL_V_STR "xf0")
|
|
|
6889 : IF_EB("\026^", CTRL_V_STR "^")));
|
|
|
6890 }
|
|
|
6891 while (--count > 0);
|
|
|
6892
|
|
|
6893 if (last)
|
|
|
6894 *last_ptr = last;
|
|
|
6895
|
|
|
6896 if (esc_ptr != NULL)
|
|
|
6897 *esc_ptr = ESC; /* put the ESC back */
|
|
|
6898
|
|
|
6899 /* may want to stuff a trailing ESC, to get out of Insert mode */
|
|
|
6900 if (!no_esc)
|
|
|
6901 stuffcharReadbuff(ESC);
|
|
|
6902
|
|
|
6903 return OK;
|
|
|
6904 }
|
|
|
6905
|
|
|
6906 char_u *
|
|
|
6907 get_last_insert()
|
|
|
6908 {
|
|
|
6909 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6910 return NULL;
|
|
|
6911 return last_insert + last_insert_skip;
|
|
|
6912 }
|
|
|
6913
|
|
|
6914 /*
|
|
|
6915 * Get last inserted string, and remove trailing <Esc>.
|
|
|
6916 * Returns pointer to allocated memory (must be freed) or NULL.
|
|
|
6917 */
|
|
|
6918 char_u *
|
|
|
6919 get_last_insert_save()
|
|
|
6920 {
|
|
|
6921 char_u *s;
|
|
|
6922 int len;
|
|
|
6923
|
|
|
6924 if (last_insert == NULL)
|
|
|
6925 return NULL;
|
|
|
6926 s = vim_strsave(last_insert + last_insert_skip);
|
|
|
6927 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
6928 {
|
|
|
6929 len = (int)STRLEN(s);
|
|
|
6930 if (len > 0 && s[len - 1] == ESC) /* remove trailing ESC */
|
|
|
6931 s[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
6932 }
|
|
|
6933 return s;
|
|
|
6934 }
|
|
|
6935
|
|
|
6936 /*
|
|
|
6937 * Check the word in front of the cursor for an abbreviation.
|
|
|
6938 * Called when the non-id character "c" has been entered.
|
|
|
6939 * When an abbreviation is recognized it is removed from the text and
|
|
|
6940 * the replacement string is inserted in typebuf.tb_buf[], followed by "c".
|
|
|
6941 */
|
|
|
6942 static int
|
|
|
6943 echeck_abbr(c)
|
|
|
6944 int c;
|
|
|
6945 {
|
|
|
6946 /* Don't check for abbreviation in paste mode, when disabled and just
|
|
|
6947 * after moving around with cursor keys. */
|
|
|
6948 if (p_paste || no_abbr || arrow_used)
|
|
|
6949 return FALSE;
|
|
|
6950
|
|
|
6951 return check_abbr(c, ml_get_curline(), curwin->w_cursor.col,
|
|
|
6952 curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum ? Insstart.col : 0);
|
|
|
6953 }
|
|
|
6954
|
|
|
6955 /*
|
|
|
6956 * replace-stack functions
|
|
|
6957 *
|
|
|
6958 * When replacing characters, the replaced characters are remembered for each
|
|
|
6959 * new character. This is used to re-insert the old text when backspacing.
|
|
|
6960 *
|
|
|
6961 * There is a NUL headed list of characters for each character that is
|
|
|
6962 * currently in the file after the insertion point. When BS is used, one NUL
|
|
|
6963 * headed list is put back for the deleted character.
|
|
|
6964 *
|
|
|
6965 * For a newline, there are two NUL headed lists. One contains the characters
|
|
|
6966 * that the NL replaced. The extra one stores the characters after the cursor
|
|
|
6967 * that were deleted (always white space).
|
|
|
6968 *
|
|
|
6969 * Replace_offset is normally 0, in which case replace_push will add a new
|
|
|
6970 * character at the end of the stack. If replace_offset is not 0, that many
|
|
|
6971 * characters will be left on the stack above the newly inserted character.
|
|
|
6972 */
|
|
|
6973
|
|
298
|
6974 static char_u *replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
6975 static long replace_stack_nr = 0; /* next entry in replace stack */
|
|
|
6976 static long replace_stack_len = 0; /* max. number of entries */
|
|
7
|
6977
|
|
|
6978 void
|
|
|
6979 replace_push(c)
|
|
|
6980 int c; /* character that is replaced (NUL is none) */
|
|
|
6981 {
|
|
|
6982 char_u *p;
|
|
|
6983
|
|
|
6984 if (replace_stack_nr < replace_offset) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
6985 return;
|
|
|
6986 if (replace_stack_len <= replace_stack_nr)
|
|
|
6987 {
|
|
|
6988 replace_stack_len += 50;
|
|
|
6989 p = lalloc(sizeof(char_u) * replace_stack_len, TRUE);
|
|
|
6990 if (p == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
6991 {
|
|
|
6992 replace_stack_len -= 50;
|
|
|
6993 return;
|
|
|
6994 }
|
|
|
6995 if (replace_stack != NULL)
|
|
|
6996 {
|
|
|
6997 mch_memmove(p, replace_stack,
|
|
|
6998 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
6999 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
7000 }
|
|
|
7001 replace_stack = p;
|
|
|
7002 }
|
|
|
7003 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr - replace_offset;
|
|
|
7004 if (replace_offset)
|
|
|
7005 mch_memmove(p + 1, p, (size_t)(replace_offset * sizeof(char_u)));
|
|
|
7006 *p = c;
|
|
|
7007 ++replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
7008 }
|
|
|
7009
|
|
1470
|
7010 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7011 /*
|
|
|
7012 * Push a character onto the replace stack. Handles a multi-byte character in
|
|
|
7013 * reverse byte order, so that the first byte is popped off first.
|
|
|
7014 * Return the number of bytes done (includes composing characters).
|
|
|
7015 */
|
|
|
7016 int
|
|
|
7017 replace_push_mb(p)
|
|
|
7018 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7019 {
|
|
|
7020 int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p);
|
|
|
7021 int j;
|
|
|
7022
|
|
|
7023 for (j = l - 1; j >= 0; --j)
|
|
|
7024 replace_push(p[j]);
|
|
|
7025 return l;
|
|
|
7026 }
|
|
|
7027 #endif
|
|
|
7028
|
|
840
|
7029 #if 0
|
|
7
|
7030 /*
|
|
|
7031 * call replace_push(c) with replace_offset set to the first NUL.
|
|
|
7032 */
|
|
|
7033 static void
|
|
|
7034 replace_push_off(c)
|
|
|
7035 int c;
|
|
|
7036 {
|
|
|
7037 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7038
|
|
|
7039 p = replace_stack + replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
7040 for (replace_offset = 1; replace_offset < replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
7041 ++replace_offset)
|
|
|
7042 if (*--p == NUL)
|
|
|
7043 break;
|
|
|
7044 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
7045 replace_offset = 0;
|
|
|
7046 }
|
|
840
|
7047 #endif
|
|
7
|
7048
|
|
|
7049 /*
|
|
|
7050 * Pop one item from the replace stack.
|
|
|
7051 * return -1 if stack empty
|
|
|
7052 * return replaced character or NUL otherwise
|
|
|
7053 */
|
|
|
7054 static int
|
|
|
7055 replace_pop()
|
|
|
7056 {
|
|
|
7057 if (replace_stack_nr == 0)
|
|
|
7058 return -1;
|
|
|
7059 return (int)replace_stack[--replace_stack_nr];
|
|
|
7060 }
|
|
|
7061
|
|
|
7062 /*
|
|
|
7063 * Join the top two items on the replace stack. This removes to "off"'th NUL
|
|
|
7064 * encountered.
|
|
|
7065 */
|
|
|
7066 static void
|
|
|
7067 replace_join(off)
|
|
|
7068 int off; /* offset for which NUL to remove */
|
|
|
7069 {
|
|
|
7070 int i;
|
|
|
7071
|
|
|
7072 for (i = replace_stack_nr; --i >= 0; )
|
|
|
7073 if (replace_stack[i] == NUL && off-- <= 0)
|
|
|
7074 {
|
|
|
7075 --replace_stack_nr;
|
|
|
7076 mch_memmove(replace_stack + i, replace_stack + i + 1,
|
|
|
7077 (size_t)(replace_stack_nr - i));
|
|
|
7078 return;
|
|
|
7079 }
|
|
|
7080 }
|
|
|
7081
|
|
|
7082 /*
|
|
|
7083 * Pop bytes from the replace stack until a NUL is found, and insert them
|
|
|
7084 * before the cursor. Can only be used in REPLACE or VREPLACE mode.
|
|
|
7085 */
|
|
|
7086 static void
|
|
|
7087 replace_pop_ins()
|
|
|
7088 {
|
|
|
7089 int cc;
|
|
|
7090 int oldState = State;
|
|
|
7091
|
|
|
7092 State = NORMAL; /* don't want REPLACE here */
|
|
|
7093 while ((cc = replace_pop()) > 0)
|
|
|
7094 {
|
|
|
7095 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7096 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
7097 #else
|
|
|
7098 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7099 #endif
|
|
|
7100 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
7101 }
|
|
|
7102 State = oldState;
|
|
|
7103 }
|
|
|
7104
|
|
|
7105 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7106 /*
|
|
|
7107 * Insert bytes popped from the replace stack. "cc" is the first byte. If it
|
|
|
7108 * indicates a multi-byte char, pop the other bytes too.
|
|
|
7109 */
|
|
|
7110 static void
|
|
|
7111 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc)
|
|
|
7112 int cc;
|
|
|
7113 {
|
|
|
7114 int n;
|
|
|
7115 char_u buf[MB_MAXBYTES];
|
|
|
7116 int i;
|
|
|
7117 int c;
|
|
|
7118
|
|
|
7119 if (has_mbyte && (n = MB_BYTE2LEN(cc)) > 1)
|
|
|
7120 {
|
|
|
7121 buf[0] = cc;
|
|
|
7122 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
7123 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7124 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
7125 }
|
|
|
7126 else
|
|
|
7127 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
7128
|
|
|
7129 if (enc_utf8)
|
|
|
7130 /* Handle composing chars. */
|
|
|
7131 for (;;)
|
|
|
7132 {
|
|
|
7133 c = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7134 if (c == -1) /* stack empty */
|
|
|
7135 break;
|
|
|
7136 if ((n = MB_BYTE2LEN(c)) == 1)
|
|
|
7137 {
|
|
|
7138 /* Not a multi-byte char, put it back. */
|
|
|
7139 replace_push(c);
|
|
|
7140 break;
|
|
|
7141 }
|
|
|
7142 else
|
|
|
7143 {
|
|
|
7144 buf[0] = c;
|
|
|
7145 for (i = 1; i < n; ++i)
|
|
|
7146 buf[i] = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7147 if (utf_iscomposing(utf_ptr2char(buf)))
|
|
|
7148 ins_bytes_len(buf, n);
|
|
|
7149 else
|
|
|
7150 {
|
|
|
7151 /* Not a composing char, put it back. */
|
|
|
7152 for (i = n - 1; i >= 0; --i)
|
|
|
7153 replace_push(buf[i]);
|
|
|
7154 break;
|
|
|
7155 }
|
|
|
7156 }
|
|
|
7157 }
|
|
|
7158 }
|
|
|
7159 #endif
|
|
|
7160
|
|
|
7161 /*
|
|
|
7162 * make the replace stack empty
|
|
|
7163 * (called when exiting replace mode)
|
|
|
7164 */
|
|
|
7165 static void
|
|
|
7166 replace_flush()
|
|
|
7167 {
|
|
|
7168 vim_free(replace_stack);
|
|
|
7169 replace_stack = NULL;
|
|
|
7170 replace_stack_len = 0;
|
|
|
7171 replace_stack_nr = 0;
|
|
|
7172 }
|
|
|
7173
|
|
|
7174 /*
|
|
|
7175 * Handle doing a BS for one character.
|
|
|
7176 * cc < 0: replace stack empty, just move cursor
|
|
|
7177 * cc == 0: character was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
7178 * cc > 0: character was replaced, put cc (first byte of original char) back
|
|
|
7179 * and check for more characters to be put back
|
|
1782
|
7180 * When "limit_col" is >= 0, don't delete before this column. Matters when
|
|
|
7181 * using composing characters, use del_char_after_col() instead of del_char().
|
|
7
|
7182 */
|
|
|
7183 static void
|
|
1782
|
7184 replace_do_bs(limit_col)
|
|
|
7185 int limit_col;
|
|
7
|
7186 {
|
|
|
7187 int cc;
|
|
|
7188 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7189 int orig_len = 0;
|
|
|
7190 int ins_len;
|
|
|
7191 int orig_vcols = 0;
|
|
|
7192 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
|
7193 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7194 int i;
|
|
|
7195 int vcol;
|
|
|
7196 #endif
|
|
|
7197
|
|
|
7198 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
7199 if (cc > 0)
|
|
|
7200 {
|
|
|
7201 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7202 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7203 {
|
|
|
7204 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the character we are
|
|
|
7205 * going to delete. */
|
|
|
7206 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, &start_vcol, NULL);
|
|
|
7207 orig_vcols = chartabsize(ml_get_cursor(), start_vcol);
|
|
|
7208 }
|
|
|
7209 #endif
|
|
|
7210 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7211 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7212 {
|
|
1782
|
7213 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
|
|
7
|
7214 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7215 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
835
|
7216 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
7217 # endif
|
|
|
7218 replace_push(cc);
|
|
|
7219 }
|
|
|
7220 else
|
|
|
7221 #endif
|
|
|
7222 {
|
|
|
7223 pchar_cursor(cc);
|
|
|
7224 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7225 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
835
|
7226 orig_len = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor()) - 1;
|
|
7
|
7227 #endif
|
|
|
7228 }
|
|
|
7229 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
7230
|
|
|
7231 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
7232 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
7233 {
|
|
|
7234 /* Get the number of screen cells used by the inserted characters */
|
|
|
7235 p = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
835
|
7236 ins_len = (int)STRLEN(p) - orig_len;
|
|
7
|
7237 vcol = start_vcol;
|
|
|
7238 for (i = 0; i < ins_len; ++i)
|
|
|
7239 {
|
|
|
7240 vcol += chartabsize(p + i, vcol);
|
|
|
7241 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
474
|
7242 i += (*mb_ptr2len)(p) - 1;
|
|
7
|
7243 #endif
|
|
|
7244 }
|
|
|
7245 vcol -= start_vcol;
|
|
|
7246
|
|
|
7247 /* Delete spaces that were inserted after the cursor to keep the
|
|
|
7248 * text aligned. */
|
|
|
7249 curwin->w_cursor.col += ins_len;
|
|
|
7250 while (vcol > orig_vcols && gchar_cursor() == ' ')
|
|
|
7251 {
|
|
|
7252 del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
7253 ++orig_vcols;
|
|
|
7254 }
|
|
|
7255 curwin->w_cursor.col -= ins_len;
|
|
|
7256 }
|
|
|
7257 #endif
|
|
|
7258
|
|
|
7259 /* mark the buffer as changed and prepare for displaying */
|
|
|
7260 changed_bytes(curwin->w_cursor.lnum, curwin->w_cursor.col);
|
|
|
7261 }
|
|
|
7262 else if (cc == 0)
|
|
1782
|
7263 (void)del_char_after_col(limit_col);
|
|
7
|
7264 }
|
|
|
7265
|
|
|
7266 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7267 /*
|
|
|
7268 * Return TRUE if C-indenting is on.
|
|
|
7269 */
|
|
|
7270 static int
|
|
|
7271 cindent_on()
|
|
|
7272 {
|
|
|
7273 return (!p_paste && (curbuf->b_p_cin
|
|
|
7274 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7275 || *curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL
|
|
|
7276 # endif
|
|
|
7277 ));
|
|
|
7278 }
|
|
|
7279 #endif
|
|
|
7280
|
|
|
7281 #if defined(FEAT_LISP) || defined(FEAT_CINDENT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7282 /*
|
|
|
7283 * Re-indent the current line, based on the current contents of it and the
|
|
|
7284 * surrounding lines. Fixing the cursor position seems really easy -- I'm very
|
|
|
7285 * confused what all the part that handles Control-T is doing that I'm not.
|
|
|
7286 * "get_the_indent" should be get_c_indent, get_expr_indent or get_lisp_indent.
|
|
|
7287 */
|
|
|
7288
|
|
|
7289 void
|
|
|
7290 fixthisline(get_the_indent)
|
|
|
7291 int (*get_the_indent) __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
7292 {
|
|
1516
|
7293 change_indent(INDENT_SET, get_the_indent(), FALSE, 0, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
7294 if (linewhite(curwin->w_cursor.lnum))
|
|
|
7295 did_ai = TRUE; /* delete the indent if the line stays empty */
|
|
|
7296 }
|
|
|
7297
|
|
|
7298 void
|
|
|
7299 fix_indent()
|
|
|
7300 {
|
|
|
7301 if (p_paste)
|
|
|
7302 return;
|
|
|
7303 # ifdef FEAT_LISP
|
|
|
7304 if (curbuf->b_p_lisp && curbuf->b_p_ai)
|
|
|
7305 fixthisline(get_lisp_indent);
|
|
|
7306 # endif
|
|
|
7307 # if defined(FEAT_LISP) && defined(FEAT_CINDENT)
|
|
|
7308 else
|
|
|
7309 # endif
|
|
|
7310 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7311 if (cindent_on())
|
|
|
7312 do_c_expr_indent();
|
|
|
7313 # endif
|
|
|
7314 }
|
|
|
7315
|
|
|
7316 #endif
|
|
|
7317
|
|
|
7318 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
7319 /*
|
|
|
7320 * return TRUE if 'cinkeys' contains the key "keytyped",
|
|
|
7321 * when == '*': Only if key is preceded with '*' (indent before insert)
|
|
|
7322 * when == '!': Only if key is prededed with '!' (don't insert)
|
|
|
7323 * when == ' ': Only if key is not preceded with '*'(indent afterwards)
|
|
|
7324 *
|
|
|
7325 * "keytyped" can have a few special values:
|
|
|
7326 * KEY_OPEN_FORW
|
|
|
7327 * KEY_OPEN_BACK
|
|
|
7328 * KEY_COMPLETE just finished completion.
|
|
|
7329 *
|
|
|
7330 * If line_is_empty is TRUE accept keys with '0' before them.
|
|
|
7331 */
|
|
|
7332 int
|
|
|
7333 in_cinkeys(keytyped, when, line_is_empty)
|
|
|
7334 int keytyped;
|
|
|
7335 int when;
|
|
|
7336 int line_is_empty;
|
|
|
7337 {
|
|
|
7338 char_u *look;
|
|
|
7339 int try_match;
|
|
|
7340 int try_match_word;
|
|
|
7341 char_u *p;
|
|
|
7342 char_u *line;
|
|
|
7343 int icase;
|
|
|
7344 int i;
|
|
|
7345
|
|
|
7346 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7347 if (*curbuf->b_p_inde != NUL)
|
|
|
7348 look = curbuf->b_p_indk; /* 'indentexpr' set: use 'indentkeys' */
|
|
|
7349 else
|
|
|
7350 #endif
|
|
|
7351 look = curbuf->b_p_cink; /* 'indentexpr' empty: use 'cinkeys' */
|
|
|
7352 while (*look)
|
|
|
7353 {
|
|
|
7354 /*
|
|
|
7355 * Find out if we want to try a match with this key, depending on
|
|
|
7356 * 'when' and a '*' or '!' before the key.
|
|
|
7357 */
|
|
|
7358 switch (when)
|
|
|
7359 {
|
|
|
7360 case '*': try_match = (*look == '*'); break;
|
|
|
7361 case '!': try_match = (*look == '!'); break;
|
|
|
7362 default: try_match = (*look != '*'); break;
|
|
|
7363 }
|
|
|
7364 if (*look == '*' || *look == '!')
|
|
|
7365 ++look;
|
|
|
7366
|
|
|
7367 /*
|
|
|
7368 * If there is a '0', only accept a match if the line is empty.
|
|
|
7369 * But may still match when typing last char of a word.
|
|
|
7370 */
|
|
|
7371 if (*look == '0')
|
|
|
7372 {
|
|
|
7373 try_match_word = try_match;
|
|
|
7374 if (!line_is_empty)
|
|
|
7375 try_match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7376 ++look;
|
|
|
7377 }
|
|
|
7378 else
|
|
|
7379 try_match_word = FALSE;
|
|
|
7380
|
|
|
7381 /*
|
|
|
7382 * does it look like a control character?
|
|
|
7383 */
|
|
|
7384 if (*look == '^'
|
|
|
7385 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7386 && (Ctrl_chr(look[1]) != 0)
|
|
|
7387 #else
|
|
|
7388 && look[1] >= '?' && look[1] <= '_'
|
|
|
7389 #endif
|
|
|
7390 )
|
|
|
7391 {
|
|
|
7392 if (try_match && keytyped == Ctrl_chr(look[1]))
|
|
|
7393 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7394 look += 2;
|
|
|
7395 }
|
|
|
7396 /*
|
|
|
7397 * 'o' means "o" command, open forward.
|
|
|
7398 * 'O' means "O" command, open backward.
|
|
|
7399 */
|
|
|
7400 else if (*look == 'o')
|
|
|
7401 {
|
|
|
7402 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_FORW)
|
|
|
7403 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7404 ++look;
|
|
|
7405 }
|
|
|
7406 else if (*look == 'O')
|
|
|
7407 {
|
|
|
7408 if (try_match && keytyped == KEY_OPEN_BACK)
|
|
|
7409 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7410 ++look;
|
|
|
7411 }
|
|
|
7412
|
|
|
7413 /*
|
|
|
7414 * 'e' means to check for "else" at start of line and just before the
|
|
|
7415 * cursor.
|
|
|
7416 */
|
|
|
7417 else if (*look == 'e')
|
|
|
7418 {
|
|
|
7419 if (try_match && keytyped == 'e' && curwin->w_cursor.col >= 4)
|
|
|
7420 {
|
|
|
7421 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7422 if (skipwhite(p) == p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4 &&
|
|
|
7423 STRNCMP(p + curwin->w_cursor.col - 4, "else", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
7424 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7425 }
|
|
|
7426 ++look;
|
|
|
7427 }
|
|
|
7428
|
|
|
7429 /*
|
|
|
7430 * ':' only causes an indent if it is at the end of a label or case
|
|
|
7431 * statement, or when it was before typing the ':' (to fix
|
|
|
7432 * class::method for C++).
|
|
|
7433 */
|
|
|
7434 else if (*look == ':')
|
|
|
7435 {
|
|
|
7436 if (try_match && keytyped == ':')
|
|
|
7437 {
|
|
|
7438 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7439 if (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p) || cin_islabel(30))
|
|
|
7440 return TRUE;
|
|
1300
|
7441 /* Need to get the line again after cin_islabel(). */
|
|
|
7442 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
7
|
7443 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 2
|
|
|
7444 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] == ':'
|
|
|
7445 && p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 2] == ':')
|
|
|
7446 {
|
|
|
7447 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ' ';
|
|
|
7448 i = (cin_iscase(p) || cin_isscopedecl(p)
|
|
|
7449 || cin_islabel(30));
|
|
|
7450 p = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7451 p[curwin->w_cursor.col - 1] = ':';
|
|
|
7452 if (i)
|
|
|
7453 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7454 }
|
|
|
7455 }
|
|
|
7456 ++look;
|
|
|
7457 }
|
|
|
7458
|
|
|
7459
|
|
|
7460 /*
|
|
|
7461 * Is it a key in <>, maybe?
|
|
|
7462 */
|
|
|
7463 else if (*look == '<')
|
|
|
7464 {
|
|
|
7465 if (try_match)
|
|
|
7466 {
|
|
|
7467 /*
|
|
|
7468 * make up some named keys <o>, <O>, <e>, <0>, <>>, <<>, <*>,
|
|
|
7469 * <:> and <!> so that people can re-indent on o, O, e, 0, <,
|
|
|
7470 * >, *, : and ! keys if they really really want to.
|
|
|
7471 */
|
|
|
7472 if (vim_strchr((char_u *)"<>!*oOe0:", look[1]) != NULL
|
|
|
7473 && keytyped == look[1])
|
|
|
7474 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7475
|
|
|
7476 if (keytyped == get_special_key_code(look + 1))
|
|
|
7477 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7478 }
|
|
|
7479 while (*look && *look != '>')
|
|
|
7480 look++;
|
|
|
7481 while (*look == '>')
|
|
|
7482 look++;
|
|
|
7483 }
|
|
|
7484
|
|
|
7485 /*
|
|
|
7486 * Is it a word: "=word"?
|
|
|
7487 */
|
|
|
7488 else if (*look == '=' && look[1] != ',' && look[1] != NUL)
|
|
|
7489 {
|
|
|
7490 ++look;
|
|
|
7491 if (*look == '~')
|
|
|
7492 {
|
|
|
7493 icase = TRUE;
|
|
|
7494 ++look;
|
|
|
7495 }
|
|
|
7496 else
|
|
|
7497 icase = FALSE;
|
|
|
7498 p = vim_strchr(look, ',');
|
|
|
7499 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
7500 p = look + STRLEN(look);
|
|
|
7501 if ((try_match || try_match_word)
|
|
|
7502 && curwin->w_cursor.col >= (colnr_T)(p - look))
|
|
|
7503 {
|
|
|
7504 int match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7505
|
|
|
7506 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7507 if (keytyped == KEY_COMPLETE)
|
|
|
7508 {
|
|
|
7509 char_u *s;
|
|
|
7510
|
|
|
7511 /* Just completed a word, check if it starts with "look".
|
|
|
7512 * search back for the start of a word. */
|
|
|
7513 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7514 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
7515 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
7516 {
|
|
|
7517 char_u *n;
|
|
|
7518
|
|
|
7519 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; s = n)
|
|
|
7520 {
|
|
|
7521 n = mb_prevptr(line, s);
|
|
|
7522 if (!vim_iswordp(n))
|
|
|
7523 break;
|
|
|
7524 }
|
|
|
7525 }
|
|
|
7526 else
|
|
|
7527 # endif
|
|
|
7528 for (s = line + curwin->w_cursor.col; s > line; --s)
|
|
|
7529 if (!vim_iswordc(s[-1]))
|
|
|
7530 break;
|
|
|
7531 if (s + (p - look) <= line + curwin->w_cursor.col
|
|
|
7532 && (icase
|
|
|
7533 ? MB_STRNICMP(s, look, p - look)
|
|
|
7534 : STRNCMP(s, look, p - look)) == 0)
|
|
|
7535 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
7536 }
|
|
|
7537 else
|
|
|
7538 #endif
|
|
|
7539 /* TODO: multi-byte */
|
|
|
7540 if (keytyped == (int)p[-1] || (icase && keytyped < 256
|
|
|
7541 && TOLOWER_LOC(keytyped) == TOLOWER_LOC((int)p[-1])))
|
|
|
7542 {
|
|
|
7543 line = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
7544 if ((curwin->w_cursor.col == (colnr_T)(p - look)
|
|
|
7545 || !vim_iswordc(line[-(p - look) - 1]))
|
|
|
7546 && (icase
|
|
|
7547 ? MB_STRNICMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look)
|
|
|
7548 : STRNCMP(line - (p - look), look, p - look))
|
|
|
7549 == 0)
|
|
|
7550 match = TRUE;
|
|
|
7551 }
|
|
|
7552 if (match && try_match_word && !try_match)
|
|
|
7553 {
|
|
|
7554 /* "0=word": Check if there are only blanks before the
|
|
|
7555 * word. */
|
|
|
7556 line = ml_get_curline();
|
|
|
7557 if ((int)(skipwhite(line) - line) !=
|
|
|
7558 (int)(curwin->w_cursor.col - (p - look)))
|
|
|
7559 match = FALSE;
|
|
|
7560 }
|
|
|
7561 if (match)
|
|
|
7562 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7563 }
|
|
|
7564 look = p;
|
|
|
7565 }
|
|
|
7566
|
|
|
7567 /*
|
|
|
7568 * ok, it's a boring generic character.
|
|
|
7569 */
|
|
|
7570 else
|
|
|
7571 {
|
|
|
7572 if (try_match && *look == keytyped)
|
|
|
7573 return TRUE;
|
|
|
7574 ++look;
|
|
|
7575 }
|
|
|
7576
|
|
|
7577 /*
|
|
|
7578 * Skip over ", ".
|
|
|
7579 */
|
|
|
7580 look = skip_to_option_part(look);
|
|
|
7581 }
|
|
|
7582 return FALSE;
|
|
|
7583 }
|
|
|
7584 #endif /* FEAT_CINDENT */
|
|
|
7585
|
|
|
7586 #if defined(FEAT_RIGHTLEFT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
7587 /*
|
|
|
7588 * Map Hebrew keyboard when in hkmap mode.
|
|
|
7589 */
|
|
|
7590 int
|
|
|
7591 hkmap(c)
|
|
|
7592 int c;
|
|
|
7593 {
|
|
|
7594 if (p_hkmapp) /* phonetic mapping, by Ilya Dogolazky */
|
|
|
7595 {
|
|
|
7596 enum {hALEF=0, BET, GIMEL, DALET, HEI, VAV, ZAIN, HET, TET, IUD,
|
|
|
7597 KAFsofit, hKAF, LAMED, MEMsofit, MEM, NUNsofit, NUN, SAMEH, AIN,
|
|
|
7598 PEIsofit, PEI, ZADIsofit, ZADI, KOF, RESH, hSHIN, TAV};
|
|
|
7599 static char_u map[26] =
|
|
|
7600 {(char_u)hALEF/*a*/, (char_u)BET /*b*/, (char_u)hKAF /*c*/,
|
|
|
7601 (char_u)DALET/*d*/, (char_u)-1 /*e*/, (char_u)PEIsofit/*f*/,
|
|
|
7602 (char_u)GIMEL/*g*/, (char_u)HEI /*h*/, (char_u)IUD /*i*/,
|
|
|
7603 (char_u)HET /*j*/, (char_u)KOF /*k*/, (char_u)LAMED /*l*/,
|
|
|
7604 (char_u)MEM /*m*/, (char_u)NUN /*n*/, (char_u)SAMEH /*o*/,
|
|
|
7605 (char_u)PEI /*p*/, (char_u)-1 /*q*/, (char_u)RESH /*r*/,
|
|
|
7606 (char_u)ZAIN /*s*/, (char_u)TAV /*t*/, (char_u)TET /*u*/,
|
|
|
7607 (char_u)VAV /*v*/, (char_u)hSHIN/*w*/, (char_u)-1 /*x*/,
|
|
|
7608 (char_u)AIN /*y*/, (char_u)ZADI /*z*/};
|
|
|
7609
|
|
|
7610 if (c == 'N' || c == 'M' || c == 'P' || c == 'C' || c == 'Z')
|
|
|
7611 return (int)(map[CharOrd(c)] - 1 + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7612 /* '-1'='sofit' */
|
|
|
7613 else if (c == 'x')
|
|
|
7614 return 'X';
|
|
|
7615 else if (c == 'q')
|
|
|
7616 return '\''; /* {geresh}={'} */
|
|
|
7617 else if (c == 246)
|
|
|
7618 return ' '; /* \"o --> ' ' for a german keyboard */
|
|
|
7619 else if (c == 228)
|
|
|
7620 return ' '; /* \"a --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
7621 else if (c == 252)
|
|
|
7622 return ' '; /* \"u --> ' ' -- / -- */
|
|
|
7623 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7624 else if (islower(c))
|
|
|
7625 #else
|
|
|
7626 /* NOTE: islower() does not do the right thing for us on Linux so we
|
|
|
7627 * do this the same was as 5.7 and previous, so it works correctly on
|
|
|
7628 * all systems. Specifically, the e.g. Delete and Arrow keys are
|
|
|
7629 * munged and won't work if e.g. searching for Hebrew text.
|
|
|
7630 */
|
|
|
7631 else if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
|
|
|
7632 #endif
|
|
|
7633 return (int)(map[CharOrdLow(c)] + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7634 else
|
|
|
7635 return c;
|
|
|
7636 }
|
|
|
7637 else
|
|
|
7638 {
|
|
|
7639 switch (c)
|
|
|
7640 {
|
|
|
7641 case '`': return ';';
|
|
|
7642 case '/': return '.';
|
|
|
7643 case '\'': return ',';
|
|
|
7644 case 'q': return '/';
|
|
|
7645 case 'w': return '\'';
|
|
|
7646
|
|
|
7647 /* Hebrew letters - set offset from 'a' */
|
|
|
7648 case ',': c = '{'; break;
|
|
|
7649 case '.': c = 'v'; break;
|
|
|
7650 case ';': c = 't'; break;
|
|
|
7651 default: {
|
|
|
7652 static char str[] = "zqbcxlsjphmkwonu ydafe rig";
|
|
|
7653
|
|
|
7654 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
7655 /* see note about islower() above */
|
|
|
7656 if (!islower(c))
|
|
|
7657 #else
|
|
|
7658 if (c < 'a' || c > 'z')
|
|
|
7659 #endif
|
|
|
7660 return c;
|
|
|
7661 c = str[CharOrdLow(c)];
|
|
|
7662 break;
|
|
|
7663 }
|
|
|
7664 }
|
|
|
7665
|
|
|
7666 return (int)(CharOrdLow(c) + p_aleph);
|
|
|
7667 }
|
|
|
7668 }
|
|
|
7669 #endif
|
|
|
7670
|
|
|
7671 static void
|
|
|
7672 ins_reg()
|
|
|
7673 {
|
|
|
7674 int need_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7675 int regname;
|
|
|
7676 int literally = 0;
|
|
844
|
7677 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7678 int vis_active = VIsual_active;
|
|
|
7679 #endif
|
|
7
|
7680
|
|
|
7681 /*
|
|
|
7682 * If we are going to wait for a character, show a '"'.
|
|
|
7683 */
|
|
|
7684 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
7685 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
7686 {
|
|
|
7687 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
7688 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
7689
|
|
|
7690 edit_putchar('"', TRUE);
|
|
|
7691 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7692 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7693 #endif
|
|
|
7694 }
|
|
|
7695
|
|
|
7696 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
7697 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
7698 #endif
|
|
|
7699
|
|
|
7700 /*
|
|
|
7701 * Don't map the register name. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7702 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7703 */
|
|
|
7704 ++no_mapping;
|
|
1389
|
7705 regname = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
7706 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7707 if (regname == Ctrl_R || regname == Ctrl_O || regname == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7708 {
|
|
|
7709 /* Get a third key for literal register insertion */
|
|
|
7710 literally = regname;
|
|
|
7711 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7712 add_to_showcmd_c(literally);
|
|
|
7713 #endif
|
|
1389
|
7714 regname = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
7715 LANGMAP_ADJUST(regname, TRUE);
|
|
|
7716 }
|
|
|
7717 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7718
|
|
|
7719 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7720 /*
|
|
|
7721 * Don't call u_sync() while getting the expression,
|
|
|
7722 * evaluating it or giving an error message for it!
|
|
|
7723 */
|
|
|
7724 ++no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7725 if (regname == '=')
|
|
|
7726 {
|
|
133
|
7727 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7728 int im_on = im_get_status();
|
|
133
|
7729 # endif
|
|
7
|
7730 regname = get_expr_register();
|
|
133
|
7731 # ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
7
|
7732 /* Restore the Input Method. */
|
|
|
7733 if (im_on)
|
|
|
7734 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
133
|
7735 # endif
|
|
7
|
7736 }
|
|
140
|
7737 if (regname == NUL || !valid_yank_reg(regname, FALSE))
|
|
|
7738 {
|
|
|
7739 vim_beep();
|
|
7
|
7740 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
140
|
7741 }
|
|
7
|
7742 else
|
|
|
7743 {
|
|
|
7744 #endif
|
|
|
7745 if (literally == Ctrl_O || literally == Ctrl_P)
|
|
|
7746 {
|
|
|
7747 /* Append the command to the redo buffer. */
|
|
|
7748 AppendCharToRedobuff(Ctrl_R);
|
|
|
7749 AppendCharToRedobuff(literally);
|
|
|
7750 AppendCharToRedobuff(regname);
|
|
|
7751
|
|
|
7752 do_put(regname, BACKWARD, 1L,
|
|
|
7753 (literally == Ctrl_P ? PUT_FIXINDENT : 0) | PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
7754 }
|
|
|
7755 else if (insert_reg(regname, literally) == FAIL)
|
|
|
7756 {
|
|
|
7757 vim_beep();
|
|
|
7758 need_redraw = TRUE; /* remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7759 }
|
|
133
|
7760 else if (stop_insert_mode)
|
|
|
7761 /* When the '=' register was used and a function was invoked that
|
|
|
7762 * did ":stopinsert" then stuff_empty() returns FALSE but we won't
|
|
|
7763 * insert anything, need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7764 need_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7765
|
|
7
|
7766 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
7767 }
|
|
|
7768 --no_u_sync;
|
|
|
7769 #endif
|
|
|
7770 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
7771 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
7772 #endif
|
|
|
7773
|
|
|
7774 /* If the inserted register is empty, we need to remove the '"' */
|
|
|
7775 if (need_redraw || stuff_empty())
|
|
|
7776 edit_unputchar();
|
|
844
|
7777
|
|
|
7778 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
7779 /* Disallow starting Visual mode here, would get a weird mode. */
|
|
|
7780 if (!vis_active && VIsual_active)
|
|
|
7781 end_visual_mode();
|
|
|
7782 #endif
|
|
7
|
7783 }
|
|
|
7784
|
|
|
7785 /*
|
|
|
7786 * CTRL-G commands in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7787 */
|
|
|
7788 static void
|
|
|
7789 ins_ctrl_g()
|
|
|
7790 {
|
|
|
7791 int c;
|
|
|
7792
|
|
|
7793 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
7794 /* Right after CTRL-X the cursor will be after the ruler. */
|
|
|
7795 setcursor();
|
|
|
7796 #endif
|
|
|
7797
|
|
|
7798 /*
|
|
|
7799 * Don't map the second key. This also prevents the mode message to be
|
|
|
7800 * deleted when ESC is hit.
|
|
|
7801 */
|
|
|
7802 ++no_mapping;
|
|
1389
|
7803 c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
7804 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
7805 switch (c)
|
|
|
7806 {
|
|
|
7807 /* CTRL-G k and CTRL-G <Up>: cursor up to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7808 case K_UP:
|
|
|
7809 case Ctrl_K:
|
|
|
7810 case 'k': ins_up(TRUE);
|
|
|
7811 break;
|
|
|
7812
|
|
|
7813 /* CTRL-G j and CTRL-G <Down>: cursor down to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
7814 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
7815 case Ctrl_J:
|
|
|
7816 case 'j': ins_down(TRUE);
|
|
|
7817 break;
|
|
|
7818
|
|
|
7819 /* CTRL-G u: start new undoable edit */
|
|
825
|
7820 case 'u': u_sync(TRUE);
|
|
7
|
7821 ins_need_undo = TRUE;
|
|
626
|
7822
|
|
|
7823 /* Need to reset Insstart, esp. because a BS that joins
|
|
1219
|
7824 * a line to the previous one must save for undo. */
|
|
626
|
7825 Insstart = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
7
|
7826 break;
|
|
|
7827
|
|
|
7828 /* Unknown CTRL-G command, reserved for future expansion. */
|
|
|
7829 default: vim_beep();
|
|
|
7830 }
|
|
|
7831 }
|
|
|
7832
|
|
|
7833 /*
|
|
449
|
7834 * CTRL-^ in Insert mode.
|
|
|
7835 */
|
|
|
7836 static void
|
|
|
7837 ins_ctrl_hat()
|
|
|
7838 {
|
|
782
|
7839 if (map_to_exists_mode((char_u *)"", LANGMAP, FALSE))
|
|
449
|
7840 {
|
|
|
7841 /* ":lmap" mappings exists, Toggle use of ":lmap" mappings. */
|
|
|
7842 if (State & LANGMAP)
|
|
|
7843 {
|
|
|
7844 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7845 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7846 }
|
|
|
7847 else
|
|
|
7848 {
|
|
|
7849 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_LMAP;
|
|
|
7850 State |= LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7851 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7852 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7853 #endif
|
|
|
7854 }
|
|
|
7855 }
|
|
|
7856 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
7857 else
|
|
|
7858 {
|
|
|
7859 /* There are no ":lmap" mappings, toggle IM */
|
|
|
7860 if (im_get_status())
|
|
|
7861 {
|
|
|
7862 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_NONE;
|
|
|
7863 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
7864 }
|
|
|
7865 else
|
|
|
7866 {
|
|
|
7867 curbuf->b_p_iminsert = B_IMODE_IM;
|
|
|
7868 State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
|
7869 im_set_active(TRUE);
|
|
|
7870 }
|
|
|
7871 }
|
|
|
7872 #endif
|
|
|
7873 set_iminsert_global();
|
|
|
7874 showmode();
|
|
|
7875 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
7876 /* may show different cursor shape or color */
|
|
|
7877 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
7878 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
7879 #endif
|
|
|
7880 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
|
7881 /* Show/unshow value of 'keymap' in status lines. */
|
|
|
7882 status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
|
7883 #endif
|
|
|
7884 }
|
|
|
7885
|
|
|
7886 /*
|
|
7
|
7887 * Handle ESC in insert mode.
|
|
|
7888 * Returns TRUE when leaving insert mode, FALSE when going to repeat the
|
|
|
7889 * insert.
|
|
|
7890 */
|
|
|
7891 static int
|
|
477
|
7892 ins_esc(count, cmdchar, nomove)
|
|
7
|
7893 long *count;
|
|
|
7894 int cmdchar;
|
|
477
|
7895 int nomove; /* don't move cursor */
|
|
7
|
7896 {
|
|
|
7897 int temp;
|
|
|
7898 static int disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7899
|
|
744
|
7900 #ifdef FEAT_SPELL
|
|
449
|
7901 check_spell_redraw();
|
|
|
7902 #endif
|
|
7
|
7903 #if defined(FEAT_HANGULIN)
|
|
|
7904 # if defined(ESC_CHG_TO_ENG_MODE)
|
|
|
7905 hangul_input_state_set(0);
|
|
|
7906 # endif
|
|
|
7907 if (composing_hangul)
|
|
|
7908 {
|
|
|
7909 push_raw_key(composing_hangul_buffer, 2);
|
|
|
7910 composing_hangul = 0;
|
|
|
7911 }
|
|
|
7912 #endif
|
|
|
7913
|
|
|
7914 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7915 if (disabled_redraw)
|
|
|
7916 {
|
|
|
7917 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7918 disabled_redraw = FALSE;
|
|
|
7919 }
|
|
|
7920 if (!arrow_used)
|
|
|
7921 {
|
|
|
7922 /*
|
|
|
7923 * Don't append the ESC for "r<CR>" and "grx".
|
|
75
|
7924 * When 'insertmode' is set only CTRL-L stops Insert mode. Needed for
|
|
|
7925 * when "count" is non-zero.
|
|
7
|
7926 */
|
|
|
7927 if (cmdchar != 'r' && cmdchar != 'v')
|
|
75
|
7928 AppendToRedobuff(p_im ? (char_u *)"\014" : ESC_STR);
|
|
7
|
7929
|
|
|
7930 /*
|
|
|
7931 * Repeating insert may take a long time. Check for
|
|
|
7932 * interrupt now and then.
|
|
|
7933 */
|
|
|
7934 if (*count > 0)
|
|
|
7935 {
|
|
|
7936 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
7937 if (got_int)
|
|
|
7938 *count = 0;
|
|
|
7939 }
|
|
|
7940
|
|
|
7941 if (--*count > 0) /* repeat what was typed */
|
|
|
7942 {
|
|
164
|
7943 /* Vi repeats the insert without replacing characters. */
|
|
|
7944 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_REPLCNT) != NULL)
|
|
|
7945 State &= ~REPLACE_FLAG;
|
|
|
7946
|
|
7
|
7947 (void)start_redo_ins();
|
|
|
7948 if (cmdchar == 'r' || cmdchar == 'v')
|
|
|
7949 stuffReadbuff(ESC_STR); /* no ESC in redo buffer */
|
|
|
7950 ++RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
7951 disabled_redraw = TRUE;
|
|
|
7952 return FALSE; /* repeat the insert */
|
|
|
7953 }
|
|
|
7954 stop_insert(&curwin->w_cursor, TRUE);
|
|
|
7955 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
7956 }
|
|
|
7957
|
|
|
7958 /* When an autoindent was removed, curswant stays after the
|
|
|
7959 * indent */
|
|
|
7960 if (restart_edit == NUL && (colnr_T)temp == curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
7961 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
7962
|
|
|
7963 /* Remember the last Insert position in the '^ mark. */
|
|
|
7964 if (!cmdmod.keepjumps)
|
|
|
7965 curbuf->b_last_insert = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
7966
|
|
|
7967 /*
|
|
|
7968 * The cursor should end up on the last inserted character.
|
|
477
|
7969 * Don't do it for CTRL-O, unless past the end of the line.
|
|
7
|
7970 */
|
|
477
|
7971 if (!nomove
|
|
|
7972 && (curwin->w_cursor.col != 0
|
|
7
|
7973 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7974 || curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0
|
|
|
7975 #endif
|
|
477
|
7976 )
|
|
|
7977 && (restart_edit == NUL
|
|
|
7978 || (gchar_cursor() == NUL
|
|
7
|
7979 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
477
|
7980 && !VIsual_active
|
|
|
7981 #endif
|
|
|
7982 ))
|
|
7
|
7983 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
7984 && !revins_on
|
|
|
7985 #endif
|
|
|
7986 )
|
|
|
7987 {
|
|
|
7988 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
7989 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0 || ve_flags == VE_ALL)
|
|
|
7990 {
|
|
|
7991 oneleft();
|
|
|
7992 if (restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
7993 ++curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
7994 }
|
|
|
7995 else
|
|
|
7996 #endif
|
|
|
7997 {
|
|
|
7998 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
7999 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8000 /* Correct cursor for multi-byte character. */
|
|
|
8001 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
8002 mb_adjust_cursor();
|
|
|
8003 #endif
|
|
|
8004 }
|
|
|
8005 }
|
|
|
8006
|
|
|
8007 #ifdef USE_IM_CONTROL
|
|
|
8008 /* Disable IM to allow typing English directly for Normal mode commands.
|
|
|
8009 * When ":lmap" is enabled don't change 'iminsert' (IM can be enabled as
|
|
|
8010 * well). */
|
|
|
8011 if (!(State & LANGMAP))
|
|
|
8012 im_save_status(&curbuf->b_p_iminsert);
|
|
|
8013 im_set_active(FALSE);
|
|
|
8014 #endif
|
|
|
8015
|
|
|
8016 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
8017 /* need to position cursor again (e.g. when on a TAB ) */
|
|
|
8018 changed_cline_bef_curs();
|
|
|
8019
|
|
|
8020 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
8021 setmouse();
|
|
|
8022 #endif
|
|
|
8023 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
8024 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
8025 #endif
|
|
|
8026
|
|
|
8027 /*
|
|
|
8028 * When recording or for CTRL-O, need to display the new mode.
|
|
|
8029 * Otherwise remove the mode message.
|
|
|
8030 */
|
|
|
8031 if (Recording || restart_edit != NUL)
|
|
|
8032 showmode();
|
|
|
8033 else if (p_smd)
|
|
|
8034 MSG("");
|
|
|
8035
|
|
|
8036 return TRUE; /* exit Insert mode */
|
|
|
8037 }
|
|
|
8038
|
|
|
8039 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8040 /*
|
|
|
8041 * Toggle language: hkmap and revins_on.
|
|
|
8042 * Move to end of reverse inserted text.
|
|
|
8043 */
|
|
|
8044 static void
|
|
|
8045 ins_ctrl_()
|
|
|
8046 {
|
|
|
8047 if (revins_on && revins_chars && revins_scol >= 0)
|
|
|
8048 {
|
|
|
8049 while (gchar_cursor() != NUL && revins_chars--)
|
|
|
8050 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8051 }
|
|
|
8052 p_ri = !p_ri;
|
|
|
8053 revins_on = (State == INSERT && p_ri);
|
|
|
8054 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
8055 {
|
|
|
8056 revins_scol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8057 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8058 revins_chars = 0;
|
|
|
8059 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8060 }
|
|
|
8061 else
|
|
|
8062 revins_scol = -1;
|
|
|
8063 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8064 if (p_altkeymap)
|
|
|
8065 {
|
|
|
8066 /*
|
|
|
8067 * to be consistent also for redo command, using '.'
|
|
|
8068 * set arrow_used to true and stop it - causing to redo
|
|
|
8069 * characters entered in one mode (normal/reverse insert).
|
|
|
8070 */
|
|
|
8071 arrow_used = TRUE;
|
|
|
8072 (void)stop_arrow();
|
|
|
8073 p_fkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri;
|
|
|
8074 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
8075 State = INSERT;
|
|
|
8076 }
|
|
|
8077 else
|
|
|
8078 #endif
|
|
|
8079 p_hkmap = curwin->w_p_rl ^ p_ri; /* be consistent! */
|
|
|
8080 showmode();
|
|
|
8081 }
|
|
|
8082 #endif
|
|
|
8083
|
|
|
8084 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
8085 /*
|
|
|
8086 * If 'keymodel' contains "startsel", may start selection.
|
|
|
8087 * Returns TRUE when a CTRL-O and other keys stuffed.
|
|
|
8088 */
|
|
|
8089 static int
|
|
|
8090 ins_start_select(c)
|
|
|
8091 int c;
|
|
|
8092 {
|
|
|
8093 if (km_startsel)
|
|
|
8094 switch (c)
|
|
|
8095 {
|
|
|
8096 case K_KHOME:
|
|
|
8097 case K_KEND:
|
|
|
8098 case K_PAGEUP:
|
|
|
8099 case K_KPAGEUP:
|
|
|
8100 case K_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
8101 case K_KPAGEDOWN:
|
|
|
8102 # ifdef MACOS
|
|
|
8103 case K_LEFT:
|
|
|
8104 case K_RIGHT:
|
|
|
8105 case K_UP:
|
|
|
8106 case K_DOWN:
|
|
|
8107 case K_END:
|
|
|
8108 case K_HOME:
|
|
|
8109 # endif
|
|
|
8110 if (!(mod_mask & MOD_MASK_SHIFT))
|
|
|
8111 break;
|
|
|
8112 /* FALLTHROUGH */
|
|
|
8113 case K_S_LEFT:
|
|
|
8114 case K_S_RIGHT:
|
|
|
8115 case K_S_UP:
|
|
|
8116 case K_S_DOWN:
|
|
|
8117 case K_S_END:
|
|
|
8118 case K_S_HOME:
|
|
|
8119 /* Start selection right away, the cursor can move with
|
|
|
8120 * CTRL-O when beyond the end of the line. */
|
|
|
8121 start_selection();
|
|
|
8122
|
|
|
8123 /* Execute the key in (insert) Select mode. */
|
|
|
8124 stuffcharReadbuff(Ctrl_O);
|
|
|
8125 if (mod_mask)
|
|
|
8126 {
|
|
|
8127 char_u buf[4];
|
|
|
8128
|
|
|
8129 buf[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
|
8130 buf[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
8131 buf[2] = mod_mask;
|
|
|
8132 buf[3] = NUL;
|
|
|
8133 stuffReadbuff(buf);
|
|
|
8134 }
|
|
|
8135 stuffcharReadbuff(c);
|
|
|
8136 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8137 }
|
|
|
8138 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8139 }
|
|
|
8140 #endif
|
|
|
8141
|
|
|
8142 /*
|
|
449
|
8143 * <Insert> key in Insert mode: toggle insert/remplace mode.
|
|
|
8144 */
|
|
|
8145 static void
|
|
|
8146 ins_insert(replaceState)
|
|
|
8147 int replaceState;
|
|
|
8148 {
|
|
|
8149 #ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
8150 if (p_fkmap && p_ri)
|
|
|
8151 {
|
|
|
8152 beep_flush();
|
|
|
8153 EMSG(farsi_text_3); /* encoded in Farsi */
|
|
|
8154 return;
|
|
|
8155 }
|
|
|
8156 #endif
|
|
|
8157
|
|
|
8158 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
532
|
8159 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
449
|
8160 set_vim_var_string(VV_INSERTMODE,
|
|
|
8161 (char_u *)((State & REPLACE_FLAG) ? "i" :
|
|
667
|
8162 # ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8163 replaceState == VREPLACE ? "v" :
|
|
|
8164 # endif
|
|
|
8165 "r"), 1);
|
|
532
|
8166 # endif
|
|
449
|
8167 apply_autocmds(EVENT_INSERTCHANGE, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
|
|
|
8168 #endif
|
|
|
8169 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8170 State = INSERT | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
8171 else
|
|
|
8172 State = replaceState | (State & LANGMAP);
|
|
|
8173 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_INS);
|
|
|
8174 showmode();
|
|
|
8175 #ifdef CURSOR_SHAPE
|
|
|
8176 ui_cursor_shape(); /* may show different cursor shape */
|
|
|
8177 #endif
|
|
|
8178 }
|
|
|
8179
|
|
|
8180 /*
|
|
|
8181 * Pressed CTRL-O in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8182 */
|
|
|
8183 static void
|
|
|
8184 ins_ctrl_o()
|
|
|
8185 {
|
|
|
8186 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8187 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8188 restart_edit = 'V';
|
|
|
8189 else
|
|
|
8190 #endif
|
|
|
8191 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8192 restart_edit = 'R';
|
|
|
8193 else
|
|
|
8194 restart_edit = 'I';
|
|
|
8195 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8196 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
8197 ins_at_eol = FALSE; /* cursor always keeps its column */
|
|
|
8198 else
|
|
|
8199 #endif
|
|
|
8200 ins_at_eol = (gchar_cursor() == NUL);
|
|
|
8201 }
|
|
|
8202
|
|
|
8203 /*
|
|
7
|
8204 * If the cursor is on an indent, ^T/^D insert/delete one
|
|
|
8205 * shiftwidth. Otherwise ^T/^D behave like a "<<" or ">>".
|
|
1796
|
8206 * Always round the indent to 'shiftwidth', this is compatible
|
|
7
|
8207 * with vi. But vi only supports ^T and ^D after an
|
|
|
8208 * autoindent, we support it everywhere.
|
|
|
8209 */
|
|
|
8210 static void
|
|
|
8211 ins_shift(c, lastc)
|
|
|
8212 int c;
|
|
|
8213 int lastc;
|
|
|
8214 {
|
|
|
8215 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8216 return;
|
|
|
8217 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
8218
|
|
|
8219 /*
|
|
|
8220 * 0^D and ^^D: remove all indent.
|
|
|
8221 */
|
|
1330
|
8222 if (c == Ctrl_D && (lastc == '0' || lastc == '^')
|
|
|
8223 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
7
|
8224 {
|
|
|
8225 --curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8226 (void)del_char(FALSE); /* delete the '^' or '0' */
|
|
|
8227 /* In Replace mode, restore the characters that '^' or '0' replaced. */
|
|
|
8228 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8229 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
8230 if (lastc == '^')
|
|
|
8231 old_indent = get_indent(); /* remember curr. indent */
|
|
1516
|
8232 change_indent(INDENT_SET, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
8233 }
|
|
|
8234 else
|
|
1516
|
8235 change_indent(c == Ctrl_D ? INDENT_DEC : INDENT_INC, 0, TRUE, 0, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
8236
|
|
|
8237 if (did_ai && *skipwhite(ml_get_curline()) != NUL)
|
|
|
8238 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8239 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8240 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8241 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8242 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8243 #endif
|
|
|
8244 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8245 can_cindent = FALSE; /* no cindenting after ^D or ^T */
|
|
|
8246 #endif
|
|
|
8247 }
|
|
|
8248
|
|
|
8249 static void
|
|
|
8250 ins_del()
|
|
|
8251 {
|
|
|
8252 int temp;
|
|
|
8253
|
|
|
8254 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8255 return;
|
|
|
8256 if (gchar_cursor() == NUL) /* delete newline */
|
|
|
8257 {
|
|
|
8258 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8259 if (!can_bs(BS_EOL) /* only if "eol" included */
|
|
|
8260 || u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 1),
|
|
|
8261 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 2)) == FAIL
|
|
|
8262 || do_join(FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8263 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8264 else
|
|
|
8265 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
8266 }
|
|
|
8267 else if (del_char(FALSE) == FAIL) /* delete char under cursor */
|
|
|
8268 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8269 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8270 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8271 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8272 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8273 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8274 #endif
|
|
|
8275 AppendCharToRedobuff(K_DEL);
|
|
|
8276 }
|
|
|
8277
|
|
1460
|
8278 static void ins_bs_one __ARGS((colnr_T *vcolp));
|
|
|
8279
|
|
|
8280 /*
|
|
|
8281 * Delete one character for ins_bs().
|
|
|
8282 */
|
|
|
8283 static void
|
|
|
8284 ins_bs_one(vcolp)
|
|
|
8285 colnr_T *vcolp;
|
|
|
8286 {
|
|
|
8287 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8288 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, vcolp, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8289 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8290 {
|
|
|
8291 /* Don't delete characters before the insert point when in
|
|
|
8292 * Replace mode */
|
|
|
8293 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8294 || curwin->w_cursor.col >= Insstart.col)
|
|
1782
|
8295 replace_do_bs(-1);
|
|
1460
|
8296 }
|
|
|
8297 else
|
|
|
8298 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
8299 }
|
|
|
8300
|
|
7
|
8301 /*
|
|
|
8302 * Handle Backspace, delete-word and delete-line in Insert mode.
|
|
|
8303 * Return TRUE when backspace was actually used.
|
|
|
8304 */
|
|
|
8305 static int
|
|
|
8306 ins_bs(c, mode, inserted_space_p)
|
|
|
8307 int c;
|
|
|
8308 int mode;
|
|
|
8309 int *inserted_space_p;
|
|
|
8310 {
|
|
|
8311 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
8312 int cc;
|
|
|
8313 int temp = 0; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
8314 colnr_T mincol;
|
|
|
8315 int did_backspace = FALSE;
|
|
|
8316 int in_indent;
|
|
|
8317 int oldState;
|
|
|
8318 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
714
|
8319 int cpc[MAX_MCO]; /* composing characters */
|
|
7
|
8320 #endif
|
|
|
8321
|
|
|
8322 /*
|
|
|
8323 * can't delete anything in an empty file
|
|
|
8324 * can't backup past first character in buffer
|
|
|
8325 * can't backup past starting point unless 'backspace' > 1
|
|
|
8326 * can backup to a previous line if 'backspace' == 0
|
|
|
8327 */
|
|
|
8328 if ( bufempty()
|
|
|
8329 || (
|
|
|
8330 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8331 !revins_on &&
|
|
|
8332 #endif
|
|
|
8333 ((curwin->w_cursor.lnum == 1 && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
8334 || (!can_bs(BS_START)
|
|
|
8335 && (arrow_used
|
|
|
8336 || (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8337 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= Insstart.col)))
|
|
|
8338 || (!can_bs(BS_INDENT) && !arrow_used && ai_col > 0
|
|
|
8339 && curwin->w_cursor.col <= ai_col)
|
|
|
8340 || (!can_bs(BS_EOL) && curwin->w_cursor.col == 0))))
|
|
|
8341 {
|
|
|
8342 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8343 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8344 }
|
|
|
8345
|
|
|
8346 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
8347 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8348 in_indent = inindent(0);
|
|
|
8349 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8350 if (in_indent)
|
|
|
8351 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
8352 #endif
|
|
|
8353 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
8354 end_comment_pending = NUL; /* After BS, don't auto-end comment */
|
|
|
8355 #endif
|
|
|
8356 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8357 if (revins_on) /* put cursor after last inserted char */
|
|
|
8358 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8359 #endif
|
|
|
8360
|
|
|
8361 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8362 /* Virtualedit:
|
|
|
8363 * BACKSPACE_CHAR eats a virtual space
|
|
|
8364 * BACKSPACE_WORD eats all coladd
|
|
|
8365 * BACKSPACE_LINE eats all coladd and keeps going
|
|
|
8366 */
|
|
|
8367 if (curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
8368 {
|
|
|
8369 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
8370 {
|
|
|
8371 --curwin->w_cursor.coladd;
|
|
|
8372 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8373 }
|
|
|
8374 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD)
|
|
|
8375 {
|
|
|
8376 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8377 return TRUE;
|
|
|
8378 }
|
|
|
8379 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8380 }
|
|
|
8381 #endif
|
|
|
8382
|
|
|
8383 /*
|
|
|
8384 * delete newline!
|
|
|
8385 */
|
|
|
8386 if (curwin->w_cursor.col == 0)
|
|
|
8387 {
|
|
|
8388 lnum = Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
8389 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8390 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8391 || revins_on
|
|
|
8392 #endif
|
|
|
8393 )
|
|
|
8394 {
|
|
|
8395 if (u_save((linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum - 2),
|
|
|
8396 (linenr_T)(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + 1)) == FAIL)
|
|
|
8397 return FALSE;
|
|
|
8398 --Insstart.lnum;
|
|
|
8399 Insstart.col = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
8400 }
|
|
|
8401 /*
|
|
|
8402 * In replace mode:
|
|
|
8403 * cc < 0: NL was inserted, delete it
|
|
|
8404 * cc >= 0: NL was replaced, put original characters back
|
|
|
8405 */
|
|
|
8406 cc = -1;
|
|
|
8407 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8408 cc = replace_pop(); /* returns -1 if NL was inserted */
|
|
|
8409 /*
|
|
|
8410 * In replace mode, in the line we started replacing, we only move the
|
|
|
8411 * cursor.
|
|
|
8412 */
|
|
|
8413 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG) && curwin->w_cursor.lnum <= lnum)
|
|
|
8414 {
|
|
|
8415 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8416 }
|
|
|
8417 else
|
|
|
8418 {
|
|
|
8419 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8420 if (!(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8421 || curwin->w_cursor.lnum > orig_line_count)
|
|
|
8422 #endif
|
|
|
8423 {
|
|
|
8424 temp = gchar_cursor(); /* remember current char */
|
|
|
8425 --curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
278
|
8426
|
|
|
8427 /* When "aw" is in 'formatoptions' we must delete the space at
|
|
|
8428 * the end of the line, otherwise the line will be broken
|
|
|
8429 * again when auto-formatting. */
|
|
|
8430 if (has_format_option(FO_AUTO)
|
|
|
8431 && has_format_option(FO_WHITE_PAR))
|
|
|
8432 {
|
|
|
8433 char_u *ptr = ml_get_buf(curbuf, curwin->w_cursor.lnum,
|
|
|
8434 TRUE);
|
|
|
8435 int len;
|
|
|
8436
|
|
835
|
8437 len = (int)STRLEN(ptr);
|
|
278
|
8438 if (len > 0 && ptr[len - 1] == ' ')
|
|
|
8439 ptr[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
8440 }
|
|
|
8441
|
|
7
|
8442 (void)do_join(FALSE);
|
|
|
8443 if (temp == NUL && gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
8444 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8445 }
|
|
|
8446 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8447 else
|
|
|
8448 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8449 #endif
|
|
|
8450
|
|
|
8451 /*
|
|
|
8452 * In REPLACE mode we have to put back the text that was replaced
|
|
|
8453 * by the NL. On the replace stack is first a NUL-terminated
|
|
|
8454 * sequence of characters that were deleted and then the
|
|
|
8455 * characters that NL replaced.
|
|
|
8456 */
|
|
|
8457 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8458 {
|
|
|
8459 /*
|
|
|
8460 * Do the next ins_char() in NORMAL state, to
|
|
|
8461 * prevent ins_char() from replacing characters and
|
|
|
8462 * avoiding showmatch().
|
|
|
8463 */
|
|
|
8464 oldState = State;
|
|
|
8465 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
8466 /*
|
|
|
8467 * restore characters (blanks) deleted after cursor
|
|
|
8468 */
|
|
|
8469 while (cc > 0)
|
|
|
8470 {
|
|
|
8471 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8472 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8473 mb_replace_pop_ins(cc);
|
|
|
8474 #else
|
|
|
8475 ins_char(cc);
|
|
|
8476 #endif
|
|
|
8477 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
8478 cc = replace_pop();
|
|
|
8479 }
|
|
|
8480 /* restore the characters that NL replaced */
|
|
|
8481 replace_pop_ins();
|
|
|
8482 State = oldState;
|
|
|
8483 }
|
|
|
8484 }
|
|
|
8485 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8486 }
|
|
|
8487 else
|
|
|
8488 {
|
|
|
8489 /*
|
|
|
8490 * Delete character(s) before the cursor.
|
|
|
8491 */
|
|
|
8492 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8493 if (revins_on) /* put cursor on last inserted char */
|
|
|
8494 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8495 #endif
|
|
|
8496 mincol = 0;
|
|
|
8497 /* keep indent */
|
|
1085
|
8498 if (mode == BACKSPACE_LINE
|
|
|
8499 && (curbuf->b_p_ai
|
|
|
8500 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8501 || cindent_on()
|
|
|
8502 #endif
|
|
|
8503 )
|
|
7
|
8504 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8505 && !revins_on
|
|
|
8506 #endif
|
|
|
8507 )
|
|
|
8508 {
|
|
|
8509 temp = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8510 beginline(BL_WHITE);
|
|
|
8511 if (curwin->w_cursor.col < (colnr_T)temp)
|
|
|
8512 mincol = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8513 curwin->w_cursor.col = temp;
|
|
|
8514 }
|
|
|
8515
|
|
|
8516 /*
|
|
|
8517 * Handle deleting one 'shiftwidth' or 'softtabstop'.
|
|
|
8518 */
|
|
|
8519 if ( mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR
|
|
|
8520 && ((p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
648
|
8521 || (curbuf->b_p_sts != 0
|
|
1497
|
8522 && curwin->w_cursor.col > 0
|
|
7
|
8523 && (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == TAB
|
|
|
8524 || (*(ml_get_cursor() - 1) == ' '
|
|
|
8525 && (!*inserted_space_p
|
|
|
8526 || arrow_used))))))
|
|
|
8527 {
|
|
|
8528 int ts;
|
|
|
8529 colnr_T vcol;
|
|
|
8530 colnr_T want_vcol;
|
|
1460
|
8531 colnr_T start_vcol;
|
|
7
|
8532
|
|
|
8533 *inserted_space_p = FALSE;
|
|
648
|
8534 if (p_sta && in_indent)
|
|
7
|
8535 ts = curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
8536 else
|
|
|
8537 ts = curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
8538 /* Compute the virtual column where we want to be. Since
|
|
|
8539 * 'showbreak' may get in the way, need to get the last column of
|
|
|
8540 * the previous character. */
|
|
|
8541 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
1460
|
8542 start_vcol = vcol;
|
|
7
|
8543 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8544 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, NULL, NULL, &want_vcol);
|
|
|
8545 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8546 want_vcol = (want_vcol / ts) * ts;
|
|
|
8547
|
|
|
8548 /* delete characters until we are at or before want_vcol */
|
|
|
8549 while (vcol > want_vcol
|
|
|
8550 && (cc = *(ml_get_cursor() - 1), vim_iswhite(cc)))
|
|
1460
|
8551 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
|
|
7
|
8552
|
|
|
8553 /* insert extra spaces until we are at want_vcol */
|
|
|
8554 while (vcol < want_vcol)
|
|
|
8555 {
|
|
|
8556 /* Remember the first char we inserted */
|
|
|
8557 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8558 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8559 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8560
|
|
|
8561 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
8562 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8563 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
8564 else
|
|
|
8565 #endif
|
|
|
8566 {
|
|
|
8567 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
1460
|
8568 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG))
|
|
|
8569 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
7
|
8570 }
|
|
|
8571 getvcol(curwin, &curwin->w_cursor, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
8572 }
|
|
1460
|
8573
|
|
|
8574 /* If we are now back where we started delete one character. Can
|
|
|
8575 * happen when using 'sts' and 'linebreak'. */
|
|
|
8576 if (vcol >= start_vcol)
|
|
|
8577 ins_bs_one(&vcol);
|
|
7
|
8578 }
|
|
|
8579
|
|
|
8580 /*
|
|
|
8581 * Delete upto starting point, start of line or previous word.
|
|
|
8582 */
|
|
|
8583 else do
|
|
|
8584 {
|
|
|
8585 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8586 if (!revins_on) /* put cursor on char to be deleted */
|
|
|
8587 #endif
|
|
|
8588 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8589
|
|
|
8590 /* start of word? */
|
|
|
8591 if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD && !vim_isspace(gchar_cursor()))
|
|
|
8592 {
|
|
|
8593 mode = BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE;
|
|
|
8594 temp = vim_iswordc(gchar_cursor());
|
|
|
8595 }
|
|
|
8596 /* end of word? */
|
|
|
8597 else if (mode == BACKSPACE_WORD_NOT_SPACE
|
|
|
8598 && (vim_isspace(cc = gchar_cursor())
|
|
|
8599 || vim_iswordc(cc) != temp))
|
|
|
8600 {
|
|
|
8601 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8602 if (!revins_on)
|
|
|
8603 #endif
|
|
|
8604 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8605 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8606 else if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
8607 dec_cursor();
|
|
|
8608 #endif
|
|
|
8609 break;
|
|
|
8610 }
|
|
|
8611 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1782
|
8612 replace_do_bs(-1);
|
|
7
|
8613 else
|
|
|
8614 {
|
|
|
8615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8616 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco)
|
|
714
|
8617 (void)utfc_ptr2char(ml_get_cursor(), cpc);
|
|
7
|
8618 #endif
|
|
|
8619 (void)del_char(FALSE);
|
|
|
8620 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8621 /*
|
|
714
|
8622 * If there are combining characters and 'delcombine' is set
|
|
|
8623 * move the cursor back. Don't back up before the base
|
|
7
|
8624 * character.
|
|
|
8625 */
|
|
714
|
8626 if (enc_utf8 && p_deco && cpc[0] != NUL)
|
|
7
|
8627 inc_cursor();
|
|
|
8628 #endif
|
|
|
8629 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8630 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
8631 {
|
|
|
8632 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
8633 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8634 }
|
|
|
8635 if (revins_on && gchar_cursor() == NUL)
|
|
|
8636 break;
|
|
|
8637 #endif
|
|
|
8638 }
|
|
|
8639 /* Just a single backspace?: */
|
|
|
8640 if (mode == BACKSPACE_CHAR)
|
|
|
8641 break;
|
|
|
8642 } while (
|
|
|
8643 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8644 revins_on ||
|
|
|
8645 #endif
|
|
|
8646 (curwin->w_cursor.col > mincol
|
|
|
8647 && (curwin->w_cursor.lnum != Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8648 || curwin->w_cursor.col != Insstart.col)));
|
|
|
8649 did_backspace = TRUE;
|
|
|
8650 }
|
|
|
8651 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
8652 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8653 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
8654 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
8655 #endif
|
|
|
8656 if (curwin->w_cursor.col <= 1)
|
|
|
8657 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
8658 /*
|
|
|
8659 * It's a little strange to put backspaces into the redo
|
|
|
8660 * buffer, but it makes auto-indent a lot easier to deal
|
|
|
8661 * with.
|
|
|
8662 */
|
|
|
8663 AppendCharToRedobuff(c);
|
|
|
8664
|
|
|
8665 /* If deleted before the insertion point, adjust it */
|
|
|
8666 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
8667 && curwin->w_cursor.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
8668 Insstart.col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
8669
|
|
|
8670 /* vi behaviour: the cursor moves backward but the character that
|
|
|
8671 * was there remains visible
|
|
|
8672 * Vim behaviour: the cursor moves backward and the character that
|
|
|
8673 * was there is erased from the screen.
|
|
|
8674 * We can emulate the vi behaviour by pretending there is a dollar
|
|
|
8675 * displayed even when there isn't.
|
|
|
8676 * --pkv Sun Jan 19 01:56:40 EST 2003 */
|
|
|
8677 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_BACKSPACE) != NULL && dollar_vcol == 0)
|
|
|
8678 dollar_vcol = curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
8679
|
|
1514
|
8680 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8681 /* When deleting a char the cursor line must never be in a closed fold.
|
|
|
8682 * E.g., when 'foldmethod' is indent and deleting the first non-white
|
|
|
8683 * char before a Tab. */
|
|
|
8684 if (did_backspace)
|
|
|
8685 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8686 #endif
|
|
|
8687
|
|
7
|
8688 return did_backspace;
|
|
|
8689 }
|
|
|
8690
|
|
|
8691 #ifdef FEAT_MOUSE
|
|
|
8692 static void
|
|
|
8693 ins_mouse(c)
|
|
|
8694 int c;
|
|
|
8695 {
|
|
|
8696 pos_T tpos;
|
|
840
|
8697 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
7
|
8698
|
|
|
8699 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
8700 /* When GUI is active, also move/paste when 'mouse' is empty */
|
|
|
8701 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
8702 # endif
|
|
|
8703 if (!mouse_has(MOUSE_INSERT))
|
|
|
8704 return;
|
|
|
8705
|
|
|
8706 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8707 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8708 if (do_mouse(NULL, c, BACKWARD, 1L, 0))
|
|
|
8709 {
|
|
840
|
8710 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8711 win_T *new_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
8712
|
|
|
8713 if (curwin != old_curwin && win_valid(old_curwin))
|
|
|
8714 {
|
|
|
8715 /* Mouse took us to another window. We need to go back to the
|
|
|
8716 * previous one to stop insert there properly. */
|
|
|
8717 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
8718 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8719 }
|
|
|
8720 #endif
|
|
|
8721 start_arrow(curwin == old_curwin ? &tpos : NULL);
|
|
|
8722 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8723 if (curwin != new_curwin && win_valid(new_curwin))
|
|
|
8724 {
|
|
|
8725 curwin = new_curwin;
|
|
|
8726 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8727 }
|
|
|
8728 #endif
|
|
7
|
8729 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8730 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8731 # endif
|
|
|
8732 }
|
|
|
8733
|
|
|
8734 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
8735 /* redraw status lines (in case another window became active) */
|
|
|
8736 redraw_statuslines();
|
|
|
8737 #endif
|
|
|
8738 }
|
|
|
8739
|
|
|
8740 static void
|
|
|
8741 ins_mousescroll(up)
|
|
|
8742 int up;
|
|
|
8743 {
|
|
|
8744 pos_T tpos;
|
|
1434
|
8745 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8746 win_T *old_curwin = curwin;
|
|
|
8747 # endif
|
|
|
8748 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8749 int did_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
8750 # endif
|
|
|
8751
|
|
|
8752 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8753
|
|
|
8754 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8755 /* Currently the mouse coordinates are only known in the GUI. */
|
|
|
8756 if (gui.in_use && mouse_row >= 0 && mouse_col >= 0)
|
|
|
8757 {
|
|
|
8758 int row, col;
|
|
|
8759
|
|
|
8760 row = mouse_row;
|
|
|
8761 col = mouse_col;
|
|
|
8762
|
|
|
8763 /* find the window at the pointer coordinates */
|
|
|
8764 curwin = mouse_find_win(&row, &col);
|
|
|
8765 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8766 }
|
|
|
8767 if (curwin == old_curwin)
|
|
|
8768 # endif
|
|
|
8769 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8770
|
|
1434
|
8771 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8772 /* Don't scroll the window in which completion is being done. */
|
|
|
8773 if (!pum_visible()
|
|
|
8774 # if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8775 || curwin != old_curwin
|
|
|
8776 # endif
|
|
|
8777 )
|
|
|
8778 # endif
|
|
|
8779 {
|
|
|
8780 if (mod_mask & (MOD_MASK_SHIFT | MOD_MASK_CTRL))
|
|
|
8781 scroll_redraw(up, (long)(curwin->w_botline - curwin->w_topline));
|
|
|
8782 else
|
|
|
8783 scroll_redraw(up, 3L);
|
|
|
8784 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8785 did_scroll = TRUE;
|
|
|
8786 # endif
|
|
|
8787 }
|
|
7
|
8788
|
|
|
8789 # if defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_WINDOWS)
|
|
|
8790 curwin->w_redr_status = TRUE;
|
|
|
8791
|
|
|
8792 curwin = old_curwin;
|
|
|
8793 curbuf = curwin->w_buffer;
|
|
|
8794 # endif
|
|
|
8795
|
|
1434
|
8796 # ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
8797 /* The popup menu may overlay the window, need to redraw it.
|
|
|
8798 * TODO: Would be more efficient to only redraw the windows that are
|
|
|
8799 * overlapped by the popup menu. */
|
|
|
8800 if (pum_visible() && did_scroll)
|
|
|
8801 {
|
|
|
8802 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
8803 ins_compl_show_pum();
|
|
|
8804 }
|
|
|
8805 # endif
|
|
|
8806
|
|
7
|
8807 if (!equalpos(curwin->w_cursor, tpos))
|
|
|
8808 {
|
|
|
8809 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8810 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8811 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8812 # endif
|
|
|
8813 }
|
|
|
8814 }
|
|
|
8815 #endif
|
|
|
8816
|
|
692
|
8817 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
724
|
8818 static void
|
|
692
|
8819 ins_tabline(c)
|
|
|
8820 int c;
|
|
|
8821 {
|
|
|
8822 /* We will be leaving the current window, unless closing another tab. */
|
|
|
8823 if (c != K_TABMENU || current_tabmenu != TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE
|
|
|
8824 || (current_tab != 0 && current_tab != tabpage_index(curtab)))
|
|
|
8825 {
|
|
|
8826 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8827 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8828 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8829 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8830 # endif
|
|
|
8831 }
|
|
|
8832
|
|
|
8833 if (c == K_TABLINE)
|
|
|
8834 goto_tabpage(current_tab);
|
|
|
8835 else
|
|
846
|
8836 {
|
|
692
|
8837 handle_tabmenu();
|
|
846
|
8838 redraw_statuslines(); /* will redraw the tabline when needed */
|
|
|
8839 }
|
|
692
|
8840 }
|
|
|
8841 #endif
|
|
|
8842
|
|
|
8843 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
8844 void
|
|
|
8845 ins_scroll()
|
|
|
8846 {
|
|
|
8847 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8848
|
|
|
8849 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8850 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8851 if (gui_do_scroll())
|
|
|
8852 {
|
|
|
8853 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8854 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8855 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8856 # endif
|
|
|
8857 }
|
|
|
8858 }
|
|
|
8859
|
|
|
8860 void
|
|
|
8861 ins_horscroll()
|
|
|
8862 {
|
|
|
8863 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8864
|
|
|
8865 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8866 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8867 if (gui_do_horiz_scroll())
|
|
|
8868 {
|
|
|
8869 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8870 # ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
8871 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
8872 # endif
|
|
|
8873 }
|
|
|
8874 }
|
|
|
8875 #endif
|
|
|
8876
|
|
|
8877 static void
|
|
|
8878 ins_left()
|
|
|
8879 {
|
|
|
8880 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8881
|
|
|
8882 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8883 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8884 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8885 #endif
|
|
|
8886 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8887 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8888 if (oneleft() == OK)
|
|
|
8889 {
|
|
941
|
8890 #if defined(FEAT_XIM) && defined(FEAT_GUI_GTK)
|
|
|
8891 /* Only call start_arrow() when not busy with preediting, it will
|
|
|
8892 * break undo. K_LEFT is inserted in im_correct_cursor(). */
|
|
|
8893 if (!im_is_preediting())
|
|
|
8894 #endif
|
|
|
8895 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
7
|
8896 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
8897 /* If exit reversed string, position is fixed */
|
|
|
8898 if (revins_scol != -1 && (int)curwin->w_cursor.col >= revins_scol)
|
|
|
8899 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
8900 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
8901 #endif
|
|
|
8902 }
|
|
|
8903
|
|
|
8904 /*
|
|
|
8905 * if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode may go to
|
|
|
8906 * previous line
|
|
|
8907 */
|
|
|
8908 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, '[') != NULL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
8909 {
|
|
|
8910 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8911 --(curwin->w_cursor.lnum);
|
|
|
8912 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8913 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE; /* so we stay at the end */
|
|
|
8914 }
|
|
|
8915 else
|
|
|
8916 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8917 }
|
|
|
8918
|
|
|
8919 static void
|
|
|
8920 ins_home(c)
|
|
|
8921 int c;
|
|
|
8922 {
|
|
|
8923 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8924
|
|
|
8925 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8926 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8927 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8928 #endif
|
|
|
8929 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8930 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8931 if (c == K_C_HOME)
|
|
|
8932 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = 1;
|
|
|
8933 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
8934 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8935 curwin->w_cursor.coladd = 0;
|
|
|
8936 #endif
|
|
|
8937 curwin->w_curswant = 0;
|
|
|
8938 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8939 }
|
|
|
8940
|
|
|
8941 static void
|
|
|
8942 ins_end(c)
|
|
|
8943 int c;
|
|
|
8944 {
|
|
|
8945 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
8946
|
|
|
8947 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8948 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8949 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8950 #endif
|
|
|
8951 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8952 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
8953 if (c == K_C_END)
|
|
|
8954 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
8955 coladvance((colnr_T)MAXCOL);
|
|
|
8956 curwin->w_curswant = MAXCOL;
|
|
|
8957
|
|
|
8958 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
8959 }
|
|
|
8960
|
|
|
8961 static void
|
|
|
8962 ins_s_left()
|
|
|
8963 {
|
|
|
8964 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8965 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8966 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8967 #endif
|
|
|
8968 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8969 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1 || curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
8970 {
|
|
|
8971 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8972 (void)bck_word(1L, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
8973 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8974 }
|
|
|
8975 else
|
|
|
8976 vim_beep();
|
|
|
8977 }
|
|
|
8978
|
|
|
8979 static void
|
|
|
8980 ins_right()
|
|
|
8981 {
|
|
|
8982 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
8983 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
8984 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
8985 #endif
|
|
|
8986 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
8987 if (gchar_cursor() != NUL || virtual_active()
|
|
|
8988 )
|
|
|
8989 {
|
|
|
8990 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
8991 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
8992 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
8993 if (virtual_active())
|
|
|
8994 oneright();
|
|
|
8995 else
|
|
|
8996 #endif
|
|
|
8997 {
|
|
|
8998 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
8999 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
474
|
9000 curwin->w_cursor.col += (*mb_ptr2len)(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
7
|
9001 else
|
|
|
9002 #endif
|
|
|
9003 ++curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
9004 }
|
|
|
9005
|
|
|
9006 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
9007 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
9008 if (revins_chars)
|
|
|
9009 revins_chars--;
|
|
|
9010 #endif
|
|
|
9011 }
|
|
|
9012 /* if 'whichwrap' set for cursor in insert mode, may move the
|
|
|
9013 * cursor to the next line */
|
|
|
9014 else if (vim_strchr(p_ww, ']') != NULL
|
|
|
9015 && curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
9016 {
|
|
|
9017 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9018 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
9019 ++curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
9020 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
|
9021 }
|
|
|
9022 else
|
|
|
9023 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9024 }
|
|
|
9025
|
|
|
9026 static void
|
|
|
9027 ins_s_right()
|
|
|
9028 {
|
|
|
9029 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
9030 if ((fdo_flags & FDO_HOR) && KeyTyped)
|
|
|
9031 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
9032 #endif
|
|
|
9033 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9034 if (curwin->w_cursor.lnum < curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count
|
|
|
9035 || gchar_cursor() != NUL)
|
|
|
9036 {
|
|
|
9037 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9038 (void)fwd_word(1L, FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
9039 curwin->w_set_curswant = TRUE;
|
|
|
9040 }
|
|
|
9041 else
|
|
|
9042 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9043 }
|
|
|
9044
|
|
|
9045 static void
|
|
|
9046 ins_up(startcol)
|
|
|
9047 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
9048 {
|
|
|
9049 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9050 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
9051 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9052 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
9053 #endif
|
|
|
9054
|
|
|
9055 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9056 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9057 if (cursor_up(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
9058 {
|
|
|
9059 if (startcol)
|
|
|
9060 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
9061 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
9062 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9063 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
9064 #endif
|
|
|
9065 )
|
|
|
9066 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
9067 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9068 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9069 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9070 #endif
|
|
|
9071 }
|
|
|
9072 else
|
|
|
9073 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9074 }
|
|
|
9075
|
|
|
9076 static void
|
|
|
9077 ins_pageup()
|
|
|
9078 {
|
|
|
9079 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9080
|
|
|
9081 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
828
|
9082
|
|
|
9083 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
9084 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
9085 {
|
|
|
9086 /* <C-PageUp>: tab page back */
|
|
1013
|
9087 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
9088 {
|
|
|
9089 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9090 goto_tabpage(-1);
|
|
|
9091 }
|
|
828
|
9092 return;
|
|
|
9093 }
|
|
|
9094 #endif
|
|
|
9095
|
|
7
|
9096 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9097 if (onepage(BACKWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
9098 {
|
|
|
9099 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9100 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9101 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9102 #endif
|
|
|
9103 }
|
|
|
9104 else
|
|
|
9105 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9106 }
|
|
|
9107
|
|
|
9108 static void
|
|
|
9109 ins_down(startcol)
|
|
|
9110 int startcol; /* when TRUE move to Insstart.col */
|
|
|
9111 {
|
|
|
9112 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9113 linenr_T old_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
9114 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9115 int old_topfill = curwin->w_topfill;
|
|
|
9116 #endif
|
|
|
9117
|
|
|
9118 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9119 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9120 if (cursor_down(1L, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
9121 {
|
|
|
9122 if (startcol)
|
|
|
9123 coladvance(getvcol_nolist(&Insstart));
|
|
|
9124 if (old_topline != curwin->w_topline
|
|
|
9125 #ifdef FEAT_DIFF
|
|
|
9126 || old_topfill != curwin->w_topfill
|
|
|
9127 #endif
|
|
|
9128 )
|
|
|
9129 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
9130 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9131 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9132 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9133 #endif
|
|
|
9134 }
|
|
|
9135 else
|
|
|
9136 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9137 }
|
|
|
9138
|
|
|
9139 static void
|
|
|
9140 ins_pagedown()
|
|
|
9141 {
|
|
|
9142 pos_T tpos;
|
|
|
9143
|
|
|
9144 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
828
|
9145
|
|
|
9146 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
9147 if (mod_mask & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
9148 {
|
|
|
9149 /* <C-PageDown>: tab page forward */
|
|
1013
|
9150 if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
|
9151 {
|
|
|
9152 start_arrow(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9153 goto_tabpage(0);
|
|
|
9154 }
|
|
828
|
9155 return;
|
|
|
9156 }
|
|
|
9157 #endif
|
|
|
9158
|
|
7
|
9159 tpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9160 if (onepage(FORWARD, 1L) == OK)
|
|
|
9161 {
|
|
|
9162 start_arrow(&tpos);
|
|
|
9163 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9164 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9165 #endif
|
|
|
9166 }
|
|
|
9167 else
|
|
|
9168 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9169 }
|
|
|
9170
|
|
|
9171 #ifdef FEAT_DND
|
|
|
9172 static void
|
|
|
9173 ins_drop()
|
|
|
9174 {
|
|
|
9175 do_put('~', BACKWARD, 1L, PUT_CURSEND);
|
|
|
9176 }
|
|
|
9177 #endif
|
|
|
9178
|
|
|
9179 /*
|
|
|
9180 * Handle TAB in Insert or Replace mode.
|
|
|
9181 * Return TRUE when the TAB needs to be inserted like a normal character.
|
|
|
9182 */
|
|
|
9183 static int
|
|
|
9184 ins_tab()
|
|
|
9185 {
|
|
|
9186 int ind;
|
|
|
9187 int i;
|
|
|
9188 int temp;
|
|
|
9189
|
|
|
9190 if (Insstart_blank_vcol == MAXCOL && curwin->w_cursor.lnum == Insstart.lnum)
|
|
|
9191 Insstart_blank_vcol = get_nolist_virtcol();
|
|
|
9192 if (echeck_abbr(TAB + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
9193 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9194
|
|
|
9195 ind = inindent(0);
|
|
|
9196 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9197 if (ind)
|
|
|
9198 can_cindent = FALSE;
|
|
|
9199 #endif
|
|
|
9200
|
|
|
9201 /*
|
|
|
9202 * When nothing special, insert TAB like a normal character
|
|
|
9203 */
|
|
|
9204 if (!curbuf->b_p_et
|
|
|
9205 && !(p_sta && ind && curbuf->b_p_ts != curbuf->b_p_sw)
|
|
|
9206 && curbuf->b_p_sts == 0)
|
|
|
9207 return TRUE;
|
|
|
9208
|
|
|
9209 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
9210 return TRUE;
|
|
|
9211
|
|
|
9212 did_ai = FALSE;
|
|
|
9213 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
9214 did_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
9215 can_si = FALSE;
|
|
|
9216 can_si_back = FALSE;
|
|
|
9217 #endif
|
|
|
9218 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)"\t");
|
|
|
9219
|
|
|
9220 if (p_sta && ind) /* insert tab in indent, use 'shiftwidth' */
|
|
|
9221 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sw;
|
|
|
9222 else if (curbuf->b_p_sts > 0) /* use 'softtabstop' when set */
|
|
|
9223 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_sts;
|
|
|
9224 else /* otherwise use 'tabstop' */
|
|
|
9225 temp = (int)curbuf->b_p_ts;
|
|
|
9226 temp -= get_nolist_virtcol() % temp;
|
|
|
9227
|
|
|
9228 /*
|
|
|
9229 * Insert the first space with ins_char(). It will delete one char in
|
|
|
9230 * replace mode. Insert the rest with ins_str(); it will not delete any
|
|
|
9231 * chars. For VREPLACE mode, we use ins_char() for all characters.
|
|
|
9232 */
|
|
|
9233 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
9234 while (--temp > 0)
|
|
|
9235 {
|
|
|
9236 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9237 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9238 ins_char(' ');
|
|
|
9239 else
|
|
|
9240 #endif
|
|
|
9241 {
|
|
|
9242 ins_str((char_u *)" ");
|
|
|
9243 if (State & REPLACE_FLAG) /* no char replaced */
|
|
|
9244 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
9245 }
|
|
|
9246 }
|
|
|
9247
|
|
|
9248 /*
|
|
|
9249 * When 'expandtab' not set: Replace spaces by TABs where possible.
|
|
|
9250 */
|
|
|
9251 if (!curbuf->b_p_et && (curbuf->b_p_sts || (p_sta && ind)))
|
|
|
9252 {
|
|
|
9253 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
9254 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9255 char_u *saved_line = NULL; /* init for GCC */
|
|
|
9256 pos_T pos;
|
|
|
9257 #endif
|
|
|
9258 pos_T fpos;
|
|
|
9259 pos_T *cursor;
|
|
|
9260 colnr_T want_vcol, vcol;
|
|
|
9261 int change_col = -1;
|
|
|
9262 int save_list = curwin->w_p_list;
|
|
|
9263
|
|
|
9264 /*
|
|
|
9265 * Get the current line. For VREPLACE mode, don't make real changes
|
|
|
9266 * yet, just work on a copy of the line.
|
|
|
9267 */
|
|
|
9268 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9269 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9270 {
|
|
|
9271 pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9272 cursor = &pos;
|
|
|
9273 saved_line = vim_strsave(ml_get_curline());
|
|
|
9274 if (saved_line == NULL)
|
|
|
9275 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9276 ptr = saved_line + pos.col;
|
|
|
9277 }
|
|
|
9278 else
|
|
|
9279 #endif
|
|
|
9280 {
|
|
|
9281 ptr = ml_get_cursor();
|
|
|
9282 cursor = &curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9283 }
|
|
|
9284
|
|
|
9285 /* When 'L' is not in 'cpoptions' a tab always takes up 'ts' spaces. */
|
|
|
9286 if (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
9287 curwin->w_p_list = FALSE;
|
|
|
9288
|
|
|
9289 /* Find first white before the cursor */
|
|
|
9290 fpos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9291 while (fpos.col > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[-1]))
|
|
|
9292 {
|
|
|
9293 --fpos.col;
|
|
|
9294 --ptr;
|
|
|
9295 }
|
|
|
9296
|
|
|
9297 /* In Replace mode, don't change characters before the insert point. */
|
|
|
9298 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9299 && fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum
|
|
|
9300 && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
9301 {
|
|
|
9302 ptr += Insstart.col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
9303 fpos.col = Insstart.col;
|
|
|
9304 }
|
|
|
9305
|
|
|
9306 /* compute virtual column numbers of first white and cursor */
|
|
|
9307 getvcol(curwin, &fpos, &vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
9308 getvcol(curwin, cursor, &want_vcol, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
9309
|
|
|
9310 /* Use as many TABs as possible. Beware of 'showbreak' and
|
|
|
9311 * 'linebreak' adding extra virtual columns. */
|
|
|
9312 while (vim_iswhite(*ptr))
|
|
|
9313 {
|
|
|
9314 i = lbr_chartabsize((char_u *)"\t", vcol);
|
|
|
9315 if (vcol + i > want_vcol)
|
|
|
9316 break;
|
|
|
9317 if (*ptr != TAB)
|
|
|
9318 {
|
|
|
9319 *ptr = TAB;
|
|
|
9320 if (change_col < 0)
|
|
|
9321 {
|
|
|
9322 change_col = fpos.col; /* Column of first change */
|
|
|
9323 /* May have to adjust Insstart */
|
|
|
9324 if (fpos.lnum == Insstart.lnum && fpos.col < Insstart.col)
|
|
|
9325 Insstart.col = fpos.col;
|
|
|
9326 }
|
|
|
9327 }
|
|
|
9328 ++fpos.col;
|
|
|
9329 ++ptr;
|
|
|
9330 vcol += i;
|
|
|
9331 }
|
|
|
9332
|
|
|
9333 if (change_col >= 0)
|
|
|
9334 {
|
|
|
9335 int repl_off = 0;
|
|
|
9336
|
|
|
9337 /* Skip over the spaces we need. */
|
|
|
9338 while (vcol < want_vcol && *ptr == ' ')
|
|
|
9339 {
|
|
|
9340 vcol += lbr_chartabsize(ptr, vcol);
|
|
|
9341 ++ptr;
|
|
|
9342 ++repl_off;
|
|
|
9343 }
|
|
|
9344 if (vcol > want_vcol)
|
|
|
9345 {
|
|
|
9346 /* Must have a char with 'showbreak' just before it. */
|
|
|
9347 --ptr;
|
|
|
9348 --repl_off;
|
|
|
9349 }
|
|
|
9350 fpos.col += repl_off;
|
|
|
9351
|
|
|
9352 /* Delete following spaces. */
|
|
|
9353 i = cursor->col - fpos.col;
|
|
|
9354 if (i > 0)
|
|
|
9355 {
|
|
1622
|
9356 STRMOVE(ptr, ptr + i);
|
|
7
|
9357 /* correct replace stack. */
|
|
|
9358 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9359 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9360 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9361 #endif
|
|
|
9362 )
|
|
|
9363 for (temp = i; --temp >= 0; )
|
|
|
9364 replace_join(repl_off);
|
|
|
9365 }
|
|
33
|
9366 #ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
|
9367 if (usingNetbeans)
|
|
|
9368 {
|
|
|
9369 netbeans_removed(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
9370 (long)(i + 1));
|
|
|
9371 netbeans_inserted(curbuf, fpos.lnum, cursor->col,
|
|
|
9372 (char_u *)"\t", 1);
|
|
|
9373 }
|
|
|
9374 #endif
|
|
7
|
9375 cursor->col -= i;
|
|
|
9376
|
|
|
9377 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9378 /*
|
|
|
9379 * In VREPLACE mode, we haven't changed anything yet. Do it now by
|
|
|
9380 * backspacing over the changed spacing and then inserting the new
|
|
|
9381 * spacing.
|
|
|
9382 */
|
|
|
9383 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9384 {
|
|
|
9385 /* Backspace from real cursor to change_col */
|
|
|
9386 backspace_until_column(change_col);
|
|
|
9387
|
|
|
9388 /* Insert each char in saved_line from changed_col to
|
|
|
9389 * ptr-cursor */
|
|
|
9390 ins_bytes_len(saved_line + change_col,
|
|
|
9391 cursor->col - change_col);
|
|
|
9392 }
|
|
|
9393 #endif
|
|
|
9394 }
|
|
|
9395
|
|
|
9396 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9397 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9398 vim_free(saved_line);
|
|
|
9399 #endif
|
|
|
9400 curwin->w_p_list = save_list;
|
|
|
9401 }
|
|
|
9402
|
|
|
9403 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9404 }
|
|
|
9405
|
|
|
9406 /*
|
|
|
9407 * Handle CR or NL in insert mode.
|
|
|
9408 * Return TRUE when out of memory or can't undo.
|
|
|
9409 */
|
|
|
9410 static int
|
|
|
9411 ins_eol(c)
|
|
|
9412 int c;
|
|
|
9413 {
|
|
|
9414 int i;
|
|
|
9415
|
|
|
9416 if (echeck_abbr(c + ABBR_OFF))
|
|
|
9417 return FALSE;
|
|
|
9418 if (stop_arrow() == FAIL)
|
|
|
9419 return TRUE;
|
|
|
9420 undisplay_dollar();
|
|
|
9421
|
|
|
9422 /*
|
|
|
9423 * Strange Vi behaviour: In Replace mode, typing a NL will not delete the
|
|
|
9424 * character under the cursor. Only push a NUL on the replace stack,
|
|
|
9425 * nothing to put back when the NL is deleted.
|
|
|
9426 */
|
|
|
9427 if ((State & REPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9428 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9429 && !(State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
|
9430 #endif
|
|
|
9431 )
|
|
|
9432 replace_push(NUL);
|
|
|
9433
|
|
|
9434 /*
|
|
|
9435 * In VREPLACE mode, a NL replaces the rest of the line, and starts
|
|
|
9436 * replacing the next line, so we push all of the characters left on the
|
|
|
9437 * line onto the replace stack. This is not done here though, it is done
|
|
|
9438 * in open_line().
|
|
|
9439 */
|
|
|
9440
|
|
844
|
9441 #ifdef FEAT_VIRTUALEDIT
|
|
|
9442 /* Put cursor on NUL if on the last char and coladd is 1 (happens after
|
|
|
9443 * CTRL-O). */
|
|
|
9444 if (virtual_active() && curwin->w_cursor.coladd > 0)
|
|
|
9445 coladvance(getviscol());
|
|
|
9446 #endif
|
|
|
9447
|
|
7
|
9448 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
9449 # ifdef FEAT_FKMAP
|
|
|
9450 if (p_altkeymap && p_fkmap)
|
|
|
9451 fkmap(NL);
|
|
|
9452 # endif
|
|
|
9453 /* NL in reverse insert will always start in the end of
|
|
|
9454 * current line. */
|
|
|
9455 if (revins_on)
|
|
|
9456 curwin->w_cursor.col += (colnr_T)STRLEN(ml_get_cursor());
|
|
|
9457 #endif
|
|
|
9458
|
|
|
9459 AppendToRedobuff(NL_STR);
|
|
|
9460 i = open_line(FORWARD,
|
|
|
9461 #ifdef FEAT_COMMENTS
|
|
|
9462 has_format_option(FO_RET_COMS) ? OPENLINE_DO_COM :
|
|
|
9463 #endif
|
|
|
9464 0, old_indent);
|
|
|
9465 old_indent = 0;
|
|
|
9466 #ifdef FEAT_CINDENT
|
|
|
9467 can_cindent = TRUE;
|
|
|
9468 #endif
|
|
1032
|
9469 #ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
|
|
|
9470 /* When inserting a line the cursor line must never be in a closed fold. */
|
|
|
9471 foldOpenCursor();
|
|
|
9472 #endif
|
|
7
|
9473
|
|
|
9474 return (!i);
|
|
|
9475 }
|
|
|
9476
|
|
|
9477 #ifdef FEAT_DIGRAPHS
|
|
|
9478 /*
|
|
|
9479 * Handle digraph in insert mode.
|
|
|
9480 * Returns character still to be inserted, or NUL when nothing remaining to be
|
|
|
9481 * done.
|
|
|
9482 */
|
|
|
9483 static int
|
|
|
9484 ins_digraph()
|
|
|
9485 {
|
|
|
9486 int c;
|
|
|
9487 int cc;
|
|
|
9488
|
|
|
9489 pc_status = PC_STATUS_UNSET;
|
|
|
9490 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
9491 {
|
|
|
9492 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
9493 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
9494
|
|
|
9495 edit_putchar('?', TRUE);
|
|
|
9496 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9497 add_to_showcmd_c(Ctrl_K);
|
|
|
9498 #endif
|
|
|
9499 }
|
|
|
9500
|
|
|
9501 #ifdef USE_ON_FLY_SCROLL
|
|
|
9502 dont_scroll = TRUE; /* disallow scrolling here */
|
|
|
9503 #endif
|
|
|
9504
|
|
|
9505 /* don't map the digraph chars. This also prevents the
|
|
|
9506 * mode message to be deleted when ESC is hit */
|
|
|
9507 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
9508 ++allow_keys;
|
|
1389
|
9509 c = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
9510 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
9511 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
9512 if (IS_SPECIAL(c) || mod_mask) /* special key */
|
|
|
9513 {
|
|
|
9514 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9515 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
9516 #endif
|
|
|
9517 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
9518 return NUL;
|
|
|
9519 }
|
|
|
9520 if (c != ESC)
|
|
|
9521 {
|
|
|
9522 if (redrawing() && !char_avail())
|
|
|
9523 {
|
|
|
9524 /* may need to redraw when no more chars available now */
|
|
661
|
9525 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
9526
|
|
|
9527 if (char2cells(c) == 1)
|
|
|
9528 {
|
|
|
9529 /* first remove the '?', otherwise it's restored when typing
|
|
|
9530 * an ESC next */
|
|
|
9531 edit_unputchar();
|
|
661
|
9532 ins_redraw(FALSE);
|
|
7
|
9533 edit_putchar(c, TRUE);
|
|
|
9534 }
|
|
|
9535 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9536 add_to_showcmd_c(c);
|
|
|
9537 #endif
|
|
|
9538 }
|
|
|
9539 ++no_mapping;
|
|
|
9540 ++allow_keys;
|
|
1389
|
9541 cc = plain_vgetc();
|
|
7
|
9542 --no_mapping;
|
|
|
9543 --allow_keys;
|
|
|
9544 if (cc != ESC)
|
|
|
9545 {
|
|
|
9546 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR);
|
|
|
9547 c = getdigraph(c, cc, TRUE);
|
|
|
9548 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9549 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
9550 #endif
|
|
|
9551 return c;
|
|
|
9552 }
|
|
|
9553 }
|
|
|
9554 edit_unputchar();
|
|
|
9555 #ifdef FEAT_CMDL_INFO
|
|
|
9556 clear_showcmd();
|
|
|
9557 #endif
|
|
|
9558 return NUL;
|
|
|
9559 }
|
|
|
9560 #endif
|
|
|
9561
|
|
|
9562 /*
|
|
|
9563 * Handle CTRL-E and CTRL-Y in Insert mode: copy char from other line.
|
|
|
9564 * Returns the char to be inserted, or NUL if none found.
|
|
|
9565 */
|
|
|
9566 static int
|
|
|
9567 ins_copychar(lnum)
|
|
|
9568 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
9569 {
|
|
|
9570 int c;
|
|
|
9571 int temp;
|
|
|
9572 char_u *ptr, *prev_ptr;
|
|
|
9573
|
|
|
9574 if (lnum < 1 || lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
9575 {
|
|
|
9576 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9577 return NUL;
|
|
|
9578 }
|
|
|
9579
|
|
|
9580 /* try to advance to the cursor column */
|
|
|
9581 temp = 0;
|
|
|
9582 ptr = ml_get(lnum);
|
|
|
9583 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
9584 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
9585 while ((colnr_T)temp < curwin->w_virtcol && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
9586 {
|
|
|
9587 prev_ptr = ptr;
|
|
|
9588 temp += lbr_chartabsize_adv(&ptr, (colnr_T)temp);
|
|
|
9589 }
|
|
|
9590 if ((colnr_T)temp > curwin->w_virtcol)
|
|
|
9591 ptr = prev_ptr;
|
|
|
9592
|
|
|
9593 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
9594 c = (*mb_ptr2char)(ptr);
|
|
|
9595 #else
|
|
|
9596 c = *ptr;
|
|
|
9597 #endif
|
|
|
9598 if (c == NUL)
|
|
|
9599 vim_beep();
|
|
|
9600 return c;
|
|
|
9601 }
|
|
|
9602
|
|
449
|
9603 /*
|
|
|
9604 * CTRL-Y or CTRL-E typed in Insert mode.
|
|
|
9605 */
|
|
|
9606 static int
|
|
|
9607 ins_ctrl_ey(tc)
|
|
|
9608 int tc;
|
|
|
9609 {
|
|
|
9610 int c = tc;
|
|
|
9611
|
|
|
9612 #ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
|
|
|
9613 if (ctrl_x_mode == CTRL_X_SCROLL)
|
|
|
9614 {
|
|
|
9615 if (c == Ctrl_Y)
|
|
|
9616 scrolldown_clamp();
|
|
|
9617 else
|
|
|
9618 scrollup_clamp();
|
|
|
9619 redraw_later(VALID);
|
|
|
9620 }
|
|
|
9621 else
|
|
|
9622 #endif
|
|
|
9623 {
|
|
|
9624 c = ins_copychar(curwin->w_cursor.lnum + (c == Ctrl_Y ? -1 : 1));
|
|
|
9625 if (c != NUL)
|
|
|
9626 {
|
|
|
9627 long tw_save;
|
|
|
9628
|
|
|
9629 /* The character must be taken literally, insert like it
|
|
|
9630 * was typed after a CTRL-V, and pretend 'textwidth'
|
|
|
9631 * wasn't set. Digits, 'o' and 'x' are special after a
|
|
|
9632 * CTRL-V, don't use it for these. */
|
|
|
9633 if (c < 256 && !isalnum(c))
|
|
|
9634 AppendToRedobuff((char_u *)CTRL_V_STR); /* CTRL-V */
|
|
|
9635 tw_save = curbuf->b_p_tw;
|
|
|
9636 curbuf->b_p_tw = -1;
|
|
|
9637 insert_special(c, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
9638 curbuf->b_p_tw = tw_save;
|
|
|
9639 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
9640 revins_chars++;
|
|
|
9641 revins_legal++;
|
|
|
9642 #endif
|
|
|
9643 c = Ctrl_V; /* pretend CTRL-V is last character */
|
|
|
9644 auto_format(FALSE, TRUE);
|
|
|
9645 }
|
|
|
9646 }
|
|
|
9647 return c;
|
|
|
9648 }
|
|
|
9649
|
|
7
|
9650 #ifdef FEAT_SMARTINDENT
|
|
|
9651 /*
|
|
|
9652 * Try to do some very smart auto-indenting.
|
|
|
9653 * Used when inserting a "normal" character.
|
|
|
9654 */
|
|
|
9655 static void
|
|
|
9656 ins_try_si(c)
|
|
|
9657 int c;
|
|
|
9658 {
|
|
|
9659 pos_T *pos, old_pos;
|
|
|
9660 char_u *ptr;
|
|
|
9661 int i;
|
|
|
9662 int temp;
|
|
|
9663
|
|
|
9664 /*
|
|
|
9665 * do some very smart indenting when entering '{' or '}'
|
|
|
9666 */
|
|
|
9667 if (((did_si || can_si_back) && c == '{') || (can_si && c == '}'))
|
|
|
9668 {
|
|
|
9669 /*
|
|
|
9670 * for '}' set indent equal to indent of line containing matching '{'
|
|
|
9671 */
|
|
|
9672 if (c == '}' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '{')) != NULL)
|
|
|
9673 {
|
|
|
9674 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9675 /*
|
|
|
9676 * If the matching '{' has a ')' immediately before it (ignoring
|
|
|
9677 * white-space), then line up with the start of the line
|
|
|
9678 * containing the matching '(' if there is one. This handles the
|
|
|
9679 * case where an "if (..\n..) {" statement continues over multiple
|
|
|
9680 * lines -- webb
|
|
|
9681 */
|
|
|
9682 ptr = ml_get(pos->lnum);
|
|
|
9683 i = pos->col;
|
|
|
9684 if (i > 0) /* skip blanks before '{' */
|
|
|
9685 while (--i > 0 && vim_iswhite(ptr[i]))
|
|
|
9686 ;
|
|
|
9687 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = pos->lnum;
|
|
|
9688 curwin->w_cursor.col = i;
|
|
|
9689 if (ptr[i] == ')' && (pos = findmatch(NULL, '(')) != NULL)
|
|
|
9690 curwin->w_cursor = *pos;
|
|
|
9691 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
9692 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
9693 #ifdef FEAT_VREPLACE
|
|
|
9694 if (State & VREPLACE_FLAG)
|
|
1516
|
9695 change_indent(INDENT_SET, i, FALSE, NUL, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
9696 else
|
|
|
9697 #endif
|
|
|
9698 (void)set_indent(i, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
9699 }
|
|
|
9700 else if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0)
|
|
|
9701 {
|
|
|
9702 /*
|
|
|
9703 * when inserting '{' after "O" reduce indent, but not
|
|
|
9704 * more than indent of previous line
|
|
|
9705 */
|
|
|
9706 temp = TRUE;
|
|
|
9707 if (c == '{' && can_si_back && curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
9708 {
|
|
|
9709 old_pos = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
9710 i = get_indent();
|
|
|
9711 while (curwin->w_cursor.lnum > 1)
|
|
|
9712 {
|
|
|
9713 ptr = skipwhite(ml_get(--(curwin->w_cursor.lnum)));
|
|
|
9714
|
|
|
9715 /* ignore empty lines and lines starting with '#'. */
|
|
|
9716 if (*ptr != '#' && *ptr != NUL)
|
|
|
9717 break;
|
|
|
9718 }
|
|
|
9719 if (get_indent() >= i)
|
|
|
9720 temp = FALSE;
|
|
|
9721 curwin->w_cursor = old_pos;
|
|
|
9722 }
|
|
|
9723 if (temp)
|
|
1516
|
9724 shift_line(TRUE, FALSE, 1, TRUE);
|
|
7
|
9725 }
|
|
|
9726 }
|
|
|
9727
|
|
|
9728 /*
|
|
|
9729 * set indent of '#' always to 0
|
|
|
9730 */
|
|
|
9731 if (curwin->w_cursor.col > 0 && can_si && c == '#')
|
|
|
9732 {
|
|
|
9733 /* remember current indent for next line */
|
|
|
9734 old_indent = get_indent();
|
|
|
9735 (void)set_indent(0, SIN_CHANGED);
|
|
|
9736 }
|
|
|
9737
|
|
|
9738 /* Adjust ai_col, the char at this position can be deleted. */
|
|
|
9739 if (ai_col > curwin->w_cursor.col)
|
|
|
9740 ai_col = curwin->w_cursor.col;
|
|
|
9741 }
|
|
|
9742 #endif
|
|
|
9743
|
|
|
9744 /*
|
|
|
9745 * Get the value that w_virtcol would have when 'list' is off.
|
|
|
9746 * Unless 'cpo' contains the 'L' flag.
|
|
|
9747 */
|
|
|
9748 static colnr_T
|
|
|
9749 get_nolist_virtcol()
|
|
|
9750 {
|
|
|
9751 if (curwin->w_p_list && vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_LISTWM) == NULL)
|
|
|
9752 return getvcol_nolist(&curwin->w_cursor);
|
|
|
9753 validate_virtcol();
|
|
|
9754 return curwin->w_virtcol;
|
|
|
9755 }
|
